The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Greek-English Lexicon To The New Testament, by Thomas Sheldon Green
The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Greek-English Lexicon To The New Testament, by Thomas Sheldon Green
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
at www.gutenberg.org. If you
are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this ebook.
Title: A Greek-English Lexicon To The New Testament
Author: Thomas Sheldon Green
Release Date: October 4, 2012 [EBook #40935]
[Most recently updated: December 21, 2020]
Language: English
Character set encoding: UTF-8
Produced by: Stanley A. Bridgeford
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON NEW TESTAMENT ***
Prepared by Wallace N. Stearns Under The Supervision of
J. H. Thayer, D.D., Litt.D.
Professor of New-Testament Criticism and Interpretation in the
Divinity School of Harvard University
Containing Additional Words and Forms to be found in one or another of the Greek Texts in current use, especially those of Lachmann, Tischendorf, Treglles, Westcott and Hort, and the Revisers of 1881
THIRTY-THIRD THOUSAND
Boston H. L. Hastings, 47 Cornhill 1896
Copyright, 1896 Boston, Mass, U.S.A. H. L. Hastings
The hidden depths both of the wisdom and knowledge of God were manifest, not only in the revelation of his will contained in the Scriptures of truth, but in the manner of giving that revelation, and in the language in which is was given.
Egypt had wisdom, but it was enshrined in hieroglyphics so obscure that their meaning faded centuries ago from the memory of mankind, and for many successive ages no man on earth could penetrate their mysteries. Assyria and Babylon had literature, art, and science; but with a language written in seven or eight hundred cuneiform signs, some of them having fifty different meanings, what wonder is it that for more than two thousand years the language and literature of these nations was lost, buried, and forgotten? The vast literature of China has survived the changes of centuries, but the list of different characters, which in a dictionary of the second century numbered 9353, and in the latest imperial Chinese Dictionary numbers 43,960,—some of them requiring fifty strokes of the pencil to produce them, —shows how unfit such a language must be for a channel to convey the glad tidings of God's salvation to the poor, the weak, the sorrowful, and to people who cannot spend ten or twenty years in learning to comprehend the mysteries of the Chinese tongue.
Who can imagine what would have been the fate of a divine revelation if the words of eternal life had been enswathed in such cerements as these?
In the wisdom of God, the revelation of his will was given in the Hebrew tongue, with an alphabet of twenty-two letters, some of which, as inscribed on the Moabite stone, b.c. 900, are identical in form and sound with those now used in English books.
This Hebrew alphabet, so simple that a child might learn it in a day, has never been lost or forgotten. The Hebrew language in which the Oracles of God were given to man, has never become a dead language. Since the day when the Law was given to Moses on Mount Sinai, there never has been a day or hour when the language in which it was written was not known to living men, who were able to read, write, and expound it. And the Hebrew is the only language of those ages that has lived to the present time, preserving the record of a divine revelation, and being conserved by it through the vicissitudes of conflict, conquest, captivity, and dispersion; while the surrounding idolatrous nations perished in their own corruption, and their languages and literature were buried in oblivion.
In later ages, when the gospel of the Son of God was to be proclaimed to all mankind, another language was used as a vehicle for its communication. The bulk of the Israelitish race, through their captivities and eternal associations, had lost the knowledge of the holy tongue, and had learned the languages of the Gentiles among whom they dwelt; and now as their corporate national existence was to be interrupted, and they were to be dispersed among the peoples of the earth, the Hebrew language was not a fit channel for conveying this revelation to the Gentile world. Hence the same wise Providence which chose the undying Hebrew tongue for the utterances of the prophets, selected the Greek, which was at that time, more nearly than any other, a universal language, as the medium through which the teachings of the Saviour and the messages of the apostles should be sent forth to mankind.
This language, like the Hebrew, has maintained its existence,—though it has been somewhat changed by the flight of years,—and the modern Greek spoken in Athens to-day is substantially the Greek of 1800 years ago.
The gospel of Christ was to go forth to every nation; and the miracle of Pentecost indicated that it was the Divine purpose that each nation should hear in their own tongue wherein they were born, the wonderful works of God. Hence the Scriptures have been translated into hundreds of languages, and to-day six hundred millions of people, comprising all the leading races and nations of the earth, may have access to the Word of God in their native tongues. Nevertheless, no translation can perfectly express the delicate shades of thought which are uttered in another language, and it often becomes necessary and desirable to recur to the original Scriptures, and by searching them to find out the precise meaning of those words which were given by the Holy Ghost, and which are "more to be desired than gold, yea, than much fine gold." For while, speaking in a general way, we have faithful translations, which give us with great accuracy the sense of the Scriptures as a whole, yet there are times when we desire fuller and more accurate information concerning particular words uttered by those men to whom the Holy Ghost was given to bring all things to their remembrance, to guide them into all truth, and to show them things to come. Frequently there are depths of meaning which the casual reader does not fathom, and the study of the Greek and Hebrew becomes as needful as it is agreeable to those who love God's law, who delight in his gospel, and who have time and opportunity to prosecute such studies.
There are few lovers of the Bible who do not at times wish that they might clearly know the precise sense of some one original word which may sometimes be obscurely translated; or who would not be delighted to inquire of some competent scholar as to the meaning of certain expressions contained in that Book of God. Such persons are glad to study the original Scriptures, that they may learn, as far as possible, exactly what God has said to man.
The learning of a living language from those who seek it is no trifling task; but a language which must be learned from books, presents much greater difficulties; and to many persons the mastery of the Greek tongue looks like the labor of a lifetime. It is; and yet it is possible for studious Bible readers to learn the things they specially need to know, with an amount of labor which need not appall or dishearten any diligent student.
There are contained in the Greek New Testament about 5594 words; but in the whole Greek literature the words are a great multitude, which perhaps no man has ever numbered. The student of the Scriptures is not anxious to master or explore this vast wealth of Greek literature, but his ambition is to know something of those 5594 New Testament words in which the message of God's mercy is conveyed to fallen man. Hence he may pass by the bulk of Greek literature, and confine his investigations to those few Greek words which are used in the New Testament to convey to man the treasures of Divine truth.
A lexicon of the entire Greek language might extend through thousands of pages. There stands on the shelves of the writer a copy of Stephen's "Thesaures Grææ Linguæ," in eight folio volumes, (London, 1816-1825,) which contains more than thirteen thousand large, closely printed pages. A later edition of the same work is still larger; and there are critics and students who would find use for a lexicon as elaborate as this; but for the great mass of Biblical students most of this material would be entirely useless, and a very small volume would contain all they would find necessary in their study of the Scriptures of truth. Thus a portable volume, confining itself to the definition of the words included in the New Testament, could give them fuller treatment than a very large volume which, covering the entire language would be obliged to condense and abridge at every point, omitting perhaps the very matter most desired by a student of the Sacred Word.
There is another consideration; the Greek of the New Testament differs materially in its character from the classical Green, or from the Greek language as a whole. About b.c. 288, the law of Moses was translated from Hebrew into Greek, by request of Ptolemy Philadelphus, who sought everywhere for books to enrich his great library at Alexandria. Subsequently other portions were translated, and hence, we have what is known as the Septuagint version of the Old Testament. This was largely used among the Jewish people in Egypt and elsewhere in the time of our Saviour. It was a Greek version of a Hebrew book, and it was through this book, as well as by intercourse with Grecian people and foreigners of the Jewish stock, that the Jewish people became acquainted with the Greek tongue. But the Greek of the Septuagint was full of Hebrew ideas and idioms, and hence the Greek of the Jews in Palestine, and of the New Testament which is also saturated with Old Testament ideas, differed from the ordinary language of the Greeks, new meanings having been imparted to various words, in order that they might represent Hebrew words and Hebrew ideas. For example, when the Greek word hades is used, we are not thereby committed to a belief in all the fabulous ideas of the Greeks concerning the abode of the dead, for the word was but the representative of the Hebrew word sheol, which is almost always translated hades in the Greek Testament. Hence in studying this Greek word in the New Testament we are not to go to the Greek classics to find out what they mean by the word hades, but rather to the Hebrew prophets to learn in what sense they use the Hebrew word sheol, of which it is the Greek equivalent. So the word diatheke in classic Greek signifies a will, testament, covenant, and so the term in the common English version is translated in both these ways. But in the Septuagint the word diatheke is used to translate the Hebrew word berith, which signifies a covenant, but does not signify a will or testament.1* Hence, instead of speaking of "The New Testament" we should more correctly call it the "The New Covenant." A variety of instances might be adduced where New Testament Greek words have meaning widely different from the same words in classic Greek.
It must also be remembered, that there are words in the New Testament which are not found at all in the classical writers. When new ideas are to be conveyed, new words must be found to convey them. In the language of the Hindus there is no word for home, simply because the Hindu has no home. The idea of a home as understood by Christians, is utterly foreign to the Hindu nation and religion. There are heathen nations that have no word for gratitude, because gratitude is unknown to them; so the word agape or charity, which describes unselfish love, a love which reaches to enemies, and which seeks no personal gratification or reward,—that love which is of God, and concerning which it is said, "God is Love," refers to something unknown to the heathen world. They had no word to express it, because they had not the thing itself to express.
These illustrations indicate some of the peculiarities of the New Testament Greek, and serve to show use why the student of the Bible needs an especial apparatus for studying the Greek New Testament. For this purpose, he has been most generously furnished with New Testament lexicons, in different languages, Latin, German, and English, by the labor of devout and learned students. Among the most noteworthy may be mentioned Robinson's Greek Lexicon of the New Testament, and Prof. J. H. Thayer's later and more elaborate Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament, based upon Prof. Grimm's get Lexicon; which is well adapted to meet the needs of the critical student.
The meaning of words is determined finally by their usage by those who employ them, and the only way to settle the sense of disputed and difficult words is carefully to examine each word in its connection, in all the passages where it is used, and in the light of that examination decide as to its meaning or meanings. In some of the more elaborate lexicons a large number of passages are thus cited, illustrating the use of the words under consideration, and it some cases authors have endeavored to give nearly every passage where a word occurs in the New Testament. This however, cumbers the lexicon with a large amount of material which in most instances is of little use. This examination and comparison of passages, the careful student should make for himself, and his interests in this direction are better served by the use of a concordance; and for those who wish to investigate carefully the meaning of Greek words in the New Testament, ample provision has been made in the Critical Greek and English Concordance, prepared by Prof. C. F. Hudson, under the direction of H. L. Hastings, and revised and completed by the late Ezra Abbot, D.D., LL.D., Profession of New Testament Criticism and Interpretation in the Divinity School of Harvard University.
This book contains (1) the more than five thousand words in the Greek Testament, in alphabetical order. (2) Reference to every passage where those words occur. (3) Every English word which is used to translate the given Greek word. (4) The passages in which the Greek word is translated by each English word, classified and set by themselves, so that the more usual translations are also exhibited. (5) The various readings of the leading critical editions and manuscripts of the Greek Testament. (6) An English index, so that with this book a person who does not know a letter of the Greek alphabet is enabled to find the original for any English word in the New Testament, learn in how many places it occurs, and in how many ways it is translated, so that by examining every passage, he may have the data before him for making up and independent judgment from the facts in the case.
This Greek Concordance obviates the necessity for an exhaustive citation of the passages containing any particular Greek word, and brings us back to the proper sphere of a Lexicon, as a book defining the words contained in the language, with occasional references to passages which illustrate the different meanings; and when equipped with Hudson's Concordance, a manual lexicon of New Testament Greek serves the purpose of the ordinary student.
It is for the accommodation of such students, who know little of the Greek language, but who desire to "search the Scriptures," and of others more scholarly, who yet find it needful to refresh their memories as to the sense of Greek words, that this Lexicon is offered. It was originally prepared by William Greenfield, who was born in London, in 1799, and died there November 5, 1831. He edited Bagster's Comprehensive Bible, a Syriac New Testament, a Hebrew New Testament, and prepared an abridgement of Schmidt's Greek Concordance. In 1830 he was appointed editor of the Foreign Versions of the British and Foreign Bible Society; and though he died at an early age, he had a high reputation as an accomplished linguist.
In preparing his Lexicon of the New Testament, he drew materials from every accessible source; the Lexicons of Parkhurst, Schleusner, Wahl, and Robinson being especially examined and laid under contribution. This Lexicon, issued by Bagster & Sons as a companion for a portable edition of the Greek Testament, served an excellent purpose. At a later date it was carefully revised with numerous additions and improvements, by Rev. Thomas Sheldon Green, M.A. and it has received the hearty approval of competent Greek scholars, like the late Professor Ezra Abbot of Cambridge.
Though the body of this Lexicon includes all the words contained in the Received Text of the Greek New Testament, yet in the texts now more or less current, in particular those of Lachmann, Tischendorf, Tregelles, Westcott and Hort, and the Westminster Revised, certain new words and forms are introduced, not found in the Received Text.
With a desire to give completeness to this Lexicon, a list of these words is presented, with definitions and a record of the places where they occur, at the end of the Lexicon. This list has been prepared by Mr. Wallace N. Stearns, under the supervision of Prof. J. Henry Thayer, of Harvard Divinity School, the successor of the lamented Dr. Ezra Abbot, and one of the revisers of the New Testament, whose arduous labors in the department of sacred lexicography are too well-known to need further mention.
With these statements as to the object and character of this Lexicon, we commit this new edition to the kind of providence of Him whose words of truth are therein expounded, and without whose blessings all labor and effort is but in vain. H.L. Hastings
Allusion has been made in the preface to certain peculiarities of New Testament Greek, which distinguish it from the classic Greek of the heathen world.
This Lexicon indicates some of these peculiarities, by distinguishing three classes of words:
I. Later Greek words, marked L. G., the occurrence of which may be regarded as commencing within the Later Greek period, which is here reckoned from and includes the writing of the historian Polybius, B.C. 204-123.
II. New Testament words, marked N. T., which only occur in the New Testament, or if found elsewhere are only in certain peculiar quarters.
III. Septuagint words, marked S., which besides their occurrence in the New Testament are found only in the Septuagint Version of the Old Testament, the Greek Apocryphal books, and kindred writings; and the meaning of which is to be studied, not in the usage of classical Greek writings, but rather in the light of the Hebrew Old Testament, and the writings of Jewish authors who were familiar with Hebrew ideas and Hebrew literature.
ABBREVIATIONS,
ETC.
Used In The Following Lexicon
a.
Aorist.
absol
absolutely, without case or adjunct.
accus
accusative case
adj.
adjective.
adv.
adverb.
al.
alibi, in other texts.
al. freq.
alibi frequenter. in many other texts
Aram
Aramaena.
At.
Attic dialect
bis.
twice.
cf.
confer, compare.
coll.
collato, being compared.
comp.
comparative.
conj.
conjunction.
contr.
contraction, or contracted.
dat.
dative case.
dimin.
diminutive.
enclit.
enclitic, throwing the accent on the preceding syllable.
& et.
and.
e.g.
exempli gratia, for example.
f.
future tense.
fr.
from.
gen.
genitive case.
genr.
generally, in a general sense, not affected by adjuncts.
Heb.
Hebrew, or the Hebrew idiom.
i.e.
id est, that is.
idem.
the same.
imperat.
imperative mood
imperf.
imperfect tense.
impers.
impersonal.
impl.
implication.
i.q.
same as.
inf.
infinitive mood.
int. interj.
interjection.
intrans.
intransitive.
lit.
litterally
met.
metaphorically
meton.
by metonymy
metath.
metathesis, the transportation of letter.
mid.
middle voice.
N.T.
New Testament
opt.
optative mood.
O.T.
Old Testament
part.
participle.
pass.
passive voice.
r. per.
perfect tense.
plu. p.
pluperfect tense.
pl.
plural.
pr.
properly.
preced.
preceding.
prep.
preposition.
pron.
pronoun.
quater
four times.
sc.
scilicet, that is to say, that is.
seq.
sequente, as, seq. gen. sequente genitivo, with a genitive following.
sing.
signular–the figure, placed before sign. or pl. denote the person.
spe.
specially, i.e. in a special and local meaning.
subj.
subjunctive mood.
subs.
substantive.
superl.
superlative.
ter.
thrice.
trans.
transitively.
trop.
tropically, i.e. turned aside from its strick literal meaning.
v.
vel, or.
v.r.
a various reading to the commond text.
vix.
videlicet, that is, namely
voc.
vocative case
ὀ attached to a word show it to be masculine; ἡ, to be feminine; ὁ ἡ to be common, i.e. masculine or feminine; and τό, to be neuter.
GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON
To The
NEW TESTAMENT
Α, α, Ἄλφα
Α, α, Alpha,
1the first letter in the Greek Alphabet, and used for the first, Re. 1.8, 11; 21.6; 22.13.
In composition, it denotes privation; sometimes augmentation, and union.
separate from common condition and use; dedicated, Lu. 2.23; hallowed; used of things τά ἅγια, the sanctuary; and of persons, saints, e.g. members of the first Christian communities; pure, righteous, ceremonially or morally; holy: whence
f. ἄξω, p. ἦχα, ἀγήοχα, a.2. ἤγαγον, f.1. pass. ἀχθήσομαι, a.1. pass. ἤχθην p. pass. ἦγμαι,
to lead, bring; lead away, drive off as a booty of cattle; conduct, accompany; lead out, produce; conduct with force, drag, hurry away; guide, in cite, entice; convey oneself, go, go away; pass or spend as time; celebrate: whence
Ἀγωγή, ῆς, ἡ,
guidance, mode of instruction, discipline, course of life, 2 Ti. 3.10.
Ἀγών, ῶνος, ὀ,
place of contest, race-course, stadium; a contest, strife contention; peril, toil: whence
a brother; near kinsman or relative; one of the same nation or nature; one of equal rank and dignity; an associate, a member of the Christian community: whence
Ἀδελφότης, τητος, ἡ,
brotherhood, the body of the Christian brotherhood, 1 Pe. 2.17; 5.9 S.
captivity, state of captivity; captive multitude, Ep. 4.8. Re. 13.10. L.G.
Αἰχμαλωτεύω,
f. εύσω,
to lead captive; met. to captivate, Ep. 4.8. 2 Ti. 3.6
Αἰχμαλωτίζω,
f. ίσω,
to lead captive, by impl. to subject, Lu. 21.24. Ro. 7.23. 2 Co. 10.5. L.G.
Αἰχμάλωτος, ου, ὁ (αἰχμή, a spear & ἱλίσκομαι, to capture)
a captive, Lu. 4.18.
Αἰών, ῶνος, ὁ,
5pr. a period of time of significant character; life; an era; an age; hence, a state of things making an age or era; the present order of nature; the natural condition of man, the world; ὁ αἱών, illimitable duration, eternity; as also, οἱ αἰῶες, ὁ αἰὼν τῶν αἰώνων, οἱ αἰῶνες τῶν αἰώνων; by an Aramaism οἱ αἰῶνες, the material universe. He. 1.2. whence
Αἰώνιος, ίου, ὁ, ἡ, & αἰώνιος, ία, ον,
indeterminate as to duration, eternal, everlasting.
the first-fruits of the produce of the ground, which were taken from the top of the heap and offered to the gods; the best and choicest of the spoils of war, usually collected in a heap, He. 7.4.
Ἄκρον, ου, τό,
the top, tip,end, extremity, Mat. 24.31. Mar. 13.27. Lu. 16.24. He. 11.21: from
conj. but; however; but still more; ἀλλάγε, at all events; ἀλλ' ἤ, unless, except. Ἀλλά also serves to introduce a sentence with keenness and emphasis, Ro. 6.5; 7.7. Phil. 3.8. Jno. 16.2.
without speech or reason, irrational, brute; unreasonable, absurd, Ac. 25.27. 2 Pe. 2.12. Jude 10.
Ἀλόη, ης, ἡ,
also termed ξυλαλόη, ἀγάλλογον, aloe, lign-aleo, excoecaria agallochon Linn.,
a tree which grows in India and Cochin-China, the wood of which is soft and bitter though highly aromatic. It is used by the Orientals as a perfume; and employed for the purposes of embalming, Jno. 19.39. L.G.
f. ἁμαρτήσομαι & ἁμαρτήσω, a.1. ἡμάρτησα, a.2, ἥμαρτον,
pr. to miss a mark; to be in error; to sin; to wrong: whence
Ἁμάρτημα, ατος, τό,
an error, sin; offence, Mar. 3.28; 4.12. Ro. 3.25. 1 Co. 6.18.
Ἁμαρτία, ας, ἡ,
error; offence, sin; a principle or cause of sin; proneness to sin, sinful propensity; guilt or imputation of sin; a guilty subject, sin-offering, expiatory victim.
The various constructions of this particle, and their significations, must be learnt from the grammars. Standing at the commencement of a clause, it is another form ofἐάν, if Jno. 20.23.
Ἀνὰ μέρος, in turn; ἀνὰ μέσον, in turn; ἀνὰ μέσον, through the midst, between; ἀνὰ δηνάριον, at the rate of a denarius; with numeral, ἀνὰ ἑκατόν, 9in parties of a hundred. In composition, step by step, up, back, again.
to conduct; to lead or convey from a lower place to a higher; to offer up, as a sacrifice; to lead out, produce; ἀνάγομαι, as a nautical term, to set sail, put to sea.
pr. to show anything by raising it aloft, as a torch; to display, manifest, show plainly or openly, Ac. 1.14; to mark out, constitute, appoint by some outward sign, Lu. 10.1:whence
Ἀνάδειξις, εως, ἡ,
a showing forth, manifestation; entrance upon the duty or office to which one is consecrated, Lu. 1.80. L.G.
a devoted thing, but ordinarily in a bad sense, a person or thing accursed, Ro. 9.3. 1 Co. 12.3; 16.22. Ga. 1.8, 9; a curse, execration, anathema, Ac. 23.14: whence
Ἀναθεματίζω,
f. ίσω,
to declare any one to be ἀνάθεμα, to curse, bind by a curse, Mar. 14.71. Ac. 23.12, 14, 21. S.
pr. to take up, lift, as from the ground; to take away or off, put to death, kill, murder; to take away, abolish, abrogate, He. 10.9; mid. to take up infants in order to bring them up, Ac. 7.21.
pr. to collect one's effects or baggage (σκεύη) in order to remove; to lay waste by carrying off or destroying every thing, destroy; met. to unsettle, pervert, subvert, Ac. 15.24.
a raising or rising up; resurrection; meton. the author of resurrection, Jno. 11.25; met. & meton. the author and cause of felicity, Lu. 2.34.
Ἀναστατόω, ῶ (fr. same)
f. ώσω,
i.e. ἀνάστατον ποιεῖν, to lay waste, destroy; to disturb the public tranquillity, excite to sedition and tumult, Ac. 17.6; 21.38; to disturb the mind of any one by doubts, &c., to subvert, unsettle, Gal. 5.12. L.G.
to overturn, throw down; to turn back, return; mid. versari, to be employed, occupied, engaged; to have intercourse or be conversant with; to live, pass one's life, follow any mode of life: hence
pr. the relaxing of any state of constraint; relaxation of rigour of confinement, Ac. 24.23; met. ease, rest, peace, tranquillity, 2 Co. 2.12; 7.5; 8.13. 2 Thes. 1.7.
Ἀνετάζω,
f. άσω,
to examine throughly; to examine by torture, Ac. 22.24, 29. S.
a male person of full age and stature, as opposed to a child or female; a husband; a man, homo, human being; a certain man; some one; that man, he, ille; used also pleonastically with other nouns and adjectives.
trans. to cause to stand up or rise; to raise up, as the dead; to cause to appear or exist; intrans a.2. ἀνέστην, imperat. ἀνάστηθι, ἀνάστα, and mid., to rise up; to come into existence.
adv. above; up, upwards; ὁ, ἡ, τό, ἄνω, that which is above, higher.
Ἀνώγεον, v. ἀνώγαιον, v. ἀνώγεων, v. ἀνάγειον, ου, τό, (ἄνω & γῆ)
an upper room, or chamber, cœnaculum, Mar. 14.15. Lu. 22.12.
Ἄνωθεν,
adv. of place, from above, from a higher place; of time, from the first or beginning; again, anew; with a preporition, the top or upper part, Mat. 27.51.
to enounce that with which a person is charged, or which is called for by circumstances; to carry back word; to report; to declare plainly; to announce formally.
that disposition of mind which will not be persuaded, which refuses belief and obedience, obstinacy, contumacy, disobedience, unbelief, Ro. 11.30, 32. Ep. 2.2; 5.6. He. 4.6, 11. Col. 3.6.
Ἀπειθέω, ῶ,
f. ήσω,
not to suffer one's self to be persuaded; to refuse belief, disbelieve, be incredulous; to refuse obedience through unbelief, disobey; refuse belief and obedience, be contumacious: from
adv. opposite to, over against, Mat. 21.2; 27.61; contrary to, in opposition to, against, Ac. 17.7; before, in the presence of, Mat. 27.24. Ac. 3.16. L.G.
unbelieving, incredulous, without confidence in any one; violating one's faith, unfaithful, falso, treacherous; one who has not embraced the Christian faith, an unbeliever, infidel, pagan; pass. incredible, Ac. 26.8.
prep. pr. forth from, away from; hence it variously signifies departure; distance of time or place; avoidance; riddance; derivation from a quarter, source, or material; origination from agency or instrumentality.
to receive kindly or heartily, welcome, Lu. 8.40. Ac. 15.4; 18.27; 28.30; to receive with approbation, assent to approve, Ac. 2.41; to accept with satisfaction, applaud, Ac. 24.3.
Ἀποδημέω, ῶ,
f. ήσω,
to be absent from one's home or country; to travel into foreign countries, Mat. 21.33; 25.14, 15. Mar. 12.1. Lu. 15.13; 20.9: from
to render that on which there is a claim, or which is looked for; to render in full; to give back, restore, refund; render back, requite, retaliate; pay a debt; discharge an obligation, perform whatever is to be performed; mid. to sell.
to reject upon trial, to reject, Mat. 21.42. Mar. 12.10. Lu. 20.17. 1 Pe. 2.4, 7; to repulse, refuse credence or admittance, disallow, Lu. 9.22; 17.25. He. 12.17.
to die; to become putrescent, rot, as seeds, Jno. 12.24. 1 Co. 15.36; to wither, become dry, as a tree, Jude 12; met. to be obnoxious to condemnation and punishment, be exposed to misery or the second death, Jno. 6.50; 8.21, 24; to die to any thing, i.e. to renounce, refuse submission to, be completely severed from, Ro. 6.2. Gal. 2.19. Col. 3.3.
pr. a restitution or restoration of any thing to its former state; hence, change from worse to better, melioration, introduction of a new and better era, Ac. 3.21.
to receive in full, Lu 16.25; to receive what is due, sought, or needed; to receive back, recover; to receive in hospitality, welcome, 3 Jno. 8; to take aside, lead away, Mar. 7.33.
Ἀπόλαυσις, εως, ἡ, (ἀπολαύω, to obtain a portion of a thing, enjoy)
to destroy utterly; to kill; to bring to nought, render vain, 1 Co. 1.19; to lose, be deprived of; mid. ἀπόλλῠμαι, f. ολοῦμαι, a.2. ἀπωλόμην, p. ἀπόλωλα, to be destroyed, perish; to be put to death, die; to be lost, wander, Mat. 10.6; 15.24.
Ἀπολλύων, οντος, ὁ,
Apollyon, the destroyer, i.q. Ἀβαδδών, Re. 9.11. N.T.
to cleanse by bathing; mid. to cleanse one's self; to procure one's self to be cleansed; met. of sin, Ac. 22.16. 1 Co. 6.11.
Ἀπολύτρωσις, εως, ἡ, (ἀπολυτρόω, to dismiss any one for a ransom paid, fr. ἀπό & λυτρόω)
redemption, a deliverance procured by the payment of a ransom; meton. a redeemer, the author of redemption, 1 Co. 1.30; deliverance, simply, the idea of a ransom being excluded, Lu. 21.28. He. 11.35. N.T.
pr. to loose; to release from any tie or burden; hence, to give liberty, riddance, forgiveness; to divorce; 20to allow to depart; to permit, or, signal a departure from life, Lu. 2.29; mid. to depart. (ῡ).
to draw away from, to draw out or forth, Mat. 26.51; to draw away, seduce, Ac. 20.30. mid. a.1. ἀπεσπάσθην, to separate one's self, to retire, part, Lu. 22.41. Ac. 21.1. (ᾰ)
a defection, apostasy; Ac. 21.21. 2 Thes. 2.3. L.G.
Ἀποστάσιον, ίου, τό, (fr. same)
defection, desertion, as of a freedman from a patron; in N.T., the act of putting away a wife, repudiation, divorce, Mat. 19.7. Mar. 10.4, meton. a bill of repudiation, deed of divorce, Mat. 5.31.
f. στελλῶ, a.1. ἀπέστειλα, p. ἀπέσταλκα, p. pass. ἀπέσταλμαι, a.2. pass. ἀπεστάλην,
to send forth a messenger, agent, message, or command; to issue, publish; put forth into action, Mar. 4.29; to despatch; to liberate, dismiss, send away.
to deprive, detach; to debar, 1 Co. 7.5; to deprive in a bod sense, defraud, Mar. 10.19. 1 Co. 6.7. mid. to suffer one's self to be deprived or defrauded, 1 Co. 6.8; pass. to be destitute or devoid of, 1 Ti. 6.5; to be unjustly withheld, Ja. 5.4.
pr. to speak or repeat off hand; also, to require or lead others to speak without premeditation, as by questions calculated to elicit unpremeditated answer, to endeavour to entrap into unguarded language, Lu. 11.53.
to turn away; to remove, Ac. 3.26. Ro. 11.26. 2 Ti. 4.4; to turn a people from their allegiance to their sovereign, pervert, incite to revolt, Lu. 23.14; to replace, restore, Mat. 26.52; 27.3; mid. a.2. ἀπεστράφην, 21to turn away from any one, to slight, reject, repulse, Mat. 5.42. Tit. 1.14. Heb. 12.25; to desert, 2 Ti. 1.15.
expelled or excluded from the synagogue, excommunicated, cut off from the rights and privileges of a Jew, and excluded from society, Jno. 9.22; 12.42; 16.2. N.T.
Ἀποτάσσομαι, (ἀποτάσσω, to set apart, fr. ἀπό & τάσσω)
f. ξομαι,
to take leave of, bid farewell to, Lu. 9.61. Ac. 18.18, 21. 2 Co. 2.13; to dismiss, send away, Mar. 6.46; to renounce, forsake, Lu. 14.33.
act. not causing to stumble; met. not causing others to stumble in the path of duty, 1 Co. 10.32; pass. not stumbling, advancing without stumbling; met. not obnoxious to moral exception, unblameble, clear, Ac. 24.16. Phi. 1.10. N.T.
pr. to bring in contact, fit, fasten; to light, kindle; mid. ἅπτομαι, f. ψομαι, a.1. ἡψάμην, to touch; to partake, Col. 2.21; to have intercourse with; to know carnally, 1 Co. 7.1; by impl. to harm, 1 Jno. 5.18.
consumption, destruction; waste, profusion, Mat. 26.8. Mar. 14.4; destruction, state of being destroyed, Ac. 25.16; perdition, misery, eternal ruin, Mat. 7.13. Ac. 8.20, et al.
This particle denotes, first, transition from one thing to another by natural sequence; secondly, logical inference; in which case the premises are either expressed, Mat. 12.28, or to be variously supplied. Therefore, then, consequently; should it so result. Ac. 17.27.
to seize, as a wild beast, Jno. 10.12; take away by force, snatch away, Mat. 13.19. Jno. 10.28, 29. Ac. 23.10. Jude 23; met. to seize on with avidity, claim, vindicate one's right, Mat. 11.12; to convey away suddenly, transport hastily, Jno. 6.15, et al.
Ἅρπαξ, ᾰγος, ὁ, ἡ, τό,
pr. ravenous, ravening, as a wild beast, Mat. 7.15; met. rapacious, given to extortion and robbery, an extortioner, Lu. 18.11. 1 Co. 5.10, 11; 6.10.
male, of the male sex, Mat. 19.4. Mar. 10.6. Lu. 2.23. Ro. 1.27. Gal. 3.28.
Ἄρτεμις, ιδος, ἡ,
Artemis or Diana, Ac. 19.24, 27, 28, 34.
Ἀρτέμων, ονος, ὁ, (ἀρτάω, to suspend)
a topsail, artemon, supparum; or, according to others, the dolon of Pliny and Pollux, a small sail near the prow of the ship, which was hoisted when the wind was too strong to use larger sails, Ac. 27.40. N.T.
adv. of time, pr. at the present moment, close upon at either before or after; now, at the present juncture, Mat. 3.15; forthwith, presently, just now, recently, already, 1 Thes. 3.6; ἕως ἄρτι, until now, hitherto, Mat. 11.12. Jno. 2.10, et al.; ἀπ' ἄρτι, v. ἀπάρτι, from this time, henceforth, Mat. 23.39. et al.
bread; a loaf or thin cake of bread, Mat. 26.26, et al.; food, Mat. 15.2. Mar. 3.20, et al.; support, maintenance, living, necessaries of life, Mat. 6.11. Lu. 11.3. 2 Thes. 3.8.
Ἀρτύω, v. ἀρτύνω, (ἄρω, to fit)
f. ύσω, f. pass. ἀρτυθήσομαι, p. pass. ἤρτυμαι,
pr. to fit, prepare; to season, make savoury, Mar. 9.50. Lu. 14.34. Col. 4.6.
a beginning; in respect of time, beginning of things; commencement of the gospel dispensation; of place, first place or precedence in rank or power, sovereignty; one invested with authority, a magistrate, potentate, prince; an extremity, corner, Ac. 10.11. Τὴν ἀρχήν, used adverbially, wholly, altogether, Jno. 8.25.
want of strength, weakness, feebleness, 1 Co. 15.43; bodily infirmity, state of ill health, sickness, Mat. 8.17. Lu. 5.15, et al.; met. infirmity, frailty, imperfection, intellectual or moral, Ro. 6.19. 1 Co. 2.3. He. 5.2; 7.28; by impl. suffering, affliction, distress, calamity, Ro. 8.26, et al.
Ἀσθενέω, ῶ, (fr. same)
f. ήσω, a.1. ἠσθένησα,
to be weak, infirm, deficient in strength; to be inefficient, Ro. 8.3. 2 Co. 13.3; to be sick, Mat. 25.36, et al.; met. to be weak in faith, to doubt, hesitate, be unsettled, timid, Ro. 14.1. 1 Co. 8.9, 11, 12. 2 Co. 11.29; to be deficient in authroity, dignity, or power, be comtemptible, 2 Co. 11.21; 13.3, 9; by impl. to be afflicted, distressed, needy, Ac. 20.35. 2 Co. 12.10; 13.4, 9: whence
Ἀσθένημα, ατος, τό,
pr. weakness, infirmity; met. doubt, scruple, hesitation, Ro. 15.1. N.T.
an Asiarch, an officer in the province of Asia, as in other eastern provinces of the Roman empire, selected, with others, from the more opulent citizens, to preside over the things pertaining to religious worship, and to exhibit annual public games at their own expense in honour of the gods, in the manner of the ædiles at Rome, Ac. 19.31. L.G.
to salute, greet, welcome, express one's good wishes, pay one's respects, Mat. 10.12. Mar. 9.15, et al. freq.; to bid farewell, Ac. 20.1; 21.6; to treat with affection, Mat. 5.47; met. to embrace mentally, welcome to the heart or understanding, He. 11.13: whence
Ἀσπασμός, οῦ, ὁ,
salutation, greeting, Mat. 23.7. Mar. 12.38, et al.
dimin. of the Latin as a Roman brass coin of the value of one-tenth of a denarious or δραχμή, and equal to 3 and one-tenth farthings of our money, used to convey the idea of a very trifling sum, Mat. 10.29. Lu. 12.6. N.T.
Ἆσσον,
adv. nearer; very nigh, close, Ac. 27.13; used as the comp. of ἄγχι.
without understanding, dull of apprehension, stupid, Mat. 15.16. Mar. 7.18. Ro. 1.21; foolish, wicked, ungodly, corrupt, Ro. 1.31; 10.19.
Ἀσυνθετος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (ἀ & συντίθεμαι, to make a covenant)
a violator of covenants, covenant breaker, perfidious, Ro. 1.31.
Ἀσφάλεια, ας, ἡ,
pr. state of one who is secure from falling, firmness; safety, security, 1 Thes. 5.3; certainty, truth, Lu. 1.4; diligence, carefulness, vigilance, Ac. 5.23: from
pr. an unroofed enclosure; court-yard; sheepfold, Jno. 10.1, 16; an exterior court, i.q. προαύλιον, i.e. an enclosed place between the door and the street, Re. 11.2; an interior court, quadrangle, i.e. the open court in the middle of oriental houses, which are commonly built in the form of a square enclosing this court, Mat. 26.58, 69, et al.; by synecd. a house, mansion, palace, Mat. 26.3. Lu. 11.21.
pr. to pass the time in a court-yard; to lodge, bivouac; hence, to pass the night in any place, to lodge at night, pass or remain through the night, Mat. 21.17. Lu. 21.37.
trans. to cause to grow or increase; pass. to be increased, enlarged, Mat. 13.32. 1 Co. 3.6, 7, et al.; intrans. to increase, grow, Mat. 6.28. Mar. 4.8, et al.: whence
a reflexive pron., self, very; alone, Mar. 6.31. 2 Co. 12.13; of one's self, of one's own motion, Jno. 16.27; used also in the oblique cases independently as a personal pron. of the third person; ὁ αὐτός, the same; unchangeable, He. 1.12; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό, at the same time, together, Ac. 14.1; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, in one and the same place, Mat. 22.34; at the same time, together, Ac. 3.1. But for a full account of the uses of αὐτός, see the Grammars.
out of sight; not manifest, hidden, concealed, He. 4.13: whence
Ἀφανίζω,
f. ίσω,
to remove out of sight, cause to disappear; pass. to disappear, vanish, Ja. 4.14; by impl. to destroy, consume, so that nothing shall be left visible, Mat. 6.19, 20; met. to spoil, deform, disfigure, Mat. 6.16: whence
incorruptibility, incorruptness; by impl. immortality, 1 Co 15.42, 53, 54. 28with the accessory idea of felicity, Ro. 2.7, et al.; ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ, purely, sincerely, constantly, Ep. 6.24. L.G.
f. ἀφήσω, a.1. ἀφῆκα, a.1. pass. ἀφειθην & ἀφέθην, f. pass. ἀφεθήσομαι, imperf. 3 per. s. ἤφει, Mar. 1.34; 11.16, p. pass. 3 per. pl. ἀφέωνται, pres. 2 pers. s. ἀφεῖς, v.r. Re. 2.20.
to send away, dismiss, suffer to depart; to emit, send forth; τὴν φωνήω, the voice, to cry out, utter an exclamation, Mar. 15.37; τὸ πνεῦμα, the spirit, to expire, Mat. 27.50; to omit, pass over or by, neglect, care not, Mat. 15.14; 23.23. He. 6.1; to permit suffer, let, forbid not; to give up, yield, resign, Mat. 5.40; to remit, forgive, pardon; to relax, suffer to become less intense, Re. 2.4; to leave, depart from; to desert, forsake; to leave, remaining or alone; to leave behind, sc. at one's death, Mar. 12.19, 20, 21, 22. Jno. 14.27.
trans. to put away, separate; to draw off or away, withdraw, induce to revolt, Ac. 5.37; intrans., p. ἀφέστηκα, a.2. ἀπέστην, and mid. to depart, go away from, Lu. 2.27. et al.; met. to desist or refrain from, let alone, Ac. 5.38; 22.29. 2 Co. 12.8; to make defection, fall away, apostatise, Lu. 8.13. 1 Ti. 4.1. He. 3.12; to withdraw from, have no intercourse with, 1 Ti. 6.5; to abstain from, 2 Ti. 2.19.
to limit off; to separate, sever from the rest, Mat. 13.49, et al.; to separate from society, cut off from all intercourse, excommunicate, Lu. 6.22; to set apart, select, Ac. 13.2. Ro. 1.1. Gal. 1.15.
dumb, destitute of the power of speech, 1 Co. 12.2. 2 Pe. 2.16; silent, mute, uttering no voice, Ac. 8.32; inarticulate, consisting of inarticulate sounds, unmeaning 1 Co. 14.10.
f. βαλῶ, a.2 ἔβαλον, p. βέβληκα, p. pass. βέβλημαι, a.1. pass. ἐβλήθην, f. pass. βληθήσομαι,
to throw, cast; to lay, Re. 2.22 Mat. 8.6, 14, et. al.; to put, place, Ja. 3.3; to place, deposit, Mat. 27.6 Mar. 2.41-44. Lu. 21.1-4; Jno 12.6; to pour, Jno. 13.5; to thrust, Jno. 18.11; 20.27. Mar. 7.33. Re. 14.19; to send forth, Mat. 10.34; to assault, strike, Mar. 14.65; met. to suggest, Mat. 10.34. Jno. 13.2; intrans. to rush, beat, as the wind, Ac 27.14.
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐβάπτισα, p. pass. βεβάπτισμαι, a.1. pass. ἐβαπτίσθην,
pr. to dip, immerse; to cleanse or purify by washing; to administer the rite of baptism, to baptize; met. with various reference to the ideas associated with Christian baptism as an act of dedication, e.g. marked designation, devotion, trial, &c.; mid. to procure baptism for one's self, to undergo baptism, Ac. 22.16.
Βάπτισμα, ατος, τό,
pr. immersion; baptism, ordinance of baptism, Mat. 3.7. Ro. 6.4, et al.; met. baptism in the trial of suffering, Mat. 20.22, 23. Mar. 10.38, 39. N.T.
Βαπτισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. an act of dipping or immersion; a baptism, He. 6.2; an ablution, Mar. 7.4, 8. He. 9.10. N.T.
Βαπτιστής, οῦ, ὁ,
one who baptises, Mat. 3.1; 11.11, 12, et al. N.T.
a barbarian, pr. one to whom a pure Greek dialect is not native; one who is not a proper Greek, Ro. 1.14. Col 3.11. Ac. 28.2, 4; a foreigner speaking a strange language, 1 Co. 14.11.
weight, heaviness; a burden, any thing grievous and hard to be borne, Mat. 20.12. Ac. 15.28. Re. 2.24; burden, charge, or, weight, influence, dignity, honour, 1 Thes. 2.6; with another noun in government, fullness, abundance, excellence, 2 Co. 4.17.
pr. to apply the lapis Lydius or touchstone; met. to examine, scrutinise, try either by words or torture; in N.T. to afflict, torment; pass. to be afflicted, tormented, pained, by diseases, Mat. 8.6, 29, et al.; to be tossed, agitated, as by the waves, Mat. 14.24: whence
Βασανισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. examination by the lapis Lydius or by torture; torment, torture, Re. 9.5; 14.11; 18.7, 10, 15.
Βασανιστής, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. an inquisitor, tormentor; in N.T. a keeper of a prison, gaoler, Mat. 18.34.
pr. lapis Lydius, a species of stone from Lydia, which being applied to metals was thought to indicate any alloy which might be mixed with them, and therefore used in the trial of metals; hence, examination of a person, especially by torture; in N.T. torture, torment, severe pain, Mat. 4.24. Lu. 16.23, 28.
a kingdom, realm, the region or country governed by a king; kingly power, authority, dominion, reign; royal dignity, the title and honour of king; ἡ βασιλεία, Mat. 9.35, ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ,—τοῦ Χριστοῦ,—τοῦ οὐρανοῦ,—τῶν οὐρανῶν, the reign or kingdom of the Messiah, both in a false and true conception of it; used also, with various limitation, of its administration and coming history as in the parables; its distinctive nature, Ro. 14.17, requirements, privileges, rewards, consummation.
Βασίλειος, ου, ὁ, ἡ,
royal, regal; met. possessed of high prerogatives and distinction, 1 Pe. 2.9; τὰ βασίλεια sc. δώματα, regal mansions, palaces, Lu. 7.25: from
to possess regal authority, be a king, reign; to rule, govern, Mat. 2.22; met. to be in force, predominate, prevail, Ro. 5.14, 17, 21; 6.12; to be in a state of prosperity and happiness, 1 Co. 4.8.
pr. to lift, raise, bear aloft; to bear, carry, in the hands or about the person; carry as a message, Ac. 9.15; to take away, remove, Mat. 8.17. Jno. 20.15; to take up, Jno. 10.31. Lu. 14.27; to bear as a burden, endure, suffer; to sustain, Ro. 11.18; to bear with, tolerate; to sustain mentally, comprehend, Jno. 16.12.
Βάτος, ου, ὀ & ἡ,
a bush, bramble, Mar. 12.36, et al.
Βάτος, ου, ὁ (Heb בת)
a bath, a measure for liquids, which is stated by Josephus (Ant. 1. viii. c. 9.9) to 31contain 72 sextarii, or about 13 and a half gallons. Others make it about 9 gallons; and others, 7 and a half gallons.
Βάτραχος, ου, ὁ,
a frog, Re. 16.13.
Βαττολογέω, ῶ, (βάττος, stammerer),
f. ήσω,
pr. to stammer; hence, to babble; to use vain repetitions, Mat. 6.7. L.G.
to confirm, establish; to render constant and unwavering, 1 Co. 1.8, et al.; to strengthen or establish by arguments or proofs, ratify, Mar. 16.20; verify, as promises, Ro. 15.8.
Βέβηλος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (βαίνω, to tread, and βηλός, a threshold)
pr. what is open and accessible to all; hence, profane, not religious, not connected with religion; unholy; a despiser, scorner, 1 Ti. 1.9; 4.7, et al.; whence
Βεβηλόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐβεβήλωσα,
to profane, pollute, violate, Mat. 12.5. Ac. 24.6. L.G.
a step, foot-step, foot-breadth, space to set the foot on, Ac. 7.5; an elevated place ascended by steps, tribunal, throne, Mat. 27.19. Ac. 12.21. et al.
Βήρυλλος, ου, ὁ, ἡ,
a beryl, a precious stone of a sea-green colour, found chiefly in India, Re. 21.20. L.G.
Βία, ας, ἡ,
force, impetus, violence, Ac. 5.26; 21.35, et al.: hence
pr. the inner bark or rind of papyrus, which was anciently used instead of paper; hence, a written volume, or roll, book, catalogue, account, Mat. 1.1. Mar. 12.26, et al.
life; means of living; sustenance, maintenance, substance, goods, Mar. 12.44, et al.; whence
Βιόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐβίωσα,
to live, 1 Pe. 4.2.
Βίωσις, εως, ἡ,
manner of life, Ac. 26.4. S.
Βιωτικός, ή, όν,
pertaining to this life, or the things of this life, Lu. 21.34. 1 Co. 6.3, 4.
Βλαβερός, ά, όν,
hurtful, 1 Ti. 6.9: from
Βλάπτω,
f. ψω, a.1. ἔβλαψα,
pr. to weaken, hinder, disable; hurt, harm, injure, Mar. 16.18. Lu. 4.35.
Βλαστάνω,
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐβλάστησα, a.2. ἔβλαστον,
intrans. to germinate, bud, sprout, spring up, Mat. 13.26. Mar. 4.27. He. 9.4; trans ans. causat.32to cause to shoot, produce, yield, Ja. 5.18.
Βλασφημέω, ῶ,
f. έσω, p. βεβλασφήμηκα, a.1. ἐβλασφήμησα,
to calumniate, revile, treat with calumny and contumely, Mat. 27.39, et al.; to speak of God or divine things in terms of impious irreverence, to blaspheme, Mat. 9.3; 26.65, et al.: whence
Βλασφημία, ας, ἡ,
calumny, railing, reproach, Mat. 15.19. Mar. 7.22, et al.; blasphemy, Mat. 12.31; 26.65, et al.
to possess and use the faculty of sight; to direct the eyes towards; to behold; to face, Ac. 27.12; to descry, observe; met. to direct the thoughts towards, consider; to discern mentally, perceive; to have regard to; to mind; to take heed; in N.T. βλέπειν ἀπό, to beware of, shun. Mat. 8.15.
to give counsel, to deliberate; mid. βουλεύομαι, to deliberate, Lu. 14.31. Jno. 12.10. Ac. 5.33; to purpose, determine, Ac. 15.37; 27.39. 2 Co. 1.17: from
f. βουλήσομαι, imperf. ἐβουλόμην & At. ἠβουλόμην, a.1. pass. ἐβουλήθην & ἠβουλήθην, p. βεβούλημαι,
to be willing, disposed, Mar. 15.15. Ac. 25.20; 28.18, et al.; to intend, Mat. 1.19. Ac. 5.28; 12.4. 2 Co. 1.15; to desire, 1 Ti. 6.9; to choose, be pleased, Jno. 18.39. Ac. 18.15. Ja. 3.4; to will, decree, appoint, Lu. 22.42. Ja. 1.18. 1 Co. 12.11. 1 Ti. 2.8; 5.14, et al.; ἐβουλόμην, I could wish, Ac. 25.22.
βουνός, οῦ, ὁ,
a hill, hillock, rising ground, Lu. 3.5; 23.30.
Βοῦς, βοός, ὁ, ἡ,
an ox, a bull or cow, an animal of the ox kind, Lu. 13.15, et al.
Βραβεῖον, ου, τό, (βραβεύς, a judge or arbiter in the public games)
33a prize bestowed on victors in the public games, such as a crown, wreath, chaplet, garland, &c. 1 Co. 9.24. Phi. 3.14. L.G.
short, brief; few, small, Lu. 22.58. Jno. 6.7, et al.
Βρέφος, εος, τό,
a child; whether unborn, an embryo, fœtus, Lu. 1.41, 44; or just born, an infant, Lu. 2.12, 16. Ac. 7.19; or partly grown, Lu. 18.15. 2 Ti. 3.15; met. one who has just embraced the Christian faith, 1 Pe. 2.2.
34a wedding, nuptials, the nuptial ceremonies; the attendant festivities, Mat. 25.10. Jno. 2.1, 2. Re. 19.7, 9; any feast or banquet, Lu. 12.36; 14.8; meton. the room in which a banquet is held, Mat. 22.10; the marriage state, He. 13.4.
a causal particle or conjunction, for; it is, however, frequently used with an ellipsis of the clause to which it has reference, and its force must then be variously expressed: Mat. 15.27; 27.23, et al.: it is also sometimes epexegetic, or introductory of an intimated detail of circumstances, now, then, to wit, Mat. 1.18.
Γαστήρ, τέρος, τρός, ἡ,
the belly, stomach; the womb, Lu. 1.13; ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν, to be with child, Mat. 1.18, 23; 24.19, et al.; γαστέρες, paunches, gluttons, Tit. 1.12.
an enclitic particle imparting emphasis; indicating that a particular regard is to be had to the term to which it is attached. Its force is to be conveyed, when this is possible, by various expression: at least, indeed, even, &c.
Γέεννα, ης, ἡ, (Heb. גיא הנס)
Gehenna, pr. the valley of Hinnom south of Jerusalem, once celebrated for the horrid worship of Moloch, & afterwards polluted with every species of filth, as well as the carcases of animals, and dead bodies of malefactors; to consume which, in order to avert the pestilence which such a mass of corruption would occasion, constant fires were kept burning; hence, hell, the fires of Tartarus, the place of punishment in Hades, Mat. 5.22, 29, 30; 10.28; 18.9, et al. N.T.
pr. birth; hence, progeny; a generation of mankind, Mat. 11.16; 23.36, et al.; a generation, a step in a genealogy, Mat. 1.17; a generation, an interval of time, age; in N.T. course of life, in respect of its events, interests, or character, Lu. 16.8. Ac. 13.36.
f. ήσω, p. γεγέννηκα, a.1. ἐγέννησα, p. pass. γεγέννημαι, a.1. pass. ἐγεννήθην,
spoken of men, to beget, generate, Mat. 1.2...16, et al.; of women, to bring forth, bear, give birth to, Lu. 1.13, 57, et al.; pass. to be born, produced, Mat. 2.1, 4, et al.; met. to produce, excite, give occasion to, effect, 2 Ti. 2.23; from the Heb. to constitute as son, to constitute as king, or as the representative or vicegerent of God, Ac. 13.33. He. 1.5; 5.5; by impl. to be a parent to any one; pass. to be a son or child to any one, Jno. 1.13. 1 Co. 4.15, et al.: whence
Γέννημα, ατος, τό,
what is born or produced, offspring, progeny, brood, Mat. 3.7; 12.34, et al.; fruit, produce, Mat. 26.29. Mar. 14.25, et al.; fruit, increase, Lu. 12.18; 2 Co. 9.10.
offspring, progeny, Ac. 17.28, 29; family, kindred, lineage, Ac. 7.13, et al.; race, nation, people, Mar. 7.26. Ac. 4.36. et al.; 35kind, sort, species, Mat. 13.47, et al.
Γερουσία, ας, ἡ,
a senate, assembly of elders; the elders of Israel collectively, Ac. 5.21: from
Γέρων, οντος, ὁ,
an old man, Jno. 3.4.
Γεύομαι, (mid of γεύω, to cause to taste)
f. γεύσομαι, a.l ἐγευσάμην,
to taste, Mat. 24.34. Jno. 2.9; absol. to take food, Ac. 10.10, et al.; met. to have perception of, experience, He. 6.4, 5. 1 Pe. 2.3; θανάτου γεύεσθαι, to experience death, to die Mat. 16.28, et al.
earth, soil, Mat. 13.5. Mar. 4.8, et al.; the ground, surface of the earth, Mat. 10.29. Lu. 6.49, et al.; the land, as opposed to the sea or a lake, Lu. 5.11. Jno. 21.8, 9, 11; the earth, world, Mat. 5.18, 35, et al.; a land, region, tract, country, territory, Mat. 2.20; 14.34; by way of eminence, Canaan or Palestine, Mat. 5.5; 24.30; 27.45. Ep. 6.3; the inhabitants of any region or country, Mat. 10.15; 11.24, et al.
f. γενήσομαι, p, γέγονα & γεγένημαι, a.1. ἐγενήθην, a.2. ἐγενόμην,
to come into existence; to be created, exist by creation, Jno. 1.3, 10. He. 11.3. Ja. 3.9; to be born, produced, grow, Mat. 21.19. Jno. 8.58, et al.; to arise, come on, occur, as the phenomena of nature, &c.; Mat. 8.24, 26; 9.16, et al.; to come, approach, as morning or evening, Mat. 8.16, 14.15, 23; to be appointed, constituted, established, Mar. 2.27. Ga. 3.17, et al.; to take place, come to pass, happen, occur, Mat. 1.22; 24.6, 20, 21, 34, et al. freq.; to be done, performed, effected, Mat. 21.42, et al.; to be fulfilled, satisfied, Mat. 6.10; 26.42, et al.; to come into a particular state or condition; to become, assume the character and appearance of any thing, Mat. 5.45; 12.45, et al.; to become or be made any thing, be changed or converted, Mat. 4.3; 21.42. Mar. 1.17, et al.; to be, esse, Mat. 11.26; 19.8; γίνεσθαι ὑπό τινα, to be subject to, Ga. 4.4; γίνεσθαι ἐν ἑαυτῷ, to come to one's self, to recover from a trance or surprise, Ac. 12.11; μὴ γένοιτο, let it not be, far be it from, God forbid, Lu. 20.16. Ro. 3.4, 31, et al.; to be kept, celebrated, solemnised, as festivals, Mat. 26.2, et al.; to be finished, completed, He. 4.3.
f. γνώσομαι, p. ἔγνωκα, a.2. ἔγνων, p. pass. ἔγνωσμαι, a.1. pass. ἐγνώσθην,
to know, whether the action be inceptive or complete and settled; to preceive, Mat. 22.18. Mar. 5.29; 8.17; 12.12. Lu. 8.46; to mark, discern, Mat. 25.24. Lu. 19.44; to ascertain by examination, Mar. 6.38. Jno. 7.51. Ac. 23.28; to understand, Mar. 4.13. Lu. 18.34. Jno. 12.16; 13.7. Ac. 8.30, 1 Co. 14.7, 9; to acknowledge, Mat. 7.23. 2 Co. 3.2; to be resolve, conclude, Lu. 16.4. Jno. 7.26; 17.8; to be assured, Lu. 21.20. Jno. 6.69; 8.52. 2 Pe. 1.20; to be skilled, to be master of a thing, Mat. 16.3. Ac. 21.37; to know carnally, Mat. 1.25. Lu. 1.34; fr. the Heb. to view with favour, 1 Co. 8.3. Gal. 4.9.
Γλεῦκος, εος, τό,
pr. the unfermented juice of grapes, must; hence, sweet new wine. Ac. 2.13: from
the tongue, Mar. 7.33, 35, et al.; meton. speech, talk, 1 Jno. 3.18; a tongue, language, Ac. 2.11. 1 Co. 13.1, et al.; meton. a language not proper to a speaker, a gift or faculty of such language, Mar. 16.17. 1 Co. 14.13, 14, 26, et al.: fr. Heb. a nation as defined by its language,36 Re. 5.9, et al.; met. a tongue-shaped flame, Ac. 2.3.
Γλωσσόκομον, ου, τό, (γλῶσσα & κομέω, to keep, perserve)
pr. a box for keeping tongues, mouthpieces, or reeds, of musical instruments; hence, genr. any box or receptacle; in N.T. a purse, money bag. Jno. 12.6; 13.29. L.G.
Γναφεύς, έως, ὁ, (γνάφος, a teasel, or thistle)
a fuller, part of whose business was to raise a nap by meanss of teasels, &c., Mar. 9.3.
the mind, as the means of knowing and judging; various operations of the mind, as inclination, 1 Co. 1.10; accordance, consent, Phile. 14; purpose, resolution, Ac. 20.3; opinion, judgement, 1 Co. 7.25, 40. 2 Co. 8.10.
knowledge, Lu. 1.77; knowledge of an especial kind and relatively high character, Lu. 11.52. Ro. 2.20. 1 Ti. 6.20, more particularly in respect of Christian enlightenment, Ro. 15.14. 1 Co. 8.10; 12.8. 2 Co. 11.6, et al.
Γνώστης, ου, ὁ, (fr. same)
one acquainted with a thing, knowing, skilful, Ac. 26.3. L.G.
known, Jno. 18.15, 16, et al.; certain, incontrovertible, Ac. 4.16; τὸ γνωστόν, that which is known or is cognisable, the unquestionable attributes, Ro. 1.19; subst. an acquaintance, Lu. 2.44; 23.49.
pr. that which is written or drawn; a letter, character of the alphabet, Lu. 23.38; a writing, book, Jno. 5.47; an acknowledgement of debt, an account, a bill, note, Lu. 16.6, 7; an epistle, letter, Ac. 28.21. Ga. 6.11; ἱερὰ γράμματα, Holy writ, the sacred books of the Old Testament, the Jewish Scriptures, 2 Ti. 3.15; spc. the letter of the law of Moses, i.e. the bare literal sense, Ro. 2.27, 29. 2 Co. 3.6, 7; pl. letters, learning, Jno. 7.15. Ac. 26.24: whence
Γραμμᾰτεύς, εως, ὁ,
a scribe, a clerk, town-clerk, register, recorder, Ac. 19.35; one skilled in the Jewish law, a teacher or interpreter of the law, Mat. 2.4; 5.20, et al. freq.; genr. a religious teacher, Mat. 13.52; by synecd. any one distinguished for learning or wisdom, 1 Co. 1.20.
a writing; in N.T. the Holy Scriptures, the Jewish Scriptures or books of the Old Testament, Mat. 21.42. Jno. 5.39, et al.; by synecd. doctrines, declarations, oracles, or promises contained in the sacred books, Mat. 22.29. Mar. 12.24, et al.; spc. a prophecy, 37Mat. 36.54. Mar. 14.49. Lu. 4.21; 24.27, 32; with the addition of προφητική, Ro. 16.26, of τῶν προφητῶν, Mat. 26.56: from
to engrave, write, according to the ancient method of writing on plates of metal, waxed tables, &c. Jno. 8.6, 8; to write on parchment, paper, &c. generally, Mat. 27.37, et al.; to write lettrs to another, Ac. 23.25. 2 Co. 2.9; 13.10, et al.; to describe in writing, Jno. 1.46. Ro. 10.5; to inscribe in a catalogue, &c. Lu. 10.20. Re. 13.8; 17.8, et al.; to write or impose a law, command or enact in writing, Mar. 10.5; 12.19. Lu. 2.23, et al.
Γραώδης, εος, ὁ, ἡ, τό, -ες, (γραῦς, an old woman)
old-womanish; by impl. silly, absurd, 1 Ti. 4.7. L.G.
Γρηγορέω, ῶ, (a later form from the perf. ἐγρηγορα)
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐγρηγόρησα,
to be awake, to watch, Mat. 26.38, 40, 41. Mar. 14.34, 37, 38; to be alive, 1 Thes. 5.10; met. to be watchful, attentive, vigilant, circumspect, Mat. 25.13. Mar. 13.35, et al.
naked, without clothing, Mar. 14.51, 52; without the upper garment, and clad only with an inner garment or tunic, Jno. 21.7; poorly or meanly clad, destitute of proper and sufficient clothing, Mat. 25.36, 38, 43, 44. Ac. 19.16. Ja. 2.15; met. without a body, 2 Co. 5.3; not covered, uncovered, open, manifest, He. 4.13; bare, mere, 1 Co. 15.37; naked of spiritual clothing, Re. 3.17; 16.15; 17.16: whence
Γυμνότης, τητος, ἡ,
nakedness; want of proper and sufficient clothing, Ro. 8.35. 2 Co. 11.27; spiritual nakedness, being destitute of spiritual clothing, Re. 3.18. S.
a woman, Mat. 5.28, et al.; a married woman, wife, Mat. 5.31, 32; 14.3, et al.; in the voc. ὦ γύναι, O woman, an ordinary mode of addressing females under every circumstance; met. used of the church, as united to Christ, Re. 19.7; 21.9.
an exterior angle, projecting corner, Mat. 6.5; 21.42, et al.; an interior angle; by impl. a dark corner, obscure place, Ac. 26.26; corner, extremity, or quarter of the earth, Re. 7.1; 20.8.
Δ, δ, Δέλτα
Δαιμονίζομαι,
f. ίσομαι, a.1. ἐδαιμονίσθην,
in N.T. to be possessed, afflicted, vexed, by a demon, or evil spirit; i.q. δαιμόνιον ἔχειν, Mat. 4.24; 8.16, 28, 33, et al.: from
a conjunctive particle, marking the superaddition of a clause, whether in opposition or in continuation, to what has preceded, and it may be variously rendered but, on the other hand, and, also, now, &c; καὶ δέ, when there is a special superaddition in continuation, too, yea, &c. It sometimes is found at the commencement of the apodosis of a sentence, Ac. 11.17. It serves also to mark the resumption of an interrupted discourse, 2 Co. 2.10. Gal. 2.6
to show, point out, present to the sight, Mat. 4.8; 8.4, et al.; to exhibit, permit to see, cause to be seen, Jno. 2.18; 10.32. 1 Ti. 6.15; to demonstrate, prove, Ja. 2.18; 3.13; met. to teach, make known, declare, announce, Mat. 16.21. Jno. 5.20. Ac. 10.28, et al.
Δειλία, ας, ἡ (δειλός)
timidity. 2 Ti. 1.7.
Δειλιάω, ῶ,
f. άσω,
to be timid, be in fear, Jno. 14.27: (L.G.) from
Δειλός, ή, όν,
timid, fearful, pusillanimous, cowardly, Mat. 8.26, Mar. 4.40. Re. 21.8.
to sup, Lu. 17.8; 22.20. 1 Co. 11.25. Re. 3.20: from
Δεῖπνον, ου, τό,
pr. a meal; supper, the principal meal taken in the evening, Lu. 14.12. Jno. 13.2, 4, et. al.; meton. food, 1 Co. 11.21; a feast, banquet, Mat. 23.6. Mar. 6.24, 12.39, et al.
Δεισιδαιμονία, ας, ἡ,
fear of the gods; in a bad sense, superstition; a form of religious belief, Ac. 25.19: (L.G.) from
Δεισιδαίμων, ονος, ὁ, ἡ, (δείδω, to fear, & δαίμων)
reverencing the gods and divine things, religious; in a bad sense, superstitious; in N.T. careful and precise in the discharge of religious services, Ac. 17.22.
accepted, acceptable, agreeable, approved, Lu. 4.24. Ac. 10.35. Phi. 4.18; 39by impl. when used for a certain time, marked by a favourable manifestation of the devine pleasure, propitious, Lu. 4.19. 2 Co. 6.2. S.
Δελεάζω, (δέλεαρ, a bait,)
f. άσω,
pr. to entrap, take or catch with a bait; met. allure, entice, delude, Ja. 1.14. 2 Pe. 14, 18.
right, as opposed to left, dexter, Mat. 5.29, 30. Lu. 6.6, et al.; ἡ δεξιά, sc. χείρ, the right hand, Mat. 6.3; 27.39, et al.; τὰ δεξιά, sc. νέρη, the parts towards the right hand, the right hand side; καθίζειν, v. καθῆσθαι, v. ἑστάναι, ἐκ δεξιῶν (μερῶν) τινος, to sit or stand at the right hand of any one, to enjoy with any one the highest honour and dignity which he can bestow, Mat. 20.21; 26.64, et al.; εἶνοι ἐκ δεξιῶν (μερῶν) τινος, to be at one's right hand, to be one's helper, to afford aid to any one, Ac. 2.25; δεξιὰς (χεῖρας) διδόναι, to give the right hand to any one, as a pledge of sincerity in one's promises, Gal. 2.9.
a bond, any thing by which one is bound, a cord, chain, fetters, &c.; and by meton. imprisonment, Lu. 8.29. Ac. 16.26; 20.23, et al.; a string or ligament, as of the tongue, Mar. 7.35; met. an impediment, infirmity, Lu. 13.16.
a lord, master, especially of salves, 1 Ti. 6.1, 2. 2 Ti. 2.21. Tit. 2.9. 1 Pe. 2.18; by impl. as denoting the possession of supreme authority, Lord, sovereign, used of God, Lu. 2.29. Ac. 4.24. Re. 6.10, and of Christ, 2 Pe. 2.1. Jude 4.
Δεῦρο,
adv. hither, here; used also as a sort of imperative, come, come hither! Mat. 19.21. Mar. 10.21, et al.; used of time, ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο, sc. χρόνου, to the present time, Ro. 1.13.
Δεῦτε, i.e. δεῦρ' ἴτε,
an exclamation in the plural, of which the singular form is δεῦρο, come, Mat. 4.19; 11.28, et al.; as a particle of exhortation, incitement, &c., and followed by an imperative, come now, &c. Mat. 21.38; 28.6, et al.
second, Mat. 22.26, et al.; τὸ δεύτερον, again, 40the second time, another time, Jude 5; so ἐκ δευτέρου, Mat. 26.42, et al.; & ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ, Ac. 7.13.
to take into one's hands, &c. Lu. 2.28; 16.6, 7, et al.; to receive, Ac. 22.5; 28.21. Phi. 4.18; to receive into and retain, contain, Ac. 3.21; met. to receive by the hearing, learn, acquire a knowledge of, 2 Co. 11.4. Ja. 1.21; to receive, admit, grant access to, to receive kindly, welcome, Mat. 10.40, 41; 18.5, et al.; to receive in hospitality, entertain, Lu. 9.53. He. 11.31; to bear with, bear patiently, 2 Co. 11.16; met. to receive, approve, assent to, Mat. 11.14. Lu. 8.13. Ac. 8.14; 11.1, et al.; to admin, and by impl. to embrace, follow, 1 Co. 2.14. 2 Co. 8.17, et al.
f. δήσω, p. δέδεκα, a.1. ἔδησα, p. pass. δέδεμαι, a.1. pass. ἐδέθην,
to bind, tie, Mat. 13.30; 21.2, et al.; to bind, confine, Mat. 27.2; 14.3, et al.; to impede, hinder, 2 Ti. 2.9; to affect with disease, Lu. 13.16; to bind by a legal or moral tie, as marriage, Ro. 7.2. 1 Co. 7.27, 39; by impl. to impel, compel, Ac. 20.22; in N.T., to pronounce or declare any thing to be binding or obligatory; or, to declare any thing prohibited and unlawful, Mat. 16.19; 18.18.
to be in want, to need; to ask, request, Mat. 9.38. Lu. 5.12; 8.23, 38, et al.; in N.T. absol. to pray, offer prayer, beseech, supplicate, Lu. 21.36; 22.32. Ac. 4.31; 8.22, 24, et al.
a particle serving to add an intensity of expression to a term or clause. Its simplest and most ordinary uses are when it gives impressiveness to an affirmation, indeed, really, doubtless, Mat. 13.23. 2 Co. 12.1, or earnestness to a call, injunction or entreaty, Lu. 2.15. Ac. 13.2; 15.36. 1 Co. 6.20.
to render manifest or evident; to make known, to tell, relate, declare, 1 Co. 1.11. Col. 1.8; to show, point out, bring to light, 1 Co. 3.13, to intimate, signify, He. 9.8; 12.27; 1 Pe. 1.11.
public, belonging to the public, Ac. 5.18; δημοσίᾳ, publicly, Ac. 16.37; 18.28; 20.20.
Δηνάριον, ίου, τό,
Lat. denarius, a Roman silver coin. The silver denarius was at first equivalent to about 8 ½d. of English money, declining, under the empire, to about 7 ½d., and was therefore somewhat less than the Greekδραχμή. The name originally imported ten ases.
Δήποτε,
an intensive combination of the particle δή withπότε; which see; as an intensive, Jno. 5.4.
prep., with a genitive, through, used of place or medium, Mat. 7.13. Lu. 6.1. 2 Co. 11.33. et al.; through, of time, during, in the course of, He. 2.15. Ac. 5.19, et al.; through, of immediate agency, causation, instrumentality, by means of, by, Jno. 1.3. Ac. 3.18, et al.; of means or manner, throught, by, with Lu. 8.4. 2 Co. 5.7; 8.8, et al.; of state or condition, in a state of, Ro. 4.11, et al.;
with an accusative, used of causation which is not direct and immediate in the production of a result, on account of, because of, for the sake of, with a view to, Mar. 2.27. Jno. 1.31, et al.; rearely, through, while subjected to a state of untoward circumstances, Gal. 4.13.
to publish abroad, Lu. 9.60. Ro. 9.17; to certify to the public, Ac. 21.26; to tell, announce, give notice of, divulge, publish abroad, Ac. 21.26; to declare, promulgate, teach, Lu. 9.60; fr. the Heb. to celebrate, priase, Ro. 9.17.
a testamentary disposition, will; a covenant, He. 9.16, 17. Gal. 3.15; in N.T., a covenant of God with men, Gal. 3.17; 4.24. He. 9.4. Mat. 26.28, et al.; the writings of the old conenant, 2 Co. 3.14.
Διαίρεσις, εως, ἡ,
a division; a distinction, differenc, diversity, 1 Co. 12.4, 5, 6: from
f. ήσω, imperf. ἐδιακόνουν, a.1. ἐδιακόνησα, p. δεδιακόνηκα, but later, διηκόνουν, διηκόνηας, δεδιηκόνηκα,
to wait, attend upon, serve, Mat. 8.15. Mar. 1.31. Lu. 4.39, et al.; to be an attendant or assistant, Ac. 19.22; to perform a service by commission, 2 Co. 3.3. 1 Pe. 1.12; to minister to another's necessities, relieve, assist, or supply with the necessaries of life, provide the means of living, Mat. 4.11; 27.55. Mar. 1.13; 15.41. Lu. 8.3; to fill the office of διάκονος, deacon, perform the duties of that office, 1 Ti. 3.10, 13. 1 Pe. 4.11; to collect and make distribution of alms, Ro. 15.25. 2 Co. 8.19, 20. He. 6.10.
Διακονία, ας, ἡ,
serving, service, waiting, attendance, the act of rendering friendly offices, Lu. 10.40. 2 Ti. 4.11. He. 1.14; relief, aid, Ac. 6.1; 11.29. 2 Co. 8.4; 9.1, 12, 13; a commission, Ac. 12.25. Ro. 15.31; a commission or ministry in the service of the Gospel,42Ac. 1.17, 25; 20.24. Ro. 11.13. 2 Co. 4.1; 5.18. 1 Ti. 1.12; service in the Gospel, Ac. 6.4; 21.19. 1 Co. 16.15. 2 Co. 6.3; 11.8. Ep. 4.12. Re. 2.19; a function, ministry, or office in the church, Ro. 12.7. 1 Co. 12.5. Col. 4.17. 2 Ti. 4.5; a ministering in the conveyance of a revelation from God, 2 Co. 3.7, 8, 9.
one who renders service to another, an attendant, servant, Mat. 20.26; 22.13. Jno. 2.5, 9, et al.; one who executes a commission, a deputy, Ro. 13.4; 15.8. Χριστοῦ, Θεοῦ, ἐν κυριῳ, &c. a religious instructor, preacher of the gospel, 1 Co. 3.5. 2 Co. 3.6; 6.4, et al.; a follower, disciple, Jno. 12.26; a deacon or deaconess, whose official duty was to superintend the alms of the church, with other kindred services, Ro. 16.1. Phi. 1.1. 1 Ti. 3.8, 12. (ᾱ).
to separate, sever; to make a distinction or difference, Ac. 15.9. 1 Co. 11.29; to make to differ, distinguish, prefer, confer a superiority, 1 Co. 4.7; to exame, scrutinise, estimate, 1 Co. 11.31; 14.29; to discern, discriminate, Mat. 16.3; to judge, hear and decide a cause, 1 Co. 6.5; mid. διακρίνομαι, a.1. διεκρίθην, to dispute, contend, Ac. 11.2. Jude 9; to make a distinction mentally, Ja. 2.4. Jude 22; in N.T., to hesitate, be in doubt, doubt, Mat. 21.21. Mar. 11.23, et al.: whence
Διάκρῐσις, εως, ἡ,
a separation; a distinction, or, doubt, Ro. 14.1; a discerning, the act of discerning or distinguishing, He. 5.14; the faculty of distinguishing and estimating, 1 Co. 12.10.
pr. to make a settlement of accounts; to reason, deliberate, ponder, consider, Mat. 16.7, 8. Mar. 2.6, 8. Jno. 11.50, et al.; to dispute, contend, Mar. 9.33: whence
Διαλογισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
reasoning, ratiocination, thought, cogitation, purpose, Mat. 15.19. Mar. 7.21, et al.; discourse, dispute, disputation, contention, Lu. 9.46, et al.; doubt, hesitation, scruple, Lu. 24.38.
to make solemn affirmation, protest; to charge, exhort with entreaty, admonish solemnly, Lu. 16.28. Ac. 2.40, et al.; to testify or teach earnestly, enforce publicly, Ac. 8.25; 18.5, et al. (ῡ).
to divide into parts and distribute, Mat. 27.35. Mar. 15.24. Ac. 2.3, et al.; pass. in N.T., to be in a state of dissension, Lu. 11.17, 18; 12.52, 53: whence
Διαμερισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
43division; met. in N.T., disunion, dissension, Lu. 12.51. L.G.
to signify by a nod, beckon, make signs, Lu. 1.22. L.G.
Διανόημα, ατος, τό, (διανοέμαι, to turn over in the mind, think, fr. διά & νοέω)
thought, Lu. 11.17.
Διάνοια, ας, ἡ, (fr. same)
pr. thought, intention; the mind, intellect, understanding, Mat. 22.37. Mar. 12.30. Lu. 10.17, et al.; an operation of the understanding, thought, imagination, Lu. 1.51; insight, comprehension, 1 Jno. 5.20; mode of thinking and feeling, disposition of mind and heart, the affections, Ep. 2.3. Col. 1.21.
to open, Mar. 7.34, 35. Lu. 2.23; 24.31; met. to open the sense of a thing, explain, expound, Lu. 24.32. Ac. 17.3; διανοίγειν τὸν νοῦν, τὴν καρδίαν, to open the mind, the heart, so as to understand and receive, Lu. 24.45. Ac. 16.14.
to scatter abroad or in every direction, as seed; to disperse, Ac. 8.1, 4; 11.19: whence
Διασπορά, ᾶς, ἡ,
pr. a scattering as of seed; dispersion; in N.T., meton. the dispersed portion of the Jews, specially termed the dispersion, Jno. 7.35. Ja. 1.1. 1 Pe. 1.1. L.G.
44to separate, distinguish; mid. διαστέλλομαι, a.1. διεστειλάμην, to determine, issue a decision; to state or explain distinctly and accurately; hence, to admonish, direct, charge, command, Ac. 15.24. He. 12.20; when followed by a negative clause, to interdict, prohibit, Mat. 16.20. Mar. 5.43, et al.
to distort, turn awry; met. to pervert, corrupt, Mat. 17.17. Lu. 9.41, et al.; to turn out of the way, cause to make defection, Lu. 23.2. Ac. 13.8; διεστραμμένος, perverse, corrupt, erroneous.
to bring safe through; to convey in safety, Ac. 23.24; pass. to reach a place or state of safety, Ac. 27.44; 28.1, 4. 1 Pe. 3.20; to heal, to restore to health, Mat. 14.36. Lu. 7.3.
pr. to arrange, make a precise arrangement; to prescribe, 1 Co. 11.34; 16.1. Tit. 1.5; to direct, Lu. 8.55. Ac. 20.13; to charge, Mat. 11.1; to command, Ac. 18.2, et al.; to ordain, Gal. 3.19.
to arrange; mid. διατίθεμαι, f. θήσομαι, a.2. διεθέμην, to arrange according to one's own mind; to make a disposition, to make a will; to settle the terms of a convenant, to ratify, Ac. 3.25. He. 8.10; 10.16; to assign, Lu. 22.29.
to convey through, across, Mar. 11.16; to carry different ways or into different parts, separate; pass. to be borne, driven, or tossed hither and thither, Ac. 27.27; to be promulated, proclaimed, published, Ac. 13.49; intrans. Met. to differ, 1 Co. 15.41; to excel, be better or of greater value, be superior, Mat. 6.26; 10.31, et al.; impers. διαφέρει, it makes a difference, it is of consequence; with οὐδέν, it makes no difference, it is nothing, Gal. 2.6.
f. φθερῶ, a.1. διέφθειρα, p. διέφθαρκα, a.2. pass. διεφθάρην, p. pass. διέφθαρμαι,
to corrupt or destroy utterly; to waste, bring to decay, Lu. 12.33. 2 Co. 4.16; to destroy, Re. 8.9; 11.18; met. to corrupt, pervert utterly, 1 Ti. 6.5: whence
f. διδάξω, p. δεδίδαχα, a.1. ἐδίδαξα, a.1. pass. ἐδιδάχθην,
to teach, Mat. 4.23; 22.16, et al.; to teach or speak in a public assembly, 1 Ti. 2.12; to direct, admonish, Mat. 28.15. Ro. 2.21, et al.: whence
Διδαχή, ῆς, ἡ,
instruction, the giving of instruction, teaching, Mar. 4.2; 12.38, et al.; instruction, what is taught, doctrine, Mat. 16.12. Jno. 7.16, 17, et al.; meton. mode of teaching and kind of doctrine taught, Mat. 7.28. Mar. 1.27.
a didrachmon, or double drachm, a silver coin equal to the drachm of Alexandria, to two Attic drachms, to two Roman denarii, and to the half-shekel of the Jews, in value about 15d. halfpenny of our money, Mat. 7.24. bis.
f. δώσω, p. δέδωκα, a.1. ἔδωκα, a.2. ἔδων, p. pass. δέδομαι, a.1. pass. ἐδόθην,
to give, bestow, present, Mat. 4.9; 6.11. Jno. 3.16; 17.2, et al. freq.;
to give, cast, throw, Mat. 7.6; to supply, suggest, Mat. 10.19. Mar. 13.11;
to distribute alms, Mat. 19.21. Lu. 11.41, et al.; to pay tribute, &c. Mat. 22.17. Mar. 12.14. Lu. 20.22;
to be the author or source of a thing, Lu. 12.51. Ro. 11.8, et al.;
to grant, permit, allow, Ac. 2.27; 13.35. Mat. 13.11; 19.11, et al.;
to deliver to, intrust, commit to the charge of any one, Mat. 25.15. Mar. 12.9, et al.;
to give or deliver up, Lu. 22.19. Jno. 6.51, et al.; to reveal, teach, Ac. 7.38;
to appoint, constitute, Ep. 1.22; 4.11; to consecrate, devote, offer in sacrifice, 2 Co. 8.5. Gal. 1.4. Re. 8.3, et al.;
to present, expose one's self in a place, Ac. 19.31; to recompense, Re. 2.23;
to attribute, ascribe, Jno. 9.24. Re. 11.13; fr. the Heb. to place, put, infix, inscribe, He. 8.10; 10.16, et al.;
to infix, impress, 2 Co. 12.7. Re. 13.16; to inflict, Jno. 18.22; 19.3. 2 Thes. 1.8;
to give in charge, assign, Jno. 5.36; 17.4. Re. 9.5;
to exhibit, put forth, Mat. 24.24. Ac. 2.19; to yield, bear fruit, Mat. 13.8;
διδόναι ἐργασίαν, operam dare, to endeavour, strive, Lu. 12.58;
διδόναι ἀπόκρισιν, responsum dare, to answer, reply, Jno. 1.22;
διδόναι τόπον, locum dare, to give place, yield, Lu. 14.9. Ro. 12.19.
to arouse or awake thoroughly, Mat. 1.24. Mar. 4.38, 39. Lu. 8.24; pass. to be raised, excited, agitated, as a sea, Jno. 6.18; met. to stir up, arouse, animate, 2 Pe. 1.13; 3.1.
to pass through, Mar. 10.25. Lu. 4.30, et al.; to pass over, cross, Mar. 4.35. Lu. 8.22; to pass along, Lu. 19.4; to proceed, Lu. 2.15. Ac. 9.38, et al.; to travel through or over a country, wander about, Mat. 12.43. Lu. 9.6, et al.; to transfix, pierce, Lu. 2.35; to spread abroad, be prevalent, as a rumour, Lu. 5.15; met. to extend to, Ro. 5.12.
to set at an interval, apart; to station at an interval from a former position, Ac. 27.28; intrans. a.2. διέστην, to stand apart; to depart, be parted, Lu. 24.51; of time, to intervene, be interposed, Lu. 22.59.
used of things, just equitable, fair, Mat. 20.4. Lu. 12.57. Jno. 5.30. Col. 4.1, et al.;
of persons, just, righteous, absolutely, Jno. 17.25. Ro. 3.10, 26. 2 Ti. 4.8. 1 Pe. 3.18. 1 Jno. 1.9; 2.1, 29. Re. 16.5;
righteous by account and acceptance, Ro. 2.13; 5.19, et al.; in ordinary usage, just, upright, innocent, pious, Mat. 5.45; 9.13, et al. freq.;
ὁ δίκαιος, the Just One, one of the distinctive titles of the Messiah, Ac. 3.14; 7.52; 22.14: whence
Δικαιοσύνη, ης, ἡ,
fair and equitable dealing, justice, Ac. 17.31. He. 11.33. Ro. 9.28; rectitude, virtue, Lu. 1.75. Ep. 5.9; in N.T., generosity, alms, 2 Co. 9.10. v.r. Mat. 6.1;
piety, godliness, Ro. 6.13, et al.; investiture with the attribute of righteousness, acceptance as righteous, justification, Ro. 4.11; 10.4, et al. freq.;
a provision or means for justification, Ro. 1.17. 2 Co. 3.9, et al.; an instance of justification. 2 Co. 5.21.
Δικαιόω, ῶ,
f. ώσομαι, & ώσω, a.1. ἐδικαίωσα, p. pass. δεδικαίωμαι, a.1. pass. ἐδικαιώθην,
pr. to make or render right or just; mid. to act with justice, R. 22.11; to avouch to be a good and true, to vindicate, Mat. 11.19. Lu. 7.29, et al.; to set forth as good and just, Lu. 10.29; 16.15; in N.T., to hold as guiltless, to accept as righteous, to justify, Ro. 3.26, 30, 4.5; 8.30, 33, et al.; pass.to be held acquit, to be cleared, Ac. 13.39. Ro. 3.24; 6.7; to be approved, to stand approved, to stand accepted, Ro. 2.13; 3.20, 28, et al.: whence
Δικαίωμα, ατος, τό,
pr. a rightful act, act of justice, equity; a sentence, of condemnation, Re. 15.4; in N.T., of acquittal, justification, Ro. 5.16; a decree, law, ordinance, Lu. 1.6. Ro. 1.32; 2.26; 8.4. He. 9.1, 10; 47a meritorious act, perfect righteousness, Ro. 5.18; state of righteousness, Re. 19.8.
Δικαίως,
adv. justly, with strict justice, 1 Pe. 2.23; desevedly, Lu. 23.41; as it is right, fit or proper, 1 Co. 15.34; uprightly, honestly, piously, religiously, 1 Thes. 2.10. Tit. 2.12.
Δικαίωσις, εως, ἡ,
pr. a making right or just; a declaration of right or justice; a judicial sentence; in N.T., acquittal, acceptance, justification, Ro. 4.25; 5.18.
48f. ώξω, a.1. ἐδίωξα, p. pass. δεδίωγμαι, a.1. pass. ἐδιώχθην,
to put in rapid motion; to pursue; to follow, pursue the direction of, Lu. 17.23; to follow eagerly, endeavour earnestly to acquire, Ro. 9.30, 31; 12.13, et al.; to press forwards, Phi. 3.12, 14; to pursue with malignity, pursecute, Mat. 5.10, 11, 12, 44, et al.
to think, imagine, suppose, presume, Mat. 3.9; 6.7, et al.; to seem, appear, Lu. 10.36. Ac. 17.18, et al.; impers. δοκεῖ, it seems; it seems good, best or right, it pleases, Lu. 1.3. Ac. 15.22, 25, et al.
to prove by trial; to test, assay metals, 1 Pe. 1.7; to prove, try, examine, scrutinise, Lu. 14.19. Ro. 12.2, et al.; to put to the proof, tempt, He. 3.9; to approve after trail, judge worthy, choose, Ro. 14.22. 1 Co. 16.3. 2 Co. 8.22, et al.; to decide upon after examination, judge of, distinguish, discern, Lu. 12.56. Ro. 2.18. Phi. 1.10.
Δοκιμασία, ας, ἡ
proof, probation, v.r. He. 3.9.
Δοκιμή, ῆς, ἡ,
trial, proof by trial, 2 Co. 8.2; the state or disposition of that which has been tried and approved, approved character or temper, Ro. 5.4. 2 Co. 2.9, et al.; proof, document, evidence, 2 Co. 13.3. L.G.
Δοκίμιον, ου, τό,
that by means of which any thing is tried, proof, criterion, test; trial, the act of trying or putting to proof, Ja. 1.3; approved character, 1 Pe. 1.7: from
f. άσω, a.1. έδόξασα, p. pass. δεδόξασμαι, a.l. pass. έδοξάσθην,
according to the various significations of δόξα, to think, suppose, judge; to extol, magnify, Mat. 6.2. Lu. 4.15, et al.; in N.T., to adore, worship, Ro. 1.21, et al.; to invest with dignity, or majesty, 2 Co. 3.10. He. 5.5, et al.; to cause a manifestation of dignity, excellence, or majesty, Jno. 12.28; 13.32, et al.; to glorify by admission to a state of bliss, to beatify, Ro. 8.30, et al.
slavery, bondage, servile condition; in N.T., met. with reference to degradation and unhappiness, thraldom spiritual or moral, Ro. 8.15, 21. Gal. 4.24; 5.1. He. 2.15.
Δουλεύω, (fr. same)
f. εύσω, p. δεδοόλευκα, a.1. ἐδούλευσα,
to be a slave or servant; to be in slavery or subjection, Jno. 8.33. Ac. 7.7. Ro. 9.12; to discharge the duties of a slave or servant, Ep. 6.7. 1 Ti. 6.2; to serve, be occupied in the service of, be devoted, subservient, Mat. 6.24. Lu. 15.29. Ac. 20.19. Ro. 14.18; 16.18, et al.; met. to be enthralled, involved in a slavish service, spiritually or morally, Gal. 4.9, 25. Tit. 3.3.
adj. enslaved, enthralled, subservient, Ro. 6.19; as a subst. δοῦλος, a male slave, or servant, of various degrees, Mat. 8.9, et al. freq.; a person of mean condition, Phi. 2.7; fem. δούλη, a female slave; a handmaiden, Lu. 1.38, 48. Ac. 2.18; δοῦλος, used figuratively, in a bad sense, one involved in moral or spiritual thraldom, Jno. 8.34. Ro. 6.17, 20. 1 Co. 7.23. 2 Pe. 2.19; in a good sense, a devoted servant, follower or minister, Ac. 16.17. Ro. 1.1, et al.; one pledged or bound to serve, 1 Co. 7.22. 2 Co. 4.5: whence
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐδούλωσα, p. pass. δεδούλωμαι, a.1. pass. ἐδουλώθην,
to reduce to servitude, enslave, oppress by retaining in servitude, Ac. 7.6. 2 Pe. 2.19; met. to render subservient, 1 Co. 9.19; pass. to be under restraint, 1 Co. 7.15; to be in bondage, spiritually or morally, Gal. 4.3. Tit. 2.3; to become devoted to the service of, Ro. 6.18, 22.
both indeclin. & also gen. and dat. δυοῖν, v. gen. δυῶν, dat. δυσί; in N.T., both indeclin. and also with dat. δυσί, two, Mat. 6.24; 21.28, 31, et al. freq.; οἱ δύο, both, Jno. 20.4; δύο ἢ τρεῖς, two or three, some, a few, Mat. 18.20; from the Heb. δύο δύο, two and two, Mar. 6.7, i.q. ἀνὰ δύο, Lu. 10.1, and κατὰ δύο, 1 Co. 14.27.
a gift, present, Mat. 2.11. Ep. 2.8. Re. 11.10; an offering, sacrifice, Mat. 5.23, 24; 8.4. et al.; δῶρον, sc. ἐστι, it is consecrated to God, Mat. 15.5. Mar. 7.11; contribution to the temple, Lu. 21.1, 4.
Ε, ε, Ἔ ψῑλόν
Ἔᾱ,
interj. ha! an expression of surprise or displeasure, Mar. 1.24. Lu. 4.34.
conj. if. The particulars of the use of ἐάν must be learnt from the grammars. Ἐάν μή, except, unless; also equivalent toἀλλά, Gal. 2.16. Ἐάν, in N.T., as in the later Greek, is substitued for ἄν after relative words, Mat. 5.19, et al. freq.
Ἐάνπερ,
a strengthing of ἐάν by the enclitic particle περ, if it be that, if at all events, He. 3.6, 14; 6.3.
a reflective pronoun of the third person, himself, herself, itself, Mat. 8.22; 12.26; 9.21, et al.; also used for the first and second persons, Ro. 8.23. Mat. 23.31; also equivalent toἀλλήλων, Mar. 10.26. Jno. 12.19; ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν, of himself, themselves, voluntarily 51spontaneously, Lu. 12.47; 21.30, et al.; of one's own will merely, Jno. 5.19; δι' ἑαυτοῦ, per se, of itself, in its own nature, Ro. 14.14; ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, of one's self merely, 2 Co. 3.5; καθ' ἑαυτόν, by one's self, alone, Ac. 28.16. Ja. 2.17; παρ' ἑαθτῷ, with one's self, at home, 1 Co. 16.2; πρὸς ἑαυτόν, to one's self, to one's home, Lu. 24.12. Jno. 20.10; or, with one's self, Lu. 18.11.
to let, allow, permit, suffer to be done, Mat. 24.43. Lu. 4.14, et al.; to let be, let alone, desist from, Lu. 22.51. Ac. 5.38; to commit a ship to the sea, let her drive, Ac. 27.40.
f. ίσω, At. ιῶ, p. ἤγγικα, a.1. ἤγγισα, (fr. ἐγγύς)
pr. to cause to approach; in N.T. intrans. to approach, draw near, Mat. 21.1. Lu. 18.35, et al.; met. to be at hand, impend, Mat. 3.2; 4.17, et al.; μέχρι θανάτου ἐγγίζειν, to be at the point of death, Phi. 2.30; fr. Heb. to draw near to God, to offer him reverence and worship, Mat. 15.8. He. 7.19. Ja. 4.8; used of God, to draw near to men, assist them, bestow favours on them, Ja. 4.8. L.G.
adv. near, as to place, Lu. 19.11, et al.; close at hand, Ro. 10.8; near, in respect of ready interposition, Phi. 4.5; near, as to time, Mat. 24.32, 33, et al.; near to God, as being in covenant with him, Ep. 2.13; οἱ ἐγγύς, the people near to God, the Jews, Ep. 2.17.
Ἐγγύτερον,
adv. (pr. neut. of ἐγγύτερος, comp. of ἐγγύς) nearer, Ro. 13.11.
f. ἐγερῶ, p. ἐγήγερκα, a.1. ἤγειρα, p. pass. ἐγήγερμαι, a.1. pass. ἠγέρθην,
to excite, arouse, awaken, Mat. 8.25, et al.; mid. to awake, Mat. 2.13, 20, 21, et al.; met. mid. to rouse one's self to a better course of conduct, Ro. 13.11. Ep. 5.14; to raise from the dead, restore to life, Jno. 12.1, et al., and mid. to rise from the dead, Mat. 27.52. Jno. 5.21, et al.; met. to raise as it were from the dead, 2 Co. 4.14; to raise up, cause to rise up from a recumbent posture, Ac. 3.7, and mid. to rise up, Mat. 17.7, et al.; to restore to health, Ja. 5.15; met. et seq. ἐπί, to excite to war, mid. to rise up against, Mat. 24.7, et al; to raise up again, rebuild, Jno. 2.19, 20; to raise up from a lower place, to draw up or out of a ditch, Mat. 12.11; fr. Heb. to raise up, to cause to arise or exist, Ac. 13.22, 23; mid. to arise, exist, appear, Mat. 3.9; 11.11, et al.: whence
Ἔγερσις, εως, ἡ,
pr. the act of waking or rising up; resurrection, resuscitation, Mat. 27.53.
to leave in a place or situation, Ac. 2.27; to leave behind; to forsake, abandon, Mat. 27.46, et al.; to leave, as a remnant from destruction, Ro. 9.29.
Ἐθέλω & θέλω, the latter being the form in the present in N.T.,
f. ἐθελήσω & θελήσω, imperf. ἤθελον, a.1. ἠθέλησα,
to exercise the will, properly by an unimpassioned operation; to be willing, Mat. 17.4, et al.; to be inclined, disposed, Ro. 13.3, et al.; to choose, Lu. 1.62; to intend, design, Lu. 14.28, et al.; to will, Jno. 5.21; 21.22, et al.; ἤθελον, I could wish, Gal. 4.20.
a multitude, company, Ac. 17.26. 1 Pe. 2.9. Re. 21.24; a nation, people, Mat. 20.25; 21.43, et al.; pl. ἔθνη, fr. the Heb., nations or people, as distinguished from the Jews, the heathen, gentiles, Mat. 4.15; 10.5. Lu. 2.32, et al.
conj. if, Mat. 4.3, 6; 12.7. Ac. 27.39, et al. freq.; since, Ac. 4.9, et al.; whether, Mar. 9.23. Ac. 17.11, et al.; that, in certain expressions, Ac. 26.8, 23. He. 7.15; by a suppression of the apodosis of a sentence εἰ 53serves to express a wish; O if! O that! Lu. 19.42; 22.42; also a strong negation, Mar. 8.12. He. 3.11; 4.3; εἰ καί, if even, though, although, Lu. 18.4, et al.; εἰ μή, unless, except, Mat. 11.27, et al.; also equivalent to ἀλλά, but, Mat. 12.4. Mar. 13.32. Lu. 4.26, 27; εἰ μήτι, unless perhaps, unless it be, Lu. 9.13, et al.; εἴ τις, εἴ τι, pr. if any one: whosoever, whatsoever, Mat. 18.28, et al. The syntax of this particle must be learnt from the grammars. As an interrogative particle, whether, Ac. 17.11, et al.; in N.T. as a mere note of interrogation, Lu. 22.49, et al.
pr. a form, shape, figure; image or statue; hence, an idol, image of a god, Ac. 7.41, et al.; meton. a heathen god, 1 Co. 8.4, 7, et al.; for εἰδωλόθυτον, the flesh of victims sacrificed to idols, Ac. 15.20.
Εἰκῆ,
adv. without plan or system; without cause, lightly, rashly, Mat. 5.22. Co. 2.18; to no purpose, in vain, Ro. 13.4. 1 Co. 15.2. Gal. 3.4; 4.11.
a material image, likeness, effigy, Mat. 22.20. Mar. 12.16, et al.; a similitude, representation, exact image, 1 Co. 11.7, et al.; resemblance, Ro. 8.29, et al.
Εἰλικρίνεια, ας, ἡ,
clearness, purity, met. sincerity, integrity, ingenuousness, 1 Co. 5.8, et al.: from
a verb of existence, to be, to exist, Jno. 1.1; 17.5. Mar. 6.30. Lu. 4.25, et al. freq.; ἐστί, it is possible, proper, He. 9.5; a simple copula to the subject and predicate, and therefore in itself affecting the force of the sentence only by its tense, mood, &c., Jno. 1.1; 15.1, et al. freq.; it also forms a frequent circumlocution with the participles of the present and perfect of other verbs, Mat. 19.22. Mar. 2.6, et al.
Mat. 26.25, et al., imperat. εἶπον or εἰπόν, v.r. Ac. 28.26, seeλέγω.
Εἴπερ,
a strengthening ofεἰby the enclitic particleπερ, if indeed, if it be so that, Ro. 8.9. 1 Co. 15.15; since indeed, since, 2 Thes. 1.6. 1 Pe. 2.3; although indeed, 1 Co. 8.5.
peace, Lu. 14.32. Ac. 12.20, et al.; tranquillity, Lu. 11.21. Jno. 16.33. 1 Thes. 5.3; concord, unity, love of peace, Mat. 10.34. Lu. 12.51, et al.; meton. the author of peace or concord, Ep. 2.14; fr. the Heb. felicity, every kind of blessing and good, Lu. 1.79; 2.14, 29, et al.; meton. a salutation expressive of good wishes, a benediction, blessing, Mat. 10.13, et al.: whence
Εἰρηνικός, ή, όν,
pertaining to peace; peaceable, disposed to peace and concord, Ja. 3.17; fr. the Heb. profitable, blissful, He. 12.11.
into, Mat. 2.11, et al.; to, as far as, to the extent of, Mat. 2.23; 4.24, et al.; until, Jno. 13.1, et al.; against, Mat. 18.15. Lu. 12.10; before, in the presence of, Ac. 22.30, et al.; in order to, for, with a view to, Mar. 1.38, et al.; for the use or service of, Jno. 6.9. Lu. 9.13. 1 Co. 16.1; in accordance with, Mat. 12.41. Lu. 11.32. 2 Ti. 2.26; also equivalent toἐν, Jno. 1.18, et al.; by, in forms of swearing, Mat. 5.35, et al.; fr. the Heb. εἶναι, γίνεσθαι εἰς—, to become, result in, amount to, Mat. 19.5. 1 Co. 4.3, et al.; εἰς τί, why, wherefore, Mat. 26.8.
one, Mat. 10.29, et al. freq.; only, unicus, Mar. 12.6; one, united as as to be, in a manner, one, Mat. 19.5, 6. Jno. 10.30; one and the same, Lu. 12.52. Ro. 3.30, et al.; of one and the same standing or value, 1 Co. 3.8; equivalent toτις, a certain one, Mat. 8.19; 16.14, et al.; a, an, Mat. 21.19. Ja. 4.13, et al.; εἷς ἕκαστος, each one, every one, Lu. 4.40. Ac. 2.3, et al.; εἶς τὸν ἕνα, one another, 1 Thes. 5.11; εἷς—καὶ εἷς, the one—and the other, Mat. 20.21, et al.; εἷς καθ' εἷς & ὁδὲ καθ' εἷς, one by one, one after another, in succession, Mar. 14.19. Jno. 8.9, et al.; fr. the Heb, as an ordinal, first, Mat. 28.1, et al.
to go or come in, enter, Mat. 7.13; 8.5, 8, et al.; spc. to enter by force, break in, Mar. 3.27. Ac. 20.29; met. with εἰς κόσμον, to begin to exist, come into existence, Ro. 5.12. 2 Jno. 7; or to make one's appearance on earth, He. 10.5; to enter into or take possession of, Lu. 22.3. Jno. 13.27; to enter into, enjoy, partake of, Mat. 19.23, 24, et al.; to enter into any one's labour, be his successor, Jno. 4.38; to fall into, be placed in certain circumstances, Mat. 26.41, et al.; to be put into, Mat. 15.11. Ac. 11.8; to present one's self before, Ac. 19.30; met. to arise, spring up, Lu. 9.46; fr. the Heb. εἰσέρχεσθαι καὶ ἐξέρχεσθαι, to go in and out, to live, discharge the ordinary functions of lie, versari, Ac. 1.21.
a place of entrance; the act of bringing in or introducing; admission, reception, 1 Thes. 1.9. He. 10.19. 2 Pe. 1.11; a coming, approach, access, 1 Thes. 2.1; entrance upon office, commencement of official duties, Ac. 13.24.
to go or come in, enter, Mar. 1.21; 5.40, et al.; to come to, visit, Ac. 28.30; to be put in, Mat. 15.17. Mar. 7.15, 18, 19; to 55intervene, Mar. 4.19; fr. the Heb. εἰσπορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐκπορεύεσθαι, equivalent to εἰσέρχεσθαι καὶ ἐξέρχεσθαι, above, Ac. 9.28.
to bring in, to, or into, Lu. 5.18, 19. 1 Ti. 6.7. He. 13.11; to bring to the ears of any one, to announce, Ac. 17.20; to lead into, Mat. 6.13. Lu.11.4.
prep. from, out of, a place, Mat. 2.15; 3.17; of, from, out of, denoting origin or source, Mat. 1.3; 21.19; of, from some material, Mat. 3.9. Ro. 9.21; of, from, among, partitively, Mat. 6.27; 21.31. Mar. 9.17; from, denoting cause, Re. 8.11; 17.6; means or instrument, Mat. 12.33, 27; by, through, denoting the author or efficient cause, Mat. 1.18. Jno. 10.32; of, denoting the distinguishing mark of a class, Ro. 2.8. Gal. 3.7, et al.; of time, after, 2 Co. 4.6. Re. 17.11; from, after, since, Mat. 19.12. Lu. 8.27; for, with, denoting a rate of payment, price, Mat. 20.2; 27.7; at, denoting position, Mat. 20.21, 23; after passive verbs, by, of, from, marking the agent, Mat. 15.5. Mar. 7.11; forming with certain words a periphrasis for an adverb, Mat. 26.42, 44. Mar. 6.51. Lu. 23.8; put after verbs of freeing, Ro. 7.24. 2 Co. 1.10; used partitively after verbs of eating, drinking, &c. Jno. 6.26. 1 Co. 9.7.
Ἕκαστος, η, ον,
each one, every one separately, Mat. 16.27. Lu. 13.15, et al.: whence
to cast out, eject by force, Mat. 15.17. Ac. 27.38; to expel, force away, Lu. 4.29. Ac. 7.58; to refuse, Jno. 6.37; to extract, Mat. 7.4; to reject with contempt, despise, contemn, Lu. 6.22; in N.T., to send forth, send out, Mat. 9.38. Lu 10.2; to send away, dismiss, Mat. 9.25. Mar. 1.12; met. to spread abroad, Mat. 12.20; to bring out, produce, Mat. 12.35; 13.52, et al.
a demonstrative pronoun, used with reference to a thing previously mentioned or implied, or already familiar; that, this, he, &c., Mat. 17.27; 10.14. 2 Ti. 4.8, et al.; in contrast withοὗτος, referring to the former to two things previously mentioned, Lu. 18.14, et al.
to lose spirits, to be faint-hearted, despond, Ep. 3.13; to faint, to flag, be remiss, indolent, slothful, Lu. 18.1. Gal. 6.9. 2 Co. 4.1, 16. 2 Thes. 3.13. L.G.
to shut out, exclude; to shut off, separate, insulate, Gal. 4.17; to leave no place for, eliminate, Ro. 3.27.
Ἐκκλησία, ας, ἡ, (ἐκκαλέω, to summon forth)
a popular assembly, Ac. 19.32, 39, 41; in N.T., the congregation of the children of Israel, Ac. 7.38; transferred to the Christian body, of which the congregation of Israel was a figure, the church, 1 Co. 12.28. Col 1.18, et al.; a local portion of the church, a local church, Ro. 16.1, et al.; a Christian congregation, 1 Co. 14.4, et al.
to make to forget, quite; mid. ἐκλανθάνομαι, p. ἐκλέλησμαι, to forget entirely, He. 12.5.
Ἐκλέγω,
f. ξε,
to pick out; in N.T., mid.ἐκλέγομαι, a.1. ἐξελεξάμην, to choose, select, Lu. 6.13; 10.42, et al.; in N.T., to choose out as the receipients of special favour and privilege, Ac. 13.17. 1 Co. 1.27, et al.
chosen out, selected; in N.T., chosen as a recipient of special privilege, elect, Col. 3.12, et al.; specially beloved, Lu. 23.35; possessed of prime excellence, exalted, 1 Ti. 5.21; choice, precious, 1 Pe. 2.4, 6.
Ἐκλογή, ῆς, ἡ, (same)
the act of choosing out, election; in N.T., election to privilege by divine grace, Ro. 11.5, et al.; ἡ ἐκλογή, the aggregate of those who are chosen, the elect, Ro. 11.7; ἐκλογῆς, equivalent to ἐκλεκτόν, by Hebraism, Ac. 9.15.
Ἐκλύομαι, (ἐκλύω, to loosen, debilitate, ἐκ & λύω)
to be weary, exhausted, faint, Mat. 9.36; 15.32. Mar. 8.3. Gal. 6.9; to faint, despond, He. 12.3, 5.
to wipe off; to wipe dry, Lu. 7.38, 44. Jno. 11.2; 12.3; 13.5.
Ἐκμυκτηρίζω, (ἐκ & μυκτηρίζω, fr. μυκτήρ, the nose)
f. ίσω,
to mock, deride, scoff at, Lu. 16.14; 23.35.
Ἐκνέω,
f. ἐκνεύσομαι, a.1. ἐξένευσα,
pr. to swim out, to escape by swimming; hence, generally, to escape, get clear of a place, Jno. 5.18; though ἐκνεύσας, in this place, may be referred toἐκνεύω, to deviate, withdraw.
f. πεσοῦμαι, p. πέπτωκα, a.1. εξέπεσα, a.2. ἐξέπεσον,
to fall off or from, Mar. 13.25. Ac. 12.7; 27.32, et al.; met. to fall from, forfeit, lose, Gal. 5.4. 2 Pe. 3.17. Re. 2.5; to be cast ashore, Ac. 27.17, 26, 29; to fall to the ground, be fruitless, ineffectual, Ro. 9.6; to cease, come to an end, 1 Co. 13.8.
to go from or out of a place, depart from, Mar. 11.19; 13.1, et al.; to be voided, Mar. 7.19; to be cast out, Mat. 17.21; to proceed from, be spoken, Mat. 4.4; 15.11, et al.; to burst forth, Re. 4.5; to be spread abroad, Lu. 4.37; to flow out, Re. 22.1; fr. the Heb. ἐκπορ. καὶ εἰσπορ. seeεἰσέρχομαι, Ac. 9.28.
pr. a displacement; hence, a displacement of the mind from its ordinary state and self-possession; amazement, astonishment, Mar. 5.42; excess of fear; fear, terror, Mar. 16.8. Lu. 5.26. Ac. 3.10; in N.T., an ecstasy, a trance, Ac. 10.10; 11.5; 22.17.
to stretch out, Mat. 8.3; 12.13, et al.; to lay hands on any one, Lu. 22.53; to exert power and energy, Ac. 4.30; to cast out, let down an anchor, Ac. 27.30.
f. ἐκχέω, or ἐκχεῶ, a.1. ἐξέχεα, p. ἐκκέχῠκα, pass. p. ἐκκέχῠμαι, a.1. ἐξεχύθην,
59to pour out, Re. 16.1, 2.3, et al.; to shed blood, Mat. 26.28. Mar. 14.24, et al.; pass. to gush out, Ac. 1.18; to spill, scatter, Mat. 9.17. Jno. 2.15; met. to give largely, bestow liberally, Ac. 2.17, 18, 33; 10.45, et al.; pass. to rush headlong into any thing, be abandoned to, Jude 11.
to convict, Jno. 8.9, 46; to refute, confute, 1 Co. 14.24. Tit. 1.9; to detect, lay bare, expose, Jno. 3.20. Ep 5.11, 13; to put to shame; to reprove, reprehend, rebuke, Mat. 18.15. Lu. 3.19. 1 Ti. 5.20; to discipline, correct by chastisement, chastise, He. 12.5. Re. 3.19.
f. ήσω, a.1. ἠλέησα, p. pass. ἠλέημαι, a.1. pass. ἠλεήθην,
to pity, commiserate, have compassion on; pass. to receive pity, experience compassion, Mat. 5.7; 9.27; 15.22, et al.; to be gracious to any one, show gracious favour and saving mercy towards; pass. to be an object of gracious favour and saving mercy, Ro. 9.15, 16, 18; 11.30, 31, 32, et al.; spc. to obtain pardon and forgiveness, 1 Ti. 1.13, 16.
Ἐλεημοσύνη, ης, ἡ,
pity, compassion, in N.T., alms, almsgiving, Mat. 6.2, 3, 4. Lu. 11.41, et al.: from
free, in a state of freedom as opposed to slavery, 1 Co. 12.13. Gal. 3.28, et al.; free, exempt, Mat. 17.26. 1 Co. 7.39, et al.; 60unrestricted, unfettered, 1 Co. 9.1; free from the dominion of sin, &c. Jno. 8.36. Ro. 6.20; free in the possession of Gospel privileges, 1 Pe. 2.16: whence
Ἐλευθερόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω,
to free, set free, Jno. 32.36. Ro. 6.18, 22, et al.
to hope, expect, Lu. 23.8; 24.21, et al.; to repose hope and confidence in, trust, confide, Mat. 12.21. Jno. 5.45, et al.: from
Ἐλπις, ίδος, ἡ,
pr. expectation; hope, Ac. 24.15. Ro. 5.4, et al.; meton. the object of hope, thing hoped for, Ro. 8.24. Gal. 5.5, et al.; the author or source of hope, Col. 1.27. 1 Ti. 1.1, et al.; trust, confidence, 1 Pe. 1.21; ἐπ' ἐλπίδι, in security, with a guarantee, Ac. 2.26. Ro. 8.20.
to look attentively, gaze earnestly at an object, followed byεἰς, Mar. 6.26. Ac. 1.11; to direct a glance, to look searchingly or significantly, at a person, followed by the dat., Mar. 10.21; 14.67. Lu. 22.16, et al.; absol. to see clearly, Mar. 8.25. Ac. 22.11.
to be greatly fretted or agitated, Jno. 11.33; to charge or forbid sternly or vehemently, Mat. 9.30. Mar. 1.43; to express indignation, to censure, Mar. 14.5.
to fall into, Mat. 12.11. Lu. 14.5; to encounter, Lu. 10.36; to be involved in, 1 Ti. 3.6, 7; 6.9; εἰς χεῖρας, to fall under the chastisement of, He. 10.31.
to travel; to travel for business' sake; to trade, traffic, Ja. 4.13; by impl. to make a gain of, deceive for one's own advantage, 2 Pe. 2.3: whence
Ἐμπορία, ας, ἡ,
traffic, trade, Mat. 22.5.
Ἐμπόριον,
a mart, market-place, emporium; meton. traffic, Jno. 2.16.
Ἔμπορος, ου, ὁ,
a passenger by sea; a traveller; one who travels about for traffic, a merchant, Mat. 13.45. Re. 18.3, 11, 15, 23.
Ἔμπροσθεν,
adv., used also as a prep., before, in front of, Lu. 19.4. Phi. 3.14; before, in the presence of, in the face of, Mat. 5.24; 23.14; before, previous to, Jno. 1.15, 27, 30; fr. the Heb. in the sight or estimation of, Mat. 11.26; 18.14, et al.
apparent, conspicuous, obvious to the sight, Ac. 10.40; met. manifest, known, comprehended, Ro. 10.20: whence
Ἐμφανίζω,
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐνεφάνισα,
to cause to appear clearly; to communicate, report, Ac. 23.15, 22; to lay an information, Ac. 24.1; 25.2, 15; to manifest, intimate plainly, He. 11.14; to reveal, make known, Jno. 14.21, 22; pass. to appear, be visible, Mat. 27.53; to present one's self, He. 9.24.
prep. pr. referring to place, in, Mat. 8.6. Mar. 12.26. Re. 6.6, et al. freq.; upon, Lu. 8.32, et al.; among, Mat. 11.11, et al.; before, in the presence of, Mar. 8.38, et al.; in the sight, estimation of, 1 Co. 14.11, et al.; before, judicially, 1 Co. 6.2; in, of state, occupation, habit, Mat. 21.22. Lu. 7.25. Ro. 4.10, et al.; in the case of, Mat. 17.12, et al.; in respect of, Lu. 1.7. 1 Co. 1.7, et al.; on occasion of, on the ground of, Mat. 6.7. Lu. 1.21, et al.; used of the thing by which an oath is made, Mat. 5.34, et al.; of the instrument, means, efficient cause, Ro. 12.21. Ac. 4.12, et al.; equipped with, furnished with, 1 Co. 4.21. He. 9.25, et al.; arrayed with, accompanied by, Lu. 14.31. Ju. 14, et al.; 62of time, during, in the course of, Mat. 2.1, et al.; in N.T., of demoniacal possession, possessed by, Mar. 5.2, et al.
before, in the presence of, Mar. 2.12. Lu. 20.26. Ac. 8.32; fr. the Heb. in the sight or estimation of, Ac. 7.10; with τοῦ Θεοῦ, an intensive expression, Lu. 24.19.
to manifest, display, Ro. 9.17, 22. He. 6.10, et al.; to give outward proof of, Ro. 2.15; to display a certain bearing towards a person; hence, to perpetrate openly, 2 Ti. 4.14: whence
Ἑνδειξις, εως, ἡ,
a pointing out; met. manifestation, public declaration, Ro. 3.25, 26; a token, sign, proof, i.q. ἔνδειγμα, 2 Co. 8.24. Phi. 1.28.
to enter, 2 Ti. 3.6; to put on, clothe, invest, array, Mat. 27.31. Mar. 15.17, 20; mid. clothe one's self, be clothed or invested, Mat. 22.11; 27.31, et al.; trop. to be invested with spiritual gifts, graces, or character, Lu. 24.49. Ro. 13.14, et al. (ῠω, ῡνω, ῡσω): whence
energy, efficacy, power, Phi. 3.21. Col. 2.12; active energy, operation, Ep. 4.16. Col. 1.29, et al.
Ἐνεργέω, (fr. same)
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐνήργνσα,
to effect, 1 Co. 12.6, 11. Gal. 3.5. Ep. 1.11, 20. Phi. 2.13; absol. to be active, Mat. 14.2. Mar. 6.14. Ep 2.2; in N.T., to communicate energy and efficiency, Gal. 2.8; pass. to be called into activity, be actively developed, take effect, Ro. 7.5. 2 Co. 1.6, et al.; ἐνεργουμίνη, Ja. 5.16, full of energy, fervent: whence
to hold within; to fix upon; in N.T., intrans. (scil. χόλον) to entertain a grudge against, Mar. 6.19; to be exasperated against, Lu. 11.53; pass. to be entangled, held fast in, Gal. 5.1.
Ἐνθάδε, (ἔνθα, here, & δε, an enclitic particle)
adv. pr. hither, to this place, Jno. 4.15, 16, et al.; also, here, in this place, Lu. 24.41, et al.
to place in or upon; intrans. p. ἐνέστηκα, part. ἐνεστηκώς & ἐνεστώς, f. ἐνστήσομαι, to stand close upon; to be at hand, impend, to be present, Ro. 8.38. 2 Thes. 2.2, et al.
to dwell in, inhabit; in N.T., met. to be indwelling spiritually, Ro.8.11. Col. 3.16. 2 Ti. 1.14; to be infixed mentally, 2 Ti. 1.5; of the Deity, to be specially present, 2 Co. 6.16.
to enjoin, charge, command, Mat. 4.6; 15.4; 17.9, et al.; to direct, Mat. 19.7. Mar. 10.3.
Ἐντεῦθεν,
adv. hence, from this place, Mat. 17.20. Lu. 4.9, et al.; ἐντεῦθεω καὶ ἐντεῦθεν, hence and hence, on each side, Re. 22.2; hence from this cause, Ja. 4.1.
an injunction; a precept, commandment, Mat. 5.19; 15.3, 6; instruction in one's duties, 1 Ti. 6.14. 2 Pe. 2.21; a command, direction, Jno. 10.18. Ac. 17.15; an edict, Jno. 11.57; a direction, Mar. 10.5; a commission, instructions committed to any one to be proclaimed, a charge, Jno. 12.49, 50, et al.
pr. to turn one back upon himself; hence, to put to shame, make ashamed; mid. ἐντρέπομαι, f. ἐντραπήσομαι, a.2. ἐνετραπόμην, to revere, revenence, regard, Mat. 21.37. Mar. 12.6, et al.; absol. to feel shame, be put to shame, 2 Thes. 3.14. Tit. 2.8.
to fall in with, meet; to have converse with, address; to address or apply to any one, Ac. 25.24; ὑμέρ τινος, to intercede for any one, plead the cause of, Ro. 8.27, 34. He. 7.25; κατά τινος, to address a representative or suit against any one, to accuse, complain of, Ro. 11.2.
to dream; in N.T., to receive some supernatural impression or information in a dream, Ac. 2.17; to cherish vain opinions, Jude 8: from
Ἐνύπνιον, ου, τό, (pr. neut. of ἐνύπνιος, presented during sleep, fr. ἐν & ὕπνος)
a dream; in N.T., a supernatural suggestion or impression receive during sleep, a vision, Ac. 2.17.
Ἐνώπιον, (pr. neut. of ἐνώπιος, in sight or front)
adv. before, in the presence of, Lu. 5.25; 8.47; in front of, Re. 4.5, 6; immediately preceding as a forerunner, Lu. 1.17. Re. 16.19; fr. the Heb. in the presence of, metaphysically, i.e. in the sphere of sensation or thought, Lu. 12.9; 15.10. Ac. 10.31; in the eyes of, in the judgment of, Lu. 16.15; 24.11. Ac. 4.19, et al. L.G.
to buy out of the hands of a person; to redeem, set free, Gal. 3.13; mid. to redeem, buy off, to secure for one's self or one's own use; to rescue from loss or misapplication, Ep. 5.16. Col. 4.5. L.G.
to take out of; to pluck out, tear out, Mat. 5.29; 18.9; mid. to take out of, select, choose, Ac. 26.17; to rescue, deliver, Ac. 7.10, 34; 12.11; 23.27. Gal. 1.4.
pr. to anoint or smear over; to wipe off or away, Re. 7.17; 21.4; to blot out, obliterate, expunge, Col. 2.14. Re. 3.5; met. to wipe out guilt, Ac. 3.19.
to send out or forth; to send away, dismiss, Lu. 1.53, et al.; to dispatch on a service or agency, Ac. 7.12, et al.; to send forth as a pervading influence, Gal. 4.6.
to go or come out of; to come out, Mat. 5.26; 8.34, et al.; to proceed, emanate, take rise from, Mat. 2.6; 15.18. 1 Co. 14.36, et al.; to come abroad, 1 Jno. 4.1, et al.; to go forth, go away, depart, Mat. 9.31. Lu. 5.8, et al.; to escape, Jno. 10.39; to pass away, come to an end, Ac. 16.19.
trans. pr. to put out of its place; to astonish, amaze, Lu. 24.22. Ac. 8.9, 11; intrans. a.2. ἐξέστην, & mid. ἐξίσταμαι, to be astonished, Mat. 12.22, et al.; to be beside one's self, Mar. 3.21. 2 Co. 5.13.
to agree, bind one's self, promise, Lu. 22.6; mid. to confess, Mat. 3.6; to profess openly, Phi. 2.11. Re. 3.5; to make open avowal of benefits; to praise, celebrate, Mat. 11.25. Lu. 10.21, et al. L.G.
to make light of, set at nought, despise, contemn, treat with contempt and scorn, Lu. 18.9, et al.; to neglect, disregard, 1 Thes. 5.20; ἐξουθενημένος, abject, contemptible, 2 Co. 10.10; by impl. to reject with contempt, Ac. 4.11. S.
to have or exercise power or authority over any one, Lu. 22.25; to possess independent control over, 1 Co. 7.4, bis; pass. to be subject to, under the power or influence of, 1 Co. 6.12. L.G.
Ἐξοχή, ῆς, ἡ, (ἐξέχω, to be prominent)
pr. prominency, any thing prominent; in N.T., eminence, distinction, Ac. 25.23.
Ἐξυπνίζω,
f. ίσω,
to awake, arouse from sleep, Jno. 11.11: (L.G.) from
adv. without, 67out of doors, Mat. 12.46, 47; ὁ, ἡ, τὸ ἔξω, outer, external, foreign, Ac. 26.11. 2 Co. 4.16; met. not belonging to one's community, Mar. 4.11. 1 Co. 5.12, 13; out, away, from a place or person, Mat. 5.13; 13.48; as a prep. out of, Mar. 5.10 : whence
Ἔξωθεν,
adv. outwardly, externally, Mat. 23.27, 28. Mar. 7.15; ὁ, ἡ, τὸ ἔξωθεν, outer, external, Mat. 23.25. Lu 11.39; τὸ ἔξωθεν, the exterior, Lu. 11.40; οἱ ἔξωθεν, those who do not belong to the Christian community, 1 Ti. 3.7, et al.
outer, exterior, external, Mat. 8.12; 22.13; 25.30. S.
Ἕοικα
p., with pr. sig., from absol.εἴκω, to be like, Ja. 1.6, 23.
Ἑορτάζω,
f. άσω,
to keep a feast, celebrate a festival, 1 Co. 5.8: from
Ἑορτή, ῆς, ἡ
a solemn feast, public festival, Lu. 2.41; 22.1. Jno. 13.1; spc. used of the passover, Mat. 26.5; 27.15, et al.
Ἐπαγγελία, ας, ἡ,
annunciation, 2 Ti. 1.1; a promise, act of promising, Ac. 13.23, 32; 23.21; meton. the thing promised, promised favour and blessing, Lu. 24.49. Ac. 1.4, et al.: from
praise, applause, honour paid, Ro. 2.29. 2 Co. 8.18, et al.; meton. ground or reason of praise or commendation, Phi. 4.8; by impl. favourable regard, reward, Ro. 13.3. 1 Pe. 2.14. 1 Co. 4.5.
Ἐπαίρω,
f. αρῶ, a.1. ἐπῆρα, a.1. pass. ἐπήρθην,
to lift up, raise, elevate; to hoist, Ac. 27.40; τὴν φωνήν, to lift up the voice, to speak in a loud voice, Lu 11.27; τὰς χεῖρας, to lift up the hands in prayer, Lu. 24.50. 1 Ti. 2.8; τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, to lift up the eyes, to look, Mat. 17.8; τὴν κεφαλήν, to lift up the head, to be encouraged, animated, Lu. 21.28; τὴν πτέρναν, to lift up the heel, to attack, assault; or, to seek one's overthrow or destruction, Jno. 13.18; pass. to be borne upwards, Ac. 1.9; met. mid. to exalt one's self, assume consequence, be elated, 2 Co. 10.5, et al.
to follow upon; to accompany, be attendant, Mar. 16.20; to appear in the sequel, 1 Ti. 5.24; met. to follow one's steps, to imitate, 1 Pe. 2.21; to follow a work, pursue, prosecute, be studious of, devoted to, 1 Ti. 5.10.
conj. when, after, as soon as, Lu. 7.1; since, because, in as much as, Mat. 18.32; 27.6; for, for then, for else, since in that case, Ro. 3.6; 11.6, et al.
to come to, Ac. 14.19; to come upon, Lu. 1.35; 21.26. Ac. 1.8. Ja. 5.1; to come upon unexpectedly, overtake, Lu. 21.35; to be coming on, to succeed, Ep. 2.7; to occur, happen to, Ac. 8.24; 13.40; to come against, attach, Lu. 11.22.
to interrogate, question, ask, Mat. 12.10; 17.10, et al.; in N.T., to request, require, Mat. 16.1; fr. the Heb. ἐπερ. τὸν Θεόν, to seek after, 69desire an acquaintance with God, Ro. 10.20: whence
Ἐπερώτημα, ατος, τό,
pr. an interrogation, question; in N.T., profession, pledge, 1 Pe. 3.21.
trans. to hold out, present, exhibit, display, Phi. 2.16; intrans. to observe, take heed to, attend to, Lu. 14.7. Ac. 3.5. 1 Ti. 4.16; to stay, delay, Ac. 19.22.
Ἐπηρεάζω,
f. άσω,
to harass, insult, Mat. 5.44. Lu. 6.28; to traduce, calumniate, 1 Pe. 3.16.
prep., with the gen.upon, on, Mat. 4.6; 9.2; 27.19, et al.; in, of locality, Mar. 8.4, et al.; near upon, by, at, Mat. 21.19. Jno. 21.1, et al.; upon, over, of authority, Mat. 2.22. Ac. 8.27, et al.; in the presence of, especially in a judicial sense, 2 Co. 7.14. Ac. 25.9, et al.; in the case of, in respect of, Jno. 6.2. Gal. 3.16; in the time of, at the time of, Ac. 11.28. Ro.1.10, et al.; ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας, really, bona fide, Mar. 12.32, et al.;
with the dat. upon, on Mat. 14.8. Mar. 2.21. Lu. 12.44, et al.; close upon, by, Mat. 24.33. Jno. 4.6, et al.; in the neighbourhood or society of, Ac. 28.14; over, of authority, Mat. 24.47, et al.; to, of addition, besides, Mat. 25.20. Ep. 6.16. Col. 3.14, et al.; immediately upon, Jno. 4.27; upon, of the object of an act, towards, to, Mar. 5.33. Lu. 18.7. Ac. 5.35, et al.; against, of hostile posture or disposition, Lu. 12.52, et al.; in dependance upon, Mat. 4.4. Lu. 5.5. Ac. 14.3, et al.; upon the ground of, Mat. 19.9. Lu. 1.59. Phi. 1.3. He. 7.11; 8.6; 9.17, et al.; with a view to, Gal. 5.13. 1 Thes. 4.7, et al.;
with the accu., upon, with the idea of previous or present motion, Mat. 4.5; 14.19, 26, et al.; towards, of place, to Mat. 3.13; 22.34, et al.; towards, of the object of an action, Lu. 6.35; 9.38, et al.; against, of hostile movement, Mat. 10.21, et al.; over, of authority, Lu. 1.33, et al.; to the extent of, both of place and time, Re. 21.16. Ro. 7.1, et al.; near, by, Mat. 9.9, et al.; about, at, of time, Ac. 3.1, et al.; in order to, with a view to, for the purpose of, Mat. 3.7. Lu. 7.44, et al.
to cast or throw upon, Mar. 11.7. 1 Co. 7.35; to lay on, apply to, Lu. 9.62; to put on, sew on, Mat. 9.16. Lu. 5.36; τὰς χεῖρας, to lay hands on, offer violence to, sieze, Mat. 26.50, et al. also, to lay hand to, undertake, commence, Ac. 12.1; intrans. to rush, dash, beat into, Mar. 4.37; to ponder, reflect on, Mar. 14.72; to fall to one's share, pertain to, Lu. 15.12.
pr. to make a thing a subject of observation; hence, to arrive at knowledge 70from preliminaries; to attain to a knowledge of, Mat. 11.27, et al; to ascertain, Lu. 7.37; 23.7, et al.; to perceive, Mar. 2.8; 5.30, et al.; to discern, detect, Mat. 7.16, 20, et al.; to recognise, Mar. 6.33. Lu. 24.16, 31. Ac. 3.10, et al.; to acknowledge, admit, 1 Co. 14.37. 1 Ti. 4.3, et al.; pass. to have one's character discerned and acknowledged, 2 Co. 6.9; fr. the Heb. to regard with favour and kindness, 1 Co. 16.18: whence
Ἐπίγνωσις, εως, ἡ,
the coming at the knowledge of a thing, ascertainment, Ro. 3.20; a distinct perception or impression, acknowledgment, Col. 2.2, et al.
Ἐπιγρᾰφή, ῆς, ἡ
an inscription; a legend of a coin, Mat. 22.20. Mar. 12.16. Lu. 20.24; a label of a criminal's name and offence, Mar. 15.26. Lu. 23.38: from
to give in addition; also, to give to, deliver to, give into one's hands, Mat. 7.9, 10. Lu. 4.17; 24.30, 42, et al.; intrans., probably a nautical term, to commit a ship to the wind, let her drive, Ac. 27.15.
to seek for, make search for, Ac. 12.19; to require, demand, Mat. 12.39; 16.4. Ac. 19.39; to desire, endeavour to obtain, Ro. 11.7. He. 11.14, et al.; to seek with care and anxiety, Mat. 6.32.
to set the heart upon; to desire, long for, have earnest desire, Mat. 13.17. Lu. 15.16, et al.; to lust after, Mat. 5.28, et al.; spc. to covet, Ro. 13.9, et al.: whence
Ἐπιθυμητής, οῦ, ὁ,
one who has an ardent desire for a thing, 1 Co. 10.6.
Ἐπιθυμία, ας, ἡ,
earnest desire, Lu. 22.15, et al.; irregular or violent desire, cupidity, Mar. 4.19, et al.; spc. impure desire, lust, Ro. 1.24, et al.; met. the object of desire, what enkindles desire, 1 Jno. 2.16, 17.
f. έσω, p. pass. ἐπικέκληται, a.1. pass. ἐπεκλήθην,
to call on; to attach or connect a name, Ac. 15.17. Ja. 2.7; to attach an additional name, to surname, Mat. 10.3, et al.; pass. to receive an appellation or surname, He. 11.16; mid. to call upon, invoke, 2 Co. 1.23, et al.; to appeal to, Ac. 25.11, 12, 21.
Ἐπικάλυμμα, ατος, τό,
71a covering, veil; met. a cloak, 1 Pe. 2.16: from
to lie upon, be placed upon, Jno. 11.38; 21.9; to press, urge upon, Lu. 5.1. Ac. 27.20; be urgent, importunate upon, Lu. 23.23; to be imposed upon; be imposed by law, He. 9.10; by necessity, 1 Co. 9.16.
Ἐπικούρειος, ου, ὁ,
an Epicurean, a follower of the sect of Epicurus, Ac. 17.18.
to take hold of, Mat. 14.31. Mar. 8.23; to lay hold of, seize, Lu. 23.26. Ac. 16.19, et al.; met. to seize on one's words, catch in one's words, Lu. 20.20, 26; to obtain as if by seizure, 1 Ti. 6.12, 19; to assume a portion of, to assume the nature of, He. 2.16; or, to succour.
to forget, Mat. 16.5, et al.; to be forgetful, neglectful of, to disregard, Phi. 3.14. He. 6.10, et al.; p. pass. part. ἐπιλελησμένος, in N.T., in a passsive sense, forgotten, Lu. 12.6.
to loose what has previously been fastened or entangled, as a knot; met. to solve, to explain what is enigmatical as a parable, Mat. 4.34; to settle, put an end to a matter of debate, Ac. 19.39.
to stay longer, prolong a stay, remain on, Ac. 10.48; 15.34, et al.; to continue, persevere, Jno. 8.7. Ac. 12.16; to adhere to, continue to embrace, Ac. 13.43. Ro. 11.22; to persist in, Ro. 6.1, et al.
to fall upon; to throw one's self upon, Lu. 15.20. Jno. 13.25. Ac. 20.10, 37; to press, urge upon, Mar. 3.10; to light upon, Ro. 15.3; to come over, Ac. 13.11; to come upon, fall upon mentally or spiritually, Lu. 1.12. Ac. 8.16; 10.10, 44; 11.15; 19.17.
to desire besides; also, to desire earnestly, long for, 2 Co. 5.2; to have a strong bent, Ja. 4.5; by impl. to love, have affection for, 2 Co. 9.14, et al.: whence
to look at observantly, to inspect; to look out, select, Ac. 6.3; to go to see, visit, Ac. 7.23; 15.36; to visit for the purpose of comfort and relief, Mat. 25.36, 43. Ja. 1.27; from the Heb., of God, to visit with gracious interposition, Lu. 1.68, 78, et al.
to look at, inspect; met. to be circumspect, heedful, He. 12.15; to oversee, to exercise the office of ἐπίσκοπος, 1 Pe. 5.2.
Ἐπισκοπή, ῆς, ἡ,
inspection, oversight, visitation; of God, visitation, interposition, whether in mercy or judgment, Lu. 19.44. 1 Pe. 2.12; care, the office of an overseer or bishop, 1 Ti. 3.1; from the Heb. charge, function, Ac. 1.20. S.
to be versed in, to be master of, 1 Ti. 6.4; to be acquainted with, Ac. 18.25; 19.15. Jude 10; to know, Ac. 10.28, et al.; to remember, comprehend, Mar. 14.68.
Ἐπιστάτης, ου, ὁ, (ἐφίσταμαι)
pr. one who stands by; one who is set over; in N.T., in voc., equivalent to διδάσκαλε, or ῥαββί, Master, Doctor, Lu. 5.5; 8.24, 45, et al. (ᾰ)
trans. to turn towards; to turn round; to bring back, convert, Lu. 1.16, 17. Ja. 5.19, 20; intrans. and mid., to turn one's self upon or towards, Ac. 9.40. Re. 1.12; to about, Mat. 9.22. et al.; 73to turn back, return, Mat. 12.44, et al.; met. to be converted, Ac. 28.27, et al.: whence
Ἐπιστροφή, ῆς, ἡ,
a turning towards, a turning about; in N.T., met. conversion, Ac. 15.13.
to bring to an end; to finish, complete, perfect, Ro. 15.28. 2 Co. 8.6, 11; to perform, Lu. 13.32; to carry into practice, to realise, 2 Co. 7.1; to discharge, He. 9.6; to execute; He. 8.5; mid. to end, make an end, Gal. 3.3; to carry out to completion, Phi. 1.6; pass. to be fully undergone, endured, 1 Pe. 5.9.
to put, place, or lay upon, Mat. 9.18. Lu. 4.40, et al.; to impose a name, Mar. 3.16, 17; to lade, Ac. 28.3; to inflict, Ac. 16.23. Lu. 10.30. Re. 22.18; mid. to set to fall upon, assail, assault, attach, Ac. 18.10.
pr. to set a value upon; to assess a penalty; to allege as a crimination; hence, to reprove, chide, censure, rebuke, reprimand, Mat. 19.13. Lu. 23.40, et al.; in N.T., to admonish strongly, enjoin strictly, Mat. 12.16. Lu. 17.3.
Ἐπιτιμία, ας, ἡ, used in N.T. in the sense of ἐπιτίμημα or ἐπιτίμησις,
one to whose charge or control a thing is left; a steward, bailiff, agent, manager, Mat. 20.8; steward or overseer of the revenue, treasurer, Lu. 8.3; a guardian of children, Gal. 4.2.
to build upon; pass. met. to be built upon, rest firmly on, Ep. 2.20. Col. 2.7; to build besides or further; to build up, carry up a building; met. to carry up to a higher degree of faith and spiritual advancement, Ac. 20.32, et al.
heavenly, in respect of locality, Ep. 1.20; Phi. 2.10, et al.; τὰ ἐπουράνια, the upper regions of the air, Ep. 6.12; heavenly, in respect of essence and character, unearthly, 1 Co. 15.48, 49, et al.; met. divine, spiritual, Jno. 3.12, et al.
intrans. to work, labour, Mat. 21.28. Lu. 13.14; to trade, traffic, do business, Mat. 25.16. Re. 18.17; to act, exert one's power, be active, Jno. 5.17; trans. to do, perform, commit, Mat. 26.10. Jno. 6.28; to be engaged in, occupied upon, 1 Co. 9.13. Re. 18.17; to acquire, gain by one's labour, Jno. 6.27, et al.: whence
Ἐργᾰσία, ας, ἡ,
work, labour; in N.T., ἐργασίαν διδόναι, operam dare, to endeavour, strive, Lu. 12.58; performance, practice, Ep. 4.19; a trade, business, craft, Ac. 19.25; gain acquired by labour or trade, profit, Ac. 16.16, 19; 19.24, 25.
Ἐργάτης, ου, ὁ,
a workman, labourer, Mat. 9.37, 38; 20.1, 2, 8; met. a spiritual workman or labourer, 2 Co. 11.13, et al.; an artisan, artificer, Ac. 19.25; a worker, practiser, Lu. 13.27. (ᾰ)
a work, any thing done or to be done; a deed, work, action, Jno. 3.21. Ep. 2.10. 2 Co. 9.8, et al. freq.; duty enjoined, office, charge, business, Mar. 13.34. Jno. 4.34, et al. freq.; a process, course of action, Ja. 1.4; a work, product of an action or process, Ac. 7.41. He. 1.10. et al.
f. ἐλεύσομαι, a.2. ἤλῠθον, by sync. ἦλθον, p. ἐλήλῠθα,
to come, to go, to pass. By the combination of this verb with other terms, a variety of meaning result, which, however, is due, not to a change of meaning in the verb, but to the adjuncts. Ὁ ἐρχόμενος, He who is coming, the expected Messiah, Mat. 11.3. et al.
to eat, Mat. 12.1; 15.27; ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν, to eat and drink, to eat and drink in the usual manner, follow the common mode of living, Mat. 11.18; also with the assocaited notion of supposed security, Lu. 17.27; to feast, banquet, Mat. 24.49; met. to devour, consume, He. 10.27. Ja. 5.3; from the Heb. ἄρτον ἐσθίειν, to eat bread, to take food, take the usual meals, Mat. 15.2, et al.
fem. of ἕσπερος, evening, Lu. 24.29. Ac. 4.3; 28.23.
Ἔσχᾰτος, η, ον,
farthest; last, latest, Mat. 12.45. Mar. 12.6; lowest, Mat. 19.30; 20.16, et al.: whence
Ἐσχάτως,
adv. extremely; ἐσχάτως ἔχειν, to be in the last extremity, Mar. 5.23.
Ἔσω,
adv., for the more usual form εἰσω, in, within, in the interior of, Mat. 26.58. Jno. 20.26, et al.; ὁ, ἡ, τό ἔσω, inner, interior, internal; met. within the pale of community, 761 Co. 5.12; ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος, the inner man, the mind, soul, Ro. 7.22: whence
Ἔσωθεν,
adv. from within, from the interior, Mar. 7.21, 23; within, in the internal parts, Mat. 7.15, et al.; ὁ, ἡ, τό ἔσωθεν, interior, internal, Lu. 11.39, 40; ὁ ἔσωθεν ἄνθρωπος, the mind, soul, 2 Co. 4.16.
to address with good tidings, Re. 10.7; 14.6; but elsewhere mid. εὐαγγελίζομαι, to proclaim as good tidings, to announce good tidings of, Lu. 1.19, et al.; absol. to announce the good tidings of the gospel, Lu. 4.18; 9.6, et al.; pass. to be announced as good tidings, Lu. 16.16; to be addressed with good tidings, Mat. 11.5. Lu. 7.22. He. 4.2.
glad tidings, good or joyful news, Mat. 4.23; 9.35; the gospel, doctrines of the gospel, Mat. 26.13. Mar. 8.35; meton. the preaching of, or instruction in the gospel, 1 Co. 4.15; 9.14, et al.
to have convenient time or opportunity, have leisure, Mar. 6.31. 1 Co. 16.12; to be at leisure for a thing, give one's self up to a thing, Ac. 17.21. L.G.
Εὐκαιρία, ας, ἡ,
convenient opportunity, favourable occasion, Mat. 26.16. Lu. 22.6: from
easier, more feasible, Mat. 9.5; 19.24. Mar. 2.9, et al. L.G.
Εὐλάβεια, ας, ἡ,
the disposition of one who is εὐλαβής, caution, circumspection; in N.T., reverence to God, piety, He. 5.7; 12.28.
Εὐλαβέομαι, οῦ,
f. ήσομαι, a.1. ηὔλαβήθην,
to be cautious or circumspect; to fear, be afraid or apprehensive, Ac. 23.10; in N.T., absol. to reverence God, to be influenced by pious awe, He. 11.7: from
pr. to speak well of; in N.T., to bless, ascribe praise and glorification, Lu. 1.64, et al.; to bless, invoke a blessing upon, Mat. 5.44, et al.; to bless, confer a favour or blessing upon, Ep. 1.3. He. 6.14; pass. to be blessed, be an object of favour or blessing, Lu. 1.28, et al.: whence
Εὐλογητός, οῦ, ὁ, ἡ,
worthy of praise or blessing, blessed, Mar. 14.61. Lu. 1.68, et al. S.
Εὐλογία, ας, ἡ,
pr. good speaking; fair speech, flattery, Ro. 16.18; in N.T., blessing, praise, celebration, 1 Co. 10.16. Re. 5.12, 13; invocation of good, benediction, Ja. 3.10; a favour conferred, gift, benefit, Ro. 15.29. 2 Co. 9.5, 6, et al.
78pr. one who has charge of the bedchamber; hence, a eunuch, one emasculated, Mat. 19.12; as eunuchs in the East often rose to places of power and trust, hence, a minister of court. Ac. 8.27, 34.
to give a prosperous journey; cause to prosper or be successful; pass. to have a prosperous journey, to succeed in a journey, Ro.1.10; met. to be furthered, to prosper, temporally or spiritually, 1 Co. 16.2. 3 Jno. 2, bis.
Εὐπάρεδρος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (εὖ & πάρεδρος, one who sits by, an assistant, assessor, fr. παρά & ἕδρα, a seat)
f. εὑρήσω, p. εὕρηκα, a.2. εὗρον, a.1. pass. εὑρέθην, later a. 1. εὕρησα, and a. mid. εὑράμην,
He. 9.12; to find, to meet with, light upon, Mat. 18.28; 20.6, to find out, to detect, discover, Lu. 23.2, 4, 14; to acquire, obtain, win, gain, Lu. 1.30; 9.12; to find mentally, to comprehend, recognise, Ac. 17.27. Ro. 7.21; to find by experience, observe, gather, Ro. 7.18; to devise as feasible, Lu. 5.19; 19.48.
Euroclydon, the name of a tempestuous wind, Ac. 27.14. There are, however, two various readings, Εὐρυκλύδων (εὐρύς) and Εὐρακύλων. Euroaquilo. (ῠ). N.T.
of good appearance, pleasing to look upon, comely, 1 Co. 12.24; met. becoming, decent; τὸ εὔσχημον, decorum, propriety, 1 Co. 7.35; honourable, reputable, of high standing and influence, Mar. 15.43. Ac. 13.50; 17.12.
Εὐτόνως, (εὔτονος, on the stretch, fr. εὖ & τείνω)
to gladden, 2 Co. 2.2; pass. to be glad; exult, rejoice, Lu 12.19. Ac. 2.26; mid. to feast in token of joy, keep a day of rejoicing, Lu. 15.23, 24, 29, 32, et al.
gratitude, thankfulness, Ac. 24.3; thanks, the act of giving thanks, thanksgiving, 1 Co. 14.16, et al.; conversation marked by the gentle cheefulness of a grateful heart, as contrasted with the unseemly mirth ofεὐτραπελία, Ep. 5.4: from
of good name or omen; used also as an euphemism by the Greeks instead ofἀριστερός, which was a word of bad import, as all omens on the left denoted misfortune; the left, Mat. 20.21, 23; 25.33, 41, et al.
Ephesian, of Ἔφεσος, ου, ἡ, Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor, Ac. 19.28, 34, 35; 21.29.
Ἐφευρετής, οῦ, ὁ, (ἐφευρίσκα, to come upon, find, discover, fr. ἐπί & εὑρίσκω)
an inventor, deviser, Ro. 1.30.
Ἐφημερία, ας, ἡ,
pr. daily course; the daily service of the temple; a course of priests to which the daily service for a week was allotted in rotation, Lu. 1.5, 8: (L.G.) from
trans. to place upon, over, close by; intrans. p. ἐφέστηκα, part. ἐφεστώς, a.2. ἐπέστην, mid. ἐφίσταμαι, to stand by or near, Lu. 2.38; 4.39; to come suddenly upon, Lu. 2. 9, 24; to come upon, assault, Ac. 6.12; 17.5; to come near, approach, Lu. 10.40; to impend, be instant, be at hand, 1 Thes. 5.3; to be present, Ac. 28.2; to be pressing, urgent, earnest, 2 Ti. 4.2.
Ἐφφαθα, (Aramaean, אתפתח)
be thou opened, Mar. 7.34.
Ἔχθρα, ας, ἡ,
enmity, discord, feud, Lu. 23.12. Gal. 5.20; alienation, 80Ep. 2.15, 16; a principle or state of enmity, Ro. 8.7.
Ἐχθρός, ά, όν,
hated, under disfavour, Ro. 11.28; inimical, hostile, Mat. 13.28. Col. 1.21; as a subs. an enemy, adversary, Mat. 5.43, 44; 10.36. Lu. 6.27, 35, et al.
Ἔχιδνα, ης, ἡ, (ἔχις)
a viper, poisonous serpent, Ac. 28.3; used also fig. of persons, Mat. 3.7.
to hold, Re. 1.16, et al.; to seize, possess a person, Mar. 16.8; to have, possess, Mat. 7.29, et al. freq.; to have, have ready, be furnished with, Mat. 5.23. Jno. 5.36; 6.68, et al.; to have as a matter of crimination, Mat. 5.23. Mar. 11.25, et al.; to have at command, Mat. 27.65; to have the power, be able, Mat. 18.25. Lu. 14.14. Ac. 4.14, et al.; to have in marriage, Mat. 14.4. et al.; to have, be affected by, subjected to, Mat. 3.14; 12.10. Mar. 3.10. Jno. 12.48; 15.22, 24; 16.21, 22. Ac. 23.29. 1 Ti. 5.12. He. 7.28. 1 Jno. 1.8; 4.18; χάριν ἔχειν, to feel gratitude, be thankful, 1 Ti. 1.12. 2 Ti. 1.3. Phile. 7; to hold, esteem, regard, Mat. 14.5. Lu. 14.18, 19, et al.; to have or hold as an object of knowedge, faith, or practice, Jno. 5.38, 42; 14.21. 1 Jno. 5.12. 2 Jno. 9; intrans. with adverbs or adverbial expressions, to be, to fare, Mat. 9.12. Mar. 2.17; 5.23. Lu. 5.31. Jno. 4.52. Ac. 7.1; 12.15; 15.36; 21.13. 2 Co. 10.6; 12.14. 1 Ti. 5.25. 1 Pe. 4.5; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, for the present; in N.T., ἐχειν ἐν γαστρί, to be pregnant, Mat. 1.18, et al.; as also ἔχειν κοίτην, Ro. 9.10; ἔχειν δαιμόνιον, to be possessed, Mat. 11.18, et al.; of time, to have continued, to have lived, Jno. 5.5, 6; 8.57; of space, to embrace, be distant, Ac. 1.12; mid. pr. to hold by, cling to; hence, to border upon, be next, Mar. 1.38. Lu. 13.33. Ac. 20.15; 21.26; to tend immediately to, He. 6.9.
Ἕως,
conj., of time, while, as long as, Jno. 9.4; until, Mat. 2.9. Lu. 15.4; as also in N.T., ἕως οὖ, ἕως ὅτου, Mat. 5.18, 26; ἕως ἄρτι, until now, Mat. 11.12; ἕως πότε, until when, how long, Mat. 17.17; ἕως σήμερον, until this day, to this time, 2 Co. 8.15; as prep., of time, until, Mat. 24.21; of place, unto, even to, Mat. 11.23. Lu. 2.15; ἕως ἄνω, to the brim, Jno. 2.7; ἕως εἰς, even to, as far as, Lu. 24.50; ἕως κάτω, to the bottom; ἕως ὧδε, to this place, Lu. 23.5; of state, unto, even to, Mat. 26.38; of number, even, so much as, Ro. 3.12, et al. freq.
to live, to be possessed of vitality, to exercise the functions of life, Mat. 27.63. Ac. 17.28, et al.; τὸ ζῆν, life, He. 2.15; to have means of subsistence, 1 Co. 9.14; to live, to pass existence in a specific manner, Lu. 2.36; 15.13, et al.; to be instinct with life and vigour; hence, ζῶν, living, an epithet of God, in a sense peculiar to Himself; ἐλπὶς ζῶσα, a vigorous and enduring hope, 1 Pe. 1.3; ὕδωρ ζῶν, a perennial flow of water, Jno 4.10; to be cheered and happy, 1 Thes. 3.8; to be exempt from spiritual condemnation, to have fruition of salvation, 1 Jno. 4.9, et.al.
in a good sense generous rivalry; noble aspiration; in N.T., zeal, ardour in behalf of, ardent affection, Jno 2.17. Ro. 10.2; in a bad sense, jealousy, envy, malice, Ac. 13.45. Ro. 13.13; indignation, wrath, Ac. 5.17 et. al. whence
to have strong affection towards, be ardently devoted to, 2 Co. 11.2; to make a show of affection and devotion towards, Gal. 4.17; to desire earnestly, 81aspire eagerly after, 1 Co. 12.31; 14.1, 39; absol. to be fervent, to be zealous, Re. 3.19; to be jealous, envious, spiteful, Ac. 7.9; 17.5 1 Co. 13.4. Ja 4.2; pass. to be an object of warm regard and devotion, Gal. 4.18: whence
Ζηλωτής, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. a generous rival, an imitator; in N.T., an aspirant, 1 Co. 14.12. Tit. 2.14; a devoted adherent, a zealot, Ac. 21.20; 22.3. Gal. 1.14.
to seek, look for, Mat. 18.12. Lu. 2.48, 49; to search after, Mat. 13.45; to be on the watch for Mat. 26.16; to pursue, endeavour to obtain, Ro. 2.7; 1 Pe. 3.11, et al.; to desire, wish, want, Mat. 12.47; to seek, strive for, Mat. 6.33; to endeavour, Mat. 21.46; to require, demand, ask for, Mar. 8.11. Lu. 11.16; 12.48; to inquire or ask questions, question, Jno. 16.19; to deliberate, Mar. 11.18. Lu. 12.29; in N.T. fr. Heb. ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν, to seek the life of any one, to seek to kill, Mat. 2.20: whence
Ζήτημα, ατος, τό,
a question; a subject of debate or controversy, Ac. 15.2; 18.15; 23.29 et al.
Ζήτησις, εως, ἡ
a seeking; an inquiry, a question; a dispute, debate, discussion, Jno. 3.25. 1 Ti. 1.4; a subject of dispute or controversy, Ac. 25.20, et al.
Ζιζάνιον, ου, τό,
zizanium, darnel, spurious wheat, a plant found in Palestine, which resembles wheat both in its stalk and grain, but is worthless and deleterious, Mat. 13.26, 27, 29, 30, 36, 38, 40. L.G.
pr. a cross bar or band; a yoke; met. a yoke of bondage, state of slavery, servile condition, 1 Ti. 6.1; service or obligation, Mat. 11.29, 30. Ac. 15.10. Gal 5.1; the beam of a balance; by synecd. a balance, pair of scales, Re. 6.5.
leaven, Mat. 16.12; 13.33 met. leaven of the mind and conduct, a system of doctrine or morals, used in a bad sense, Mat. 16.6, 11. 1 Co. 5.6, et al.: whence
Ζυμόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω,
to leaven, cause to ferment, Mat. 13.33. Lu. 13.21. 1 Co. 5.6. Gal. 5.9.
pr. to take alive, take prisoner in war instead of killing; to take captive, enthral, 2 Ti. 2.26 also to catch animals, as fish; in which sense it is used figuratively, Lu. 5.10.
life, animated existence, state of being alive, Lu. 16.25. Ac. 17.25; life, manner of life, conduct, Ro. 6.4; in N.T., life, deliverance from the proper penalty of sin, expressed byθάνατος, Jno. 6.51. Ro. 5.18, et al.; life, the final state of the redeemed, Mat. 25.46, et al.; the author of life, means of attaining life, Jno. 5.39; 11.25. Col. 3.4.
pr. to engender living creatures; to impart life, make alive, vivify, Ro. 4.17; 8.11. 1 Co. 15.36; in N.T., met. to impart the life of salvation, Jno. 6.63. 2 Co. 3.6, et al.
either, or, Mat. 6.24, et al.; after comparatives, andἄλλος, ἕτερος, expressed or implied, than, Mat. 10.15, 18.8. Ac. 17.21; 24.21; intensive afterἀλλά & πρίν, Lu. 12.51. Mat. 1.18; it also serves to point an interrogation, Ro. 3.29, et al.
to lead the way; to take the lead, Ac. 14.12; to be chief, to preside, govern, rule, Mat. 2.6. Ac. 7.10; ἡγούμενος, a chief officer in the church, He. 13.7, 17,24; also, with p. ἥγημαι, to think, consider, count, esteem, regard, Ac. 26.2. 2 Co. 9.5, et al.
Ἡδέως, (ἡδύς)
adv. with pleasure, gladly, willingly, Mar. 6.20; 12.37. 2 Co. 11.19.
Ἥδη,
adv. before now, now, already, Mat. 3.10; 5.28, et al.; ἥδη ποτέ, at length, Ro. 1.10. Phi. 4.10.
Ἥδιστα,
adv. (pr. neut. pl. superlat. of ἡδύς) with the greatest pleasure, most gladly, 2 Co. 12.9, 15.
a particular period of life; the period fitted for a particular function, prime, He. 11.11; full age, years of discretion, Jno. 9.21, 23; perhaps, the whole duration of life, Mat. 6.27. Lu. 12.25; otherwise, stature, Lu. 19.3. Ep. 4.13.
Ἡλίκος, η, ον,
as great as; how great, Col. 2.1. Ja. 3.5. (ῐ).
Ἥλιος, ου, ὁ,
the sun, Mat. 13.43; 17.2. Mar. 1.32, et al.; meton. light of the sun, light, Ac. 13.11.
day, a day, the interval from sunrise to sunset, opp. to ηύξ, Mat. 4.2; 12.40. Lu 2.44; the interval of twenty-four hours, comprehending day and night, Mat. 6.34; 15.32; fr. the Heb. ἠμέρᾳ καὶ ἠμέρᾳ, day by day, every day, 2 Co. 4.16; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, continually, 2 Pe. 2.8; καθ' ἡμέραν, every day, daily, Ac. 17.17. He. 3.13; a point or period of time, Lu. 19.42. Ac. 15.7. Ep. 6.13 et al.; a judgment, trial, 1 Co. 4.3.
to be still, at rest; to live peaceably, be quiet, 1 Thes. 4.11; to rest from labour, Lu. 23.56; to be silent or quiet, acquiesce, to desist from discussion Lu. 14.4. Ac. 11.18; 21.14.
death, the extinction of life, whether naturally, Lu. 2.26. Mar. 9.1; or violently, Mat. 10.21; 15.4; imminent danger of death, 2 Co. 4.11, 12; 11.23; in N.T. death, as opposed to ζωή in its spiritual sense, spiritual condemnation, exclusion from salvation, the penal state of loss of salvation. Jno. 8.51. Ro. 6.16, et al.: whence
Θανατόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐθανάτωσα,
to put to death, deliver to death, Mat. 10.21; 26.59. Mar. 13.12; pass. to be exposed to imminent danger of death, Ro. 3.36; in N.T., met. to subdue, mortify, Ro. 8.13; pass. to be dead to, to be rid, parted from, as if by the intervention of death, Ro. 7.4.
to be of good courage, be of good cheer, Mat. 9.2, et al.; to be confident, hopeful, 2 Co. 7.16, et al.; to be bold, maintain a bold bearing, 2 Co. 10.1, 2.
to admire, regard with adminration, wonder at, Lu. 7.9. Ac. 7.31; to reverence, adore, 2 Thes. 1.10; absol to wonder, be filled with wonder, admiration, or astonishment, Mat. 8.10. Lu. 4.22, et al.; whence
θεμέλιον, τό, a foundation, Lu. 6.48, 49. He. 11.10; met. a foundation laid in elementary instruction, He. 6.1; a foundation of a superstructure of faith, doctrine, or hope, 1 Co. 3.10, 11, 12. Ep. 2.20. 1 Ti. 6.19; a foundation laid in a commencement of preaching the gospel, Ro. 15.20: whence
Θεμελιόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, p. τεθεμελίωκα, a.1. ἐθεμελίωσα,
to found, lay the foundation of, Mat. 7.25. Lu. 6.48. He. 1.10; met. to ground, establish, render firm and unwavering, Ep. 3.17. Col. 1.23. 1 Pe. 5.10.
to gather in harvest, reap, Mat. 6.26; 25.24, 26; met. to reap the reward of labour, 1 Co. 9.11. 2 Co. 9.6; to reap the harvest of vengeance, Re. 14.15, 16: whence
Θερισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
harvest, the act of gathering the harvest, reaping, Jno. 4.23, et al.; met. the harvest of the Gospel, Mat. 9.37, 38, Lu. 10.2; a crop; met. the crop of vengeance, Re. 14.15
Θεριστής, οῦ, ὁ,
one who gathers in the harvest, a reaper, Mat. 13.30, 39.
Θερμαίνω,
f. ανῶ,
to warm; mid. to warm one's self, Mar. 14.54, 67. Jno. 18.18, 25. Ja. 2.16: from
to be a spectator, to gaze on, contemplate; to behold, view with interest and attention Mat. 27.55; 28.1, et al.; 85to contemplate mentally, consider, He. 7.4; in N.T., to see, perceive, Mar. 3.11, et al.; to come to a knowledge of, Jno. 6.40 fr. the Heb. to experience, undergo, Jno. 8.51, et al.:
to collect and lay up stores or wealth, treasure up, Mat. 6.19, 20; to heap up, accumulate, Ro. 2.5. 1 Co. 16.2; to reserve, keep in store, 2 Pe. 3.7: from
Θησαυρός, οῦ, ὁ,
a treasury, a store, treasure, precious deposit, Mat. 6.19, 20, 21, et al.; a receptacle in which precious articles are kept, a casket, Mat. 2.11; a store house, Mat. 12.35.
Θιγγάνω,
f. θίξομαι, a.2. ἔθιγον,
to touch, Col. 2.21. He. 12.20; to harm, He. 11.28.
to squeeze, press; to press upon, emcumber, throng, crowd, Mar. 3.9; met. to distress, afflict, 2 Co. 1.6; 4.8, et al.; pass. to be compressed, narrow, Mat. 7.14: (ῑ) whence
Θλῖψις, εως, ἡ
pr. pressure, compression; met. affliction, distress of mind, 2 Co. 2.4; distressing circumstances, trail, affliction, Mat. 24.9, et al. L.G.
intrans. to make a din, uproar; trans. to disturb, throw into commotion, Ac. 17.5; in N.T., mid. to manifest agitation of mind, to raise a lament, Mat. 9.23. Mar. 5.39. Ac. 20.10: from
Θόρῠβος, ου, ὁ,
an uproar, din; an outward expression of mental agitation, Mar. 5.38; a tumult, commotion, Mat. 26.5, et al.
Θραύω,
f. αύσω, pass. p. part. τεθραυσμένος,
to break, shiver; met. shattered, crushed by cruel oppression, Lu. 4.18.
to make a clamour to cry aloud; in N.T., pass.86to be disturbed, disquieted, alarmed, terrified, Mat. 24.6. Mar. 13.7. 2 Th. 2.2.
Θρόμβος, ου, ὁ,
a lump; espec. a clot of blood, Lu. 22.44.
Θρόνος, ου, ὁ, (θράω, to set)
a seat, a throne, Mat. 5.34; 19.28. Lu. 1.52; meton. power, dominion, Lu. 1.32. He. 1.8; a potentate, Col. 1.16, et al.
Θῠγάτηρ, τέρος, τρός,
dat. τέρι, τρί, acc. τέρα, voc. θύγατερ, ἡ,
a daughter, Mat. 9.18; 10.35, 37; in the vocative, an expression of affection and kindness, Mat. 9.22; fr. the Heb. one of the female posterity of any one, Lu. 1.5; met. a city, Mat. 21.5. Jno. 12.15; pl. female inhabitants, Lu. 23.28: (ᾰ) whence dimin.
pr. the soul, mind; hence, a strong passion or emotion of the mind; anger, wrath, Lu. 4.28. Ac. 19.28, et al.; pl. swellings of anger, 2 Co. 12.20. Ga. 5.20: whence
Θυμόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω,
to provoke to anger; pass. to be angered, enraged, Mat. 2.16.
a door, gate, Mat. 6.6. Mar. 1.33; an entrance, Mat. 27.60, et al.; in N.T., met. an opening, occasion, opportunity, Ac. 14.27. 1 Co. 16.9, et al.; meton. a medium or means of entrance, Jno. 10.7, 9: whence
Θυρεός, οῦ, ὁ,
a stone or other material employed to close a doorway, later, a large oblong shield, Ep. 6.16.
sacrifice, act of sacrificing, He. 9.26; the thing sacrificed, a victim, Mat. 9.13; 12.7; the flesh of victims, eaten by the sacrificers, 1 Co. 10.18; in N.T., an offering or service to God, Phi. 4.18, et al.
Θυσιαστήριον, ίου, τό,
an altar, Mat. 5.23, 24. Lu. 1.11, et al.; spc. the altar of burnt offering, Mat. 23.35. Lu. 11.51; meton. a class of sacrifices, He. 13.10: (S.) from
f. θύσω, p. τεθῠκα, a.1. ἔθῡσα, pass. p. τέθυμαι, a.1. ἐτύθην,
to offer; to kill in sacrifice, sacrefice, immolate, Ac. 14.13, 18, et al.; in N.T., to slaughter for food, Mat. 22.4, et al. (-ῠ in θύω, ῠ in ἐτύθην).
Θώραξ, ᾱκος, ὁ,
a breastplate, armour for the body, consisting of two parts, one covering the breast and the other the back, Re. 9.9, 17. Ep. 6.14. 1 Th. 5.8.
a Saviour, Jesus, Mat. 1.21, 25; 2.1, et al. freq.; Joshua, Ac. 7.45. He. 4.8; Jesus, a Jewish Christian, Col. 4.11.
Ἱκᾰνός, ή, όν, (ἵκω, v. ἱκάνω, to arrive at, reach to)
befitting; sufficient, enough, Lu. 22.38; ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινί, to satisfy, gratify, Mar. 15.15; τὸ ἱκανὸν λαμβάνειν, to take security or bail of any one, Ac. 17.9; of persons, adequate, competent, qualified, 2 Co. 2.16; fit, worthy, Mat. 3.11; 8.8; of number or quantity, considerable, large, great, much, and pl. many, Mat. 28.12. Mar. 10.46, et al.: whence
to appease, render propitious; in N.T., to expiate, make an atonement or expiation for, He. 2.17; ἱλάσθητι, be gracious, show mercy, pardon, Lu. 18.13: whence
Ἱλασμός, οῦ, ὁ,
propitiation, expiation; one who makes expiation, 1 Jno. 2.2; 4.10.
propitious, favorable, merciful, clement, He. 8.12; fr. the Heb. ἵλεως σοι (ὁ Θεός), 88God have mercy on thee, God forbid, far be it from thee, Mat. 16.22.
Ἰμάς, άντος, ὁ,
a strap or thong of leather, Ac. 22.25; a shoe-latchet, Mar. 1.7. Lu. 3.16. Jno. 1.27.
a garment; the upper garment, mantle, Mat. 5.40; 9.16, 20, 21; pl. the mantle and tunic together, Mat. 26.65; pl. genr. garments, raiment, Mat. 11.8; 24.18, et al.
conj. that, in order that, Mat. 19.13. Mar. 1.38. Jno. 1.22; 3.15; 17.1; ἵνα μή, that not, lest, Mat. 7.1; in N.T., equivalent toὥστε, so that, so as that, Jno. 9.2, et al.; also, marking a simple circumstance, the circumstance that, Mat. 10.25. Jno. 4.34; 6.29. 1 Jno. 4.17; 5.3, et al.
pr. one sprung from the tribe of Judah, or a subject of the kingdom of Judah; in N.T., a descendant of Jacob, a Jew, Mat. 28.15. Mar. 1.3, Ac. 19.34. Ro. 2.28, 29, et al.
Ἰουδαϊσμος, ου, ὁ,
Judaism, the character and condition of a Jew; practice of the Jewish religion, Ga. 1.13, 14.
equal, like, Mat. 20.12. Lu. 6.34, et al.; neut. pl. ἴσα, adverbially, on an equality, Phi. 2.6; met. correspondent, consistent, Mar. 14.56, 59: whence
Ἰσότης, τητος, ἡ,
equality, equal proportion, 2 Co. 8.13, 14; fairness, equity, what is equitable, Col. 4.1.
trans. to make to stand, set, place, Mat. 4.5, et al.; to set forth, appoint, Ac. 1.23; to fix, appoint, Ac. 17.31; to establish, confirm, Ro. 10.3. He. 10.9; to set down, impute, Ac. 7.60; to weigh out, pay, Mat. 26.15;
intrans. p. ἕστηακα, inf. ἐστάναι, part. ἐστώς, plup. εἱστήκειν, a.2. ἕστην, pass. ἱσταμαι, f. σταθήσομαι, a.1. ἑστάθην (ᾰ), to stand, Mat. 12.46, et al.; to stand fast, be firm, be permanent, endure, Mat. 12.25. Eph. 6.13, et al.; to be confirmed, proved, Mat. 18.16. 2 Co. 13.1; to stop, Lu. 7.14; 8.44. Ac. 8.38, et al.
Ἱστορέω, ῶ, (ἵστωρ, knowing)
f. ήσω,
89to ascertain by inquiry and examination; to inquire of; in N.T., to visit in order to become acquainted with, Ga. 1.18.
to be strong, be well, be in good health, Mat. 9.12; to have power, be able, Mat. 8.28; 26.40; to have power or efficiency, avail, be valid, Ga. 5.6. He. 9.17; to be of service, be serviceable, Mat. 5.13; meton. to prevail, Ac. 19.16. Re. 12.8, et al. (ῡ).
a footstep, track; in N.T., pl. footsteps, line of conduct, Ro. 4.12. 2 Co. 12.18. 1 Pe. 2.21.
Ἰῶτα,
indec. τό, iota; in N.T., used like Heb.יוד, the smallest letter in the Hebrew alphabet, as an expression for the least or minutest part; a jot, Mat. 5.18.
contracted from καὶ εγω, dat. κἀμοί, accus. κἀμέ, καί retaining, however, its independent force, Jno. 6.58; 10.15, et al.
Καθά (καθ' ἅ)
adv. lit.according to what; as according as, Mat. 27.10.
Καθαίρεσις, εως, ἡ,
pr. a taking down; a pulling down, overthrow, demolition, 2 Co. 10.4; met. a razing as respects spiritual state, a counter process to religious advancement by apostolic instrumentality, 2 Co. 10.8; 13.10: from
to take down, Mat. 15.36, 46. Lu. 23.53. Ac. 13.29; to pull down, demolish, Lu. 12.18; to throw or cast down, degrade, Lu. 1.52; to destroy, put an end to, Ac. 19.27; to overthrow, conquer, Ac. 13.19; to pull down, subvert, 2 Co. 10.5.
ίσω, & ιῶ, ἐκαθάρισα, a later equivalent toκαθαίρω,
to cleanse, render pure, Mat. 23.25. Lu. 11.39; to cleanse from leprosy, Mat. 8.2, 3; 10.8; met. to cleanse from sin, purify by an expiatory offering, make expiation for, He. 9.22, 23. 1 Jno. 1.7; to cleanse from sin, free from the influence of error and sin, Ac. 15.9. 2 Co. 7.1; to pronounce, ceremonially clean, Ac. 10.15; 11.9, et al.: whence
Καθαρισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
ceremonial cleansing, purification, Lu. 2.22. Jno. 2.6; mode of purification, Jno. 2.6; 3.35; cleansing of lepers, Mar. 1.44; met. expiation, He. 1.3. 2 Pe. 1.9, et al. L.G.
to sleep, be fast asleep, Mat. 8.24; 9.24, et al.; met. to be slothful, careless, secure, Ep. 5.14. 1 Th. 5.6; to sleep the sleep of death, 1 Th. 5.10.
to reach, extend to; καθήκει, impers. it is fitting, meet, Ac. 22.22; τὸ καθῆκον, what is fit, right, duty; τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα, by litotes for what is abominable or detestable, Ro. 1.28.
f. καταστήσω, a.1. κατέστησα, a.1. pass. κατεστάθην, (ᾰ)
to place, set, Ja. 3.6; to set, constitute, appoint, Mat. 24.45, 47. Lu. 12.14; to set down in a place, conduct, Ac. 17.15; to make, render, or cause to be, 2 Pe. 1.8; pass. to be rendered, Ro. 5.19.
Καθό, (καθ' ὅ)
as, Ro. 8.26; according as, in proportion as, 2 Co. 8.12. 1 Pe. 4.13.
Καθόλου, (καθ' ὅλου)
on the whole, in general, altogether; and with a negative, not at all, Ac. 4.18.
as, in the manner that, Mat. 21.6; 26.24; how, in what manner, Ac. 15.14; according as, Mar. 4.33; inasmuch as, Jno. 17.2; of time, when, Ac. 7.17. L.G.
conj., and Mat. 2.2, 3, 11; 4.22; καὶ—καὶ, both—and; as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mat. 5.39. Jno. 8.19. 1 Co. 11.6, et al.; emphatic, even, also, Mat. 10.30. 1 Co. 2.10, et al.; in N.T., adversative, but, Mat. 11.19, et al.; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Ja. 2.4. Ga. 3.28.
pr. fitness, proportion, suitableness; a fitting situation, suitable place, 1 Pe. 4.17; a limited period of time marked by a suitableness of circumstances, a fitting season, 1 Co. 4.5. 1 Ti. 2.6; 6.15. Tit. 1.3; opportunity, Ac. 24.25. Ga. 6.10. He. 11.15; 91 a limited period of time distinguished by characteristic circumstances, a signal juncture, a marked season, Mat. 16.3. Lu. 12.56; 21.8. 1 Pe. 1.11, et al.; a destined time, Mat. 8.29; 26.18. Mar. 1.15. Lu. 21.24. 1 Th. 5.1, et al.; a season in ordinary succession, equivalent toὥρα, Mat. 13.30. Ac. 14.17, et al.; in N.T., a limited time, a short season, Lu. 4.13, et al.; simply, a point of time, Mat. 11.24. Lu. 13.1, et al.
to cause to burn, kindle, light, Mat. 5.15; pass. to be kindled, burn, flame, Lu. 12.35; met. to be kindled into emotion, Lu. 24.32; to consume with fire, Jno. 15.6. 1 Co. 13.3.
to speak evil of, revile, abuse, assail with reproaches, Mar. 9.39. Ac. 19.9; to address with offensive language, to treat with disrespect, contemn, Mat. 15.4. Mar. 7.10.
Κακοπάθεια, ας, ἡ,
a state of suffering, affliction, trouble; in N.T., enduraance in affliction, Ja. 5.10.
the stalk of grain, straw, stubble, 1 Co. 3.12. (ᾰ).
Κάλᾰμος, ου, ὁ,
a reed, a cane, Mat. 11.7; 12.20. Lu. 7.24; a reed in its various applicances; as, a wand, a staff, Mat. 27.29, 30, 48. Mar. 15.19, 36; a measuring rod, Re. 11.1; a writer's reed, 3 Jno. 13.
f. έσω, p. κέκληκα, a.l. ἐκάλεσα, p. pass. κέκλημαι, a.1. pass. ἐκλήθην,
to call, call to, Jno. 10.3; to call into one's presence, send for a person, Mat. 2.7; to summon, Mat. 2.15; 25.14, et al.; to invite, Mat. 22.9, et al.; to call to the performance of a certain thing, Mat. 9.13. He. 1.8, et al.; 92to call to a participation in the privileges of the Gospel, Ro. 8.30; 9.24. 1 Co. 1.9; 7.18, et al.; to call to an office or dignity, He. 5.4; to name, style, Mat. 1.21, et al.; pass. to be styled, regarded, Mat. 5.9, 19, et al.
to cover, Mat. 8.24. Lu. 8.16; 23.30; to hide, conceal, Mat. 10.26. 2 Co. 4.3; met. to cover, throw a veil over, consign to oblivion, Ja. 5.20. 1 Pe. 4.8.
Καλῶς,
adv. well, rightly, suitably, with propriety, becomingly, 1 Co. 7.37; 14.17. Ga. 4.17; 5.7, et al.; truly, justly, corrrectly, Mar. 12.32. Lu. 20.39. Jno. 4.17, et al.; appositely, Mat. 15.7. Mar. 7.6; becomingly, honourably, Ja. 2.3; well, effectually, Mar. 7.9, 37, et al.; καλῶς εἰπεῖν, to speak well, praise, applaud, Lu. 6.26; καλῶς ἔχειν, to be convalescent, Mar. 16.18; καλῶς ποιεῖν, to do good, confer benefits, Mat. 5.44; 12.12; to do well, act virtuously, Phi. 4.14, et al.
and if, Mar. 16.18; also if, Mat. 21.21; even if, if even, although, Jno. 10.38; if so much as, He. 12.20; also in N.T., simply equivalent to καί as a particle of emphasis, by a pleonasm of ἄν, at least, at all events, Mar. 6.56. Ac. 5.15. 2 Co. 11.16.
Κανανίτης, ου, ὁ, (Aram. קנאן, fr. Heb. קנא, to be zealous)
a measure, rule; in N.T., prescribed range of action or duty, 2 Co. 10.13, 15, 16; met. rule of conduct or doctrine, Ga. 6.16. Phil. 3.16.
Καπηλεύω,
f. εύσω,
(pr. to be κάπηλος, a retailer, huckster; and, as these persons had the reputation of increasing their profits by adulteration, hence,) in N.T., to corrupt, adulterate, 2 Co. 2.17.
the heart; the heart, regarded as the seat of feelings, impulse, affection, desire, Mat. 6.21; 22.37. Phil. 1.7, et al.; the heart, as the seat of intellect, Mat. 13.15. Ro. 1.21, et al.; 93the heart, as the inner and mental frame, Mat. 5.8. Lu. 16.15. 1 Pe. 3.4, et al.; the conscience, 1 Jno. 3.20, 21; the heart, the inner part, middle, centre, Mat. 12.40, et al.
fruit, Mat. 3.10; 21.19, 34; fr. the Heb. καρπὸς κοιλίας, fruit of the womb, offspring, Lu. 1.42; καρπὸς ὀσφύος, fruit of the loins, offspring, posterity, Ac. 2.30; καρπὸς χειλέων, fruit of the lips, praise, He. 13.15; met. conduct, actions, Mat. 3.8; 7.16. Ro. 6.22; benefit, profit, emolument, Ro. 1.13; 6.21; reward, Phi. 4.17, et al.
to bear fruit, yield, Mar. 4.28; met. to bring forth or exhibit actions or conduct, Mat. 13.23. Ro. 7.5; mid. to expand by fruitfulness, to develop itself by success, Col. 1.6.
Καρποφόρος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (fr. same)
fruitful, adapted to bring forth fruit, Ac. 14.17.
prep., with a genitive, down from, adown, Mat. 8.32; down upon, upon, Mar. 14.3. Ac. 27.14; down into; κατὰ βάθους, profound, deepest, 2 Co. 8.2; down over, throughout a space, Lu. 4.14; 23.5; concerning, in cases of pointed allegation, 1 Co. 15.15; against, Mat. 12.30, et al.; by, in oaths, Mat. 26.63, at al.;
with an accusative, of place, in the quarter of; about, near, at, Lu. 10.32. Ac. 2.10; throughout, Lu. 8.39; in, Ro. 16.5; among, Ac. 21.21; in the presence of, Lu. 2.31; in the direction of, towards, Ac. 8.26. Phi. 3.14; of time, within the range of; during, in the course of, at, about, Ac. 21.1; 27.27; distributively, κατ' οἶκον, by houses, from house to house, Ac. 2.46; κατὰ δύο, two and two, 1 Co. 14.27; καθ' ἡμέραν, daily, Mat. 26.55, et al.; trop., according to, conformably to, in proportion to, Mat. 9.29; 25.15; after the fashion or likeness of, He. 5.6; in virtue of, Mat. 19.3; as respects, Ro. 1.3. Ac. 25.14. He. 9.9.
to lead, bring, or conduct down, Ac. 9.30; 22.30; 23.15, 20, 28; to bring a ship to land; pass. κατάγομαι, a.1. κατήχθην, to come to land, land, touch, Lu. 5.11, et al.
to shame, put to shame, put to the blush, 1 Co. 1.27; pass. to be ashamed, be put to the blush, Lu. 13.17; to dishonour, disgrace, 1 Co. 11.4, 5; fr. the Heb. to frustrate, disappoint, Ro. 5.5; 9.33.
f. ινῶ, a.1. κατέκρῑνα, p. pass. κατακέκρῐμαι, a.1. pass. κατεκρίθην (ῐ),
95to give judgment against, condemn, Mat. 27.3 Jno. 8.10, 11, et al.; to condemn, to place in a guilty light by contrast, Mat. 12.41, 42. Lu. 11.31, 32. He. 11.7: whence
to lay hold of, grasp; to obtain, attain, Ro. 9.30. 1 Co. 9.24; to seize, take possesssion of, Mar. 9.18; to come suddenly upon, overtake, surprise, Jno. 12.35; to deprehend, detect in the act, seize, Jno. 8.3, 4; met. to comprehend, apprehend, Jno. 1.5; mid. to understand, perceive, Ac. 4.13; 10.34, et al.
to leave behind; to leave behind at death, Mar. 12.19; to relinquish, let remain, Mar. 14.52; to quit, depart from, forsake, Mat. 4.13; 16.4; to neglect, Ac. 6.2; to leave alone, or without assistance, Lu. 10.40; to reserve, Ro. 11.4.
to dissolve; to destroy, demolish, overthrow, throw down, Mat. 24.2; 26.61; met. to nullify, abrogate, Mat. 5.17. Ac. 5.38, 39, et al.; intrans. to unloose harness, &c., to halt, to stop for the night, lodge, Lu. 9.12.
in N.T., to be torpid to the disadvantage of any one, to be a dead weight upon; by impl. to be troublesome, burdensome to, in respect of maintenance, 2 Co. 11.9; 12.13, 14.
to perceive, understand, apprehend, 96Lu. 20.23; to observe, mark, contemplate, Lu. 12.24, 27; to discern, descry, Mat. 7.3; to have regard to, make account of, Ro. 4.19.
to trample upon, tread down or under feet, Mat. 5.13; 7.6 Lu. 8.5; 12.1; met. to treat with contumely, spurn, He. 10.29.
Κατάπαυσις, εως, ἡ,
pr. the act of giving rest; a state of settled cessation or rest, He. 3.11, 18; 4.3, 11, et al.; a place of rest, place of abode, dwelling, habitation, Ac. 7.49: from
to cause to cease, restrain, Ac. 14.18; to cause to rest, give rest to, introduce into a permanent settlement, He. 4.8; intrans. to rest, desist from, He. 4.4, 10.
Καταπέτασμα, ατος, τό, (καταπετάννυμι, to expand)
a veil, curtain, Mat. 27.51. Mar. 15.38. Lu. 23.45. He. 6.19; 10.20. S.
a cursing, execration, imprecation, Ja. 3.10. fr. the Heb. condemnation, doom, Ga. 3.10, 13. 2 Pe. 2.14; meton. a doomed one, one on whom condemation falls, Ga. 3.13: (ᾰρ)whence
Καταράομαι, ῶμαι,
f. άσομαι, a.1. κατηρᾱσάμην, in N.T., p. pass. part. κατηραμένος,
to curse, to wish evil to, imprecate evil upon, Mat. 5.44. Mar. 11.21, et al.; in N.T., pass. to be doomed, Mat. 25.41.
f. ήσω, p. κατήργηκα, a.1. κατήργησα, p. pass. κατήργημαι, a.1. pass. κατηργήθην,
to render useless or unproductive, occupy unprofitably, Lu. 13.7; to render powerless, Ro. 6.6; to make empty and unmeaning, Ro. 4.14; to render null, to abrogate, cancel, Ro. 3.3, 31. Eph 2.15, et al.; to bring to an end, 1 Co. 2.6; 13.8; 15.24, 26. 2 Co. 3.7, et al.; to destroy, annihilate, 2 Th. 2.8. He. 2.14; to free from, diserver from, Ro. 7.2, 6. Ga. 5.4.
to adjust thoroughly; to knit together, unite completely, 1 Co. 1.10; to frame, He. 11.3; to prepare, provide, Mat. 21.16. He. 10.5; to qualify fully, to elevate to a complete standard, Lu. 6.40. He. 13.21. 1 Pe. 5.10; p. pass. κατηρτισμένος, fit, ripe, Ro. 9.22; to repair, refit, Mat. 4.21. Mar. 1.19; to supply, make good, 1 Th. 3.10; to restore to a forfeited condition, to reinstate, Ga. 6.1: whence
Κατάρτῐσις, εως, ἡ
pr. a complete adjustment; a state of completeness, perfection, 2 Co. 13.9. L.G.
Καταρτισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
completeness of qualification, a perfecting, Ep. 4.12. L.G.
to lay down, deposit, Mar. 15.46; mid. to deposit or lay up for one's self; χάριν, v. χάριτας, to lay up a store of favour for one's self, earn a title to favour at the hands of a person, to curry favour with, Ac. 24.27; 25.9.
adv. over against, opposite to, Mar. 11.2; 12.41; 13.3; ὁ, ἡ, τὸ κατέναντι, opposite, Lu. 19.30; before, in the presence of, in the sight, Ro. 4.17. S.
to work out; to effect, produce, bring out as a result, Ro. 4.15; 5.3; 7.13. 2 Co. 4.17; 7.10. Phi. 2.12. 1 Pe. 4.3. Ja. 1.3; to work, practise, realise in practice, Ro. 1.27; 2.9, et al.; to work or mould into fitness, 2 Co. 5.5; to dispatch, subdue, Eph. 6.13.
to eat up, devour, Mat. 13.4, et al.; to consume, Re. 11.5; to expend, squander, Lu. 15.30; met. to make a prey of, plunder, Mat. 23.13. Mar. 12.40. Lu. 20. 47. 2 Co. 11.20; to vex, injure, Ga. 5.15.
f. καθέξω, & κατασχήσω, imperf. κατεῖχον, a.2. κατέσχον,
to hold down; to detain, retain, Lu. 4.42. Philem. 13; to hinder, restrain, 2 Th. 2.6, 7; to hold downright, hold in a firm grasp, to have in full and secure possession, 1 Co. 7.30. 2 Co. 6.10; to come into full possession of, seize upon, Mat. 21.38; to keep, retain, 1 Th. 5.21; to occupy, Lu. 14.9; met. to hold fast mentally, retain, Lu. 8.15. 1 Co. 11.2; 15.2; to maintain, He. 3.6, 14; 10.23; intrans., a nautical term, to land, touch, Ac. 27.40; pass. to be in the grasp of, to be bound by, Ro. 7.6; to be afflicted with, Jno. 5.4.
pr. to sound in the ears, make the ears ring; to instruct orally, 99inform by teaching, Lu. 1.4. 1 Co. 14.19, et al.; pass. to be made acquainted with, be informed of, learn by report, Ac. 21.21, 24. L.G.
trans. to inhabit, Ac. 1.19, et al.; intrans. to have an abode, dwell, Lu. 13.4, Ac. 11.29, et al.; to take up or find an abode, Ac. 7.2, et al.; to indwell, Eph. 3.17. Ja. 4.5, et al.: whence
to show in a mirror; to present a clear and correct image of a thing; mid. to have presented in a mirror, to have a clear image presented, or, perhaps, to reflect, 2 Co. 3.18. L.G.
Κατορθώμα, ατος, τό, (κατορθόω, to setup upright, accomplish happily, fr. κατά & ὀρθόω, to make straight)
any thing happily and successfully accomplished; a beneficial and worthy deed, Ac. 24.3. L.G.
to glory, boast, Ro. 2.17, 23; ὑπέρ τινος, to boast of a person or thing, undertake a laudatory testimony to, 2 Co. 12.5; to rejoice, exult, Ro. 5.2, 3, 11, et al.: whence
Καύχημα, ατος, τό
a glorying, boasting, 1 Co. 5.6; ground or matter of glorying or boasting, Ro. 4.2; joy, exultation, Phi. 1.26; laudatory testimony, 1 Co. 9.15, 16. 2 Co. 9.3, et al.
Καύχησις, εως, ἡ,
a later equivalent to καυχημα, Ro. 3.27. 2 Co. 7.4, 14; 11.10, et al.
Κέδρος, ου, ἡ,
a cedar, Jno. 18.1, where κέδρων is a false reading for the proper name Κεδρών.
to lie, to be laid; to recline, to be lying, to have been laid down, Mat. 28.6. Lu 2.12, el al.; to have been laid, placed, set, Mat. 3.10. Lu. 3.9. Jno. 2.6, et al.; to be situated as a city, Mat. 5.14. Re. 21.16; to be in store, Lu. 12.19; met. to be specially set, solemnly appointed, destined, Lu. 2.34. Phi. 1.17. 1 Th. 3.3; to lie under an influence, to be involved in, 1 Jno. 5.19.
Κειρία, ας, ἡ,
a bandage, swath, roller; in N.T., pl. grave-clothes, Jno. 11.44.
empty; having nothing, empty-handed, Mar. 12.3; met. vain, fruitless, void of effect, Ac. 4.25. 1 Co. 15.10; εἰς κενόν, in vain, to no purpose, 2 Co. 6.1, et al.; hollow, fallacious, false, Ep. 5.6. Col. 2.8; inconsiderate, foolish, Ja. 2.20.
to empty, evacuate; ἑαυτόν, to divest one's self, of one's prorogatives, abase one's self, Phi. 2.7; to deprive a thing of its proper functions, Ro. 4.14. 1 Co. 1.17; to show to be without foundation, falsify, 1 Co. 9.15. 2 Co. 9.3.
a horn, Re. 5.6; 12.3, et al.; a projecting extremity at the corners of an altar, Re. 9.13; fr. the Heb., used symbolically for strength, power, Lu. 1.69.
pr. a little horn; in N.T., a pod, the pod of the carob tree, or Ceratonia siliqua of Linnœus, a common tree in the East and the south of Europe, growing to a considerable size, and producing long slender pods, with a pulp of sweetish taste and several brown shining seeds like beans, sometimes eaten by the poorer people in Syria and Palestine, and commonly used for fattening swine, Lu. 15.16.
Κερδαίνω,
f. δανῶ, κερδήσω & ομαι, a.1. ἐκέρδησα,
to gain as a matter of profit, Mat. 25.17, et al.; to win, acquire possession of, Mat. 16.26; to profit in the avoidance of, to avoid, Ac. 27.21; in N.T., Χριστόν, to win Christ, to become possessed of the privileges of the gospel, Ph. 3.8; to win over from estrangement Mat. 18.15; to win over to embrace the gospel, 1 Co. 9.19, 20, 21, 22. 1 Pe. 3.1; absol. to make gain, Ja. 4.13: from
the head, Mat. 5.36; 6.17, et al.; the head, top; κεφαλή γωνίας, the head of the corner, the chief corner stone, Mat. 21.42. Lu. 20.17; met.101the head, superior, chief, principal, one to whom others are subordinate, 1 Co. 11.3. Ep. 1.22, et al.
in N.T., a roll, volume, division of a book, He. 10.7.
Κημόω, ῶ, (κημός, a curb, bridle, muzzle)
f. ώσω,
to muzzle, v.r. 1 Co. 9.9.
Κῆνσος, ου, ὁ, (Lat. census )
a census, assessment, enumeration of the people and a valuation of their property; in N.T., tribute, tax, Mat. 17.25; poll-tax, Mat. 22.17, 19. Mar. 12.14.
proclamation, proclaiming, public annunciation, Mat. 12.41; public inculcation, preaching, 1 Co. 2.4; 15.14; meton. what is publicly inculcated, doctrine, &c. Ro. 16.25, et al.
Κήρυξ, ῡκος, ὁ,
a herald, public messenger; in N.T., a proclaimer, publisher, preacher, 1 Ti. 2.7. 2 Ti. 1.11. 2 Pe. 2.5.
to publish, proclaim, as a herald, 1 Co. 9.27; to announce openly and publicly, Mar. 1.4. Lu. 4.18; to noise abroad, Mar. 1.45; 7.36; to announce as a matter of doctrine, inculcate, preach, Mat. 24.14. Mar. 1.38; 13.10. Ac. 15.21. Ro. 2.21, et al.
Κῆτος, εος, τό,
a large fish, sea monster, whale, Mat. 12.40.
Κηφᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ, (Aramæan, כיפא)
Cephas, a rock, rendered into Greek by Πέτρος, Jno. 1.43. 1 Co. 1.12, et al.
Κιβωτός, οῦ, ἡ,
a chest, coffer; the ark of the covenant, He. 9.4; the ark of Noah, Mat. 24.38. Lu. 17.27, et al.
to set a-going; to move, Mat. 23.4; to excite, agitate, Ac. 24.5; 21.30; to remove, Re. 2.5; 6.14; in N.T., κεφαλήν, to shake the head in derision, Mat. 27.39. Mar. 15.29; mid. to move, possess the faculty of motion, exercise the functions of life, Ac. 17.28: whence
a key used in the N.T. as the symbol of power, authority, &c. Mat. 16.19. Re. 1.18; 3.7; 9.1; 20.1; met.102means of attaining knowledge, Lu. 11.52: from
f. είσω, a.1. ἔκλεισα, p. pass. κέκλεισμαι, a.1. pass. ἐκλείσθην,
to close, shut, Mat. 6.6; 25.10, et al.; to shut up a person, Re. 20.3; met. of the heavens, Lu. 4.25. Re. 11.6; κλεῖσαι τὰ σπλάγχνα, to shut up one's bowels, to be hard-hearted, void of compassion, 1 Jno. 3.17; κλείειν τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, to endeavour to prevent entrance into the kingdom of heaven, Mat. 23.14.
pr. to acquire by lot; to inherit, obtain by inheritance; in N.T., to obtain, acquire, receive possession of, Mat. 5.5; 19.29, et al.; absol. to be heir, Ga. 4.30: whence
Κληρονομία, ας, ἡ,
an inheritance, patrimony, Mat. 21.38. Mar. 12.7; a possession, portion, property, Ac. 7.5; 20.32, et al.; in N.T., a share, participation in privileges, Ac. 20.32. Eph. 1.14, et al.
a lot, die, a thing used in determining chances, Mat. 27.35. Mar. 15.24, et al.; assignment, investiture, Ac. 1.17, 25; allotment, destination, Col. 1.12; a part, portion, share, Ac. 8.21; 26.18; a constituent portion of the church, 1 Pe. 5.3: whence
a call, calling, invitation; in N.T., the call or invitation to the privileges of the Gospel, Ro. 11.29. Ep. 1.18, et al.; the favour and privilege of the invitation, 2 Th. 1.11. 2 Pe. 1.10; the temporal condition in which the call found a person, 1 Co. 7.20; 1.26.
Κλητός, ή, όν, (fr. same)
called, invited; in N.T., called to privileges or functions, Mat. 20.16; 22.14. Ro. 1.1, 6, 7. 1 Co. 1.1, 2, et al.
pr. trans. to cause to slope or bend; to bow down, Lu. 24.5. Jno. 19.30; to lay down to rest, Mat. 8.20. Lu. 9.58; to put to flight troops, He. 11.34; intrans., of the day, to decline, Lu. 9.12; 24.29.
a Roman brass coin, equivalent to the fourth part of an as, orἀσσάριον, or to δύο λεπτα, and equal too about 103three-fourths of a farthing, Mat. 5.26. Mar. 12.42. N.T.
Κοιλία, ας, ἡ, (κοῖλος, hollow)
a cavity; the belly, Mat. 15.17. Mar. 7.19; the stomach, Mat. 12.40. Lu. 15.16; the womb, Mat. 19.12. Lu. 1.15, et al.; fr. the Heb. the inner self, Jno. 7.38.
Κοιμάω, ῶ
f. ήσω, p. pass. κεκοίμημαι,
to lull to sleep; pass. to fall asleep, be asleep, Mat. 28.13. Lu. 22.45; met. to die, be dead, Ac. 7.60; 13.36, et al.: whence
common, belonging equally to several, Ac. 2.44; 4.32; in N.T., common, profane, He. 10.29; ceremonially unclean, Mar. 7.2. Ac. 10.14, et al.: whence
Κοινόω, ὠ,
f. ώσω, p. κεκοίνωκα, a.1. ἐκοίνωσα,
to make common; in N.T., to profane, desecrate, Ac. 21.28; to render ceremonially unclean, defile, pollute, Mat. 15.11, 18, 20; to pronounce unclean ceremonially, Ac. 10.15; 11.9.
to have in common, share, He. 2.14; to be associated in, to become a sharer in, Ro. 15.27. 1 Pe. 4.13; to become implicated in, be a party to, 1 Ti. 5.22. 2 Jno. 11; to associate one's self with by sympathy and assistance, to communicate with in the way of aid and relief, Ro. 12.13. Ga. 6.6: whence
Κοινωνία, ας, ἡ,
fellowship, partnership, Ac. 2.42. 2 Co. 6.14. Ga. 2.9. Phi. 3.10. 1 Jno. 1.3, et al.; participation, communion, 1 Co. 10.16, et al.; aid, relief, He. 13.16, et al.; contribution in aid, Ro. 15.26.
Κοινωνικός, ή, όν,
social; in N.T., ready to communicate in kind offices, liberal, beneficent, 1 Ti. 6.18.
a bed, Lu. 11.7; the conjugal bed, He. 13.4; meton. sexual intercourse, concubitus; hence, lewdness, whoredom, chambering, Ro. 13.13; in N.T., conception, Ro. 9.10: whence
Κοιτών, ῶνος, ὁ,
a bed-chamber, Ac. 12.20.
Κόκκῐνος, η, ον, (κόκκος, kernel of the coccus ilicis of Linnœus, a small insect, found on the leaves of the quercus cocciferus, or holm oak, which was used by the ancients, as the cochineal insect now is, for dyeing a beautiful crimson or deep scarlet colour, and supposed by them to be the berry of a plant or tree)
to beat with the fist, buffet, Mat. 26.67. Mar. 14.65; met. to maltreat, treat with contumely and ignominy, 1 Co. 4.11; to punish, 1 Pe. 2.20; to buffet, fret, afflict, 2 Co. 12.7.
pr. to take into kindly keeping, to provide for; to convey, bring, Lu. 7.37; mid. to bring for one's self; to receive, obtain, 2 Co. 5.10. Ep. 6.8, et al.; to receive again, recover, Mat. 25.27. He. 11.19.
trouble, vexation, uneasiness, Mat. 26.10. Mar. 14.6; labour, wearisome labour, travail, toil, 1 Co. 3.8; 15.58, et al.; meton. the fruit or consequences of labour, Jno. 4.38. 2 Co. 10.15.
a girl, damsel, maiden, Mat. 9.24, 25, 14.11, et al. (ᾰ).
Κορβᾶν, ὁ, indec. v. κορβανᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ, (Heb. קרבן; Aram. קרבנא, explained in Greek byδῶρον)
corban, a gift, offering, oblation, any thing consecrated to God, Mar. 7.11; meton. the sacred treasury, Mat. 27.6.
Κορέννυμι,
f. κορέσω, p. pass. κεκόρεσμαι,
to satiate, satisfy, Ac. 27.38. 1 Co. 4.8.
Κορίνθιος, ία, ιον,
Corinthian; an inhabitant of Κόρινθος, Corinth, Ac. 18.8. 2 Co. 6.11.
Κόρος, ου, ὁ, (Heb. כר)
a cor, the largest Jewish measure for things dry, equal to the homer, and about fifteen bushels English, according to Josephus, (Ant. 1.xv. c.9. s.2.), Lu. 16.7.
to arrange, set in order; to adorn, decorate, embellish, Mat. 12.44; 23.29; to prepare, put in readiness, trim, Mat. 25.7; met. to honour, dignify, Tit. 2.10.
pr. belonging to the universe; in N.T., accommodated to the present state of things, adapted to this world, worldly, Tit. 2.12; τὸ κοσμικόν, as a subst., the apparatus for the service of the tabernacle, He. 9.1.
pr. order, regular disposition; ornament, decoration, embellishment, 1 Pe. 3.3; the world, the material universe, Mat. 13.35, et al.; the world, the aggregate of sensitive 105existance, 1 Co. 4.9; the lower world, the earth, Mar. 16.15, et al.; the world, the aggregate of mankind, Mat. 5.14, et al.; the world, the public, Jno. 7.4; in N.T., the present order of things, the secular world, Jno. 18.36, et al.; the human race external to the Jewish nation, the heathen world, Ro. 11.12, 15; the world external to the Christian body, 1 Jno. 3.1, 13, et al.
Κοῦμι, (Aram. קומי sec. pers. fem. sing. imperat. of קום, to arise)
cumi, arise, Mar. 5.41.
Κουστωδία, ας, ἡ, (Lat. custodia)
a watch, guard, Mat. 27.65, 66; 28.11.
Κουφίζω, (κοῦφος, light)
f. ίσω,
to lighten, make light or less heavy, Ac. 27.38.
Κόφῐνος, ου, ὁ,
a basket, Mat. 14.20; 16.9. Mar. 6.43, et al.
Κράββατος, ου, ὁ, (Lat. grabatus)
a couch capable of holding one person, Mar. 2.4, 9, 11, 12, et al. L.G.
f. κεκράξομαι, a. ἔκρᾰγον, later f. κράξω, a. ἔκραξα, p. κέκρᾰγα
with a pres. signif., to utter a cry, Mat. 14.26, et al.; to exclaim, vociferate, Mat. 9.27. Jno. 1.15, et al.; to cry for vengeance, Ja. 5.4; to cry in supplication, Ro. 8.15. Ga. 4.6.
pr. to be strong; to be superior to any one, subdue, vanquish, Ac. 2.24; to get into one's power, lay hold of, seize, apprehend, Mat. 14.3; 18.28; 21.46; to gain, compass, attain, Ac. 27.13; in N.T., to lay hold of, grasp, clasp, Mat. 9.25. Mar. 1.31; 5.41; to retain, to keep under reserve, Mar. 9.10; met. to hold fast, observe, Mar. 7.3, 8. 2 Th. 2.15; to hold to, adhere to, Ac. 3.11. Col. 2.19; to restrain, hinder, repress, Lu. 24.16. Re. 7.1; to retain, not to remit sins, Jno. 20.23.
Κράτιστος, η, ον, (super. from κρατύς, strongest)
in N.T., κράτιστε, a term of respect, most excellent, noble, or illustious, Lu. 1.3. Ac. 23.26; 24.3; 26.25.
a cry, outcry, clamour, vociferation, Mat. 25.6. Ac. 23.9. Ep. 4.31. Re. 14.18; a cry of sorrow, wailing, lamentation, Re. 21.4; a cry for help, earnest supplication, He. 5.7.
Κρέας, ατος, έως, τό, pl. κρέατα, κρέα
flesh, meat, Ro. 14.21. 1 Co. 8.13.
Κρείττων, v. σσων, ονος, ὁ, ἡ, τὸ, -ον, (used as the comp. of ἀγαθός)
better, more useful or profitable, more conducive to good, 1 Co. 7.9, 38; superior, more excellent, of a higher nature, more valuable, He. 1.4; 6.9; 7.7, 19, 22. et al.
to hang, suspend, Ac. 5.30; 10.39; pass. to be hung, suspended, Mat. 18.6. Lu. 23.39; mid. κρέμαμαι, to hang, be suspended, Ac. 28.4. Ga. 3.13, et al.; met. κρέμαμαι ἐν, to hang upon, to be referable to as an ultimate principle, Mat. 22.40.
f. ῐνῶ, a.1. ἔκρῑνα, p. κέκρῐκα, p. pass. κέκρῐμαι, a.1. pass. ἐκρίθην,
pr. to separate; to make a distinction between; to decide, determine, resolve, Ac. 3.13; 15.19; 27.1, et al.; to deem, Ac. 13.46. Ro. 14.5; to resolve on, decree, Ac. 16.4. Re. 16.5; to form a judgment, to pass judgment on, Jno. 8.15, et al.; to judge judicially, try, Jno. 18.31, et al.; to sentence, Jno. 7.51; to condemn, Lu. 19.22. Ac. 13.27; in N.T., to execute sentence upon, to punish, Ac. 7.7, et al.; to administer a government over, Mat. 19.28. Lu. 22.30; perhaps, to avenge, He. 10.30; pass. to be brought to trail, Ac. 25.1, 20. Ro. 3.4 et al.; mid. to go to law, litigate, Mat. 5.40: whence
to get, procure, provide, Mat. 10.9; to make gain, gain, Lu. 18.12; to purchase, Ac. 8.20; 22.28; to be the cause or occasion of purchasing, Ac. 1.18; to preserve, save, Lu. 21.19; to get under control, to be winning the mastery over, 1 Th. 4.4; p. κέκτημαι, to possess: whence
Κτῆμα, ατος, τό,
a possession, property, & spc. real estate, Mat. 19.22. Mar. 10.22. Ac. 2.45; 5.1.
Κτῆνος, εος, τό,
pr. property, generally used in the plural τὰ κτήνη; property in animals; a beast of burden, Lu. 10.34. Ac. 23.24; beasts, cattle, 1 Co. 15.39. Re. 18.13.
pr. to reduce from a state of disorder and wildness; in N.T., to call into being, to create, Mar. 13.19, et al.; to call into individual existence, to frame, Eph. 2.15; to create spiritually, to invest with a spiritual frame, Eph. 2.10; 4.25: whence
Κτίσις, εως, ἡ,
pr. a framing, founding; in N.T., creation, the act of creating, Ro. 1.20; creation, the material universe, Mar. 10.6; 13.19. He. 9.11. 2 Pe. 3.4; a created thing, a creature, Ro. 1.25; 8.39. Col. 1.15. He. 4.13; the human race, Mar. 16.15. Ro. 8.19, 20, 21, 22. Col. 1.23; 107a spiritual creation, 2 Co. 5.17. Ga. 6.15; an institution, ordinance, 1 Pe. 2.13.
Κτίσμα, ατος, τό,
pr. a thing founded; in N.T., a created being, creature, 1 Ti. 4.4. Ja. 1.18, et al. L.G.
Κτιστής, οῦ, ὁ, v. κτίστης, ου, ὁ,
a founder; in N.T., a creator, 1 Pe. 4.19. L.G.
Κυβεία, ας, ἡ, (κυβεύω, to play at dice, fr. κύβος, a cube, die)
pr. dicing; met. sleight, versatile artifice, Eph. 4.14.
Κυβέρνησις, εως, ἡ, (κυβερνάω, to steer, direct)
government, office of a governor or director; meton. a director, 1 Co. 12.28.
Κυβερνήτης, ου, ὁ, (fr. same)
a pilot, helmsman, Ac. 27.11. Re. 18.17.
Κυκλόθεν,
adv. around, round about, Re. 4.3, 4, 8; 5.11: from
to roll; mid. to roll one's self, to wallow, Mar. 9.20. (ῑ).
Κυλλός, ή, όν,
pr. crooked, bent; mained, lame, crippled, Mat. 18.8, et al.
Κῦμα, ατος, τό,
a wave, surge, billow, Mat. 8.24; 14.24, et al.
Κύμβᾰλον, ου, τό, (κύμβος, a hollow)
a cymbal, 1 Co. 13.1.
Κύμῑνον, ου, τό,
cumin, cuminum sativum of Linnœus, a plant, a native of Egypt and Syria, whose seeds are of an aromatic, warm, bitterish taste, with a strong but not disagreeable smell, and used by the ancients as a condiment, Mat. 23.23.
a lord, master, Mat. 12.8, et al.; an owner, possessor, Mat. 20.8, et al.; a potentate, sovereign, Ac. 25.26; a power, deity, 1 Co. 8.5; the Lord, Jehovah, Mat. 1.22, et al.; the Lord Jesus Christ, Mat. 24.42. Mar. 16.19. Lu. 10.1. Jno. 4.1. 1 Co. 4.5, et al. freq.; Κύριε, a term of respect of various force, Sir, Lord, Mat. 13.27. Ac. 9.6, et al. freq.: whence
108pr. a festive procession, a merry-making; in N.T., a revel, lascivious feasting, Ro. 13.13. Ga. 5.21. 1 Pe. 4.3.
Κώνωψ, ωπος, ὁ,
a gnat, culex, which is found in wine when acescent, Mat. 23.24.
Κωφός, ή, όν,
pr. blunt, dull, as a weapon; dull of hearing, deprived of hearing, deaf, Mat. 11.5. Mar. 7.32, 37. Lu. 7.22; dumb, mute, Mat. 9.32, 33, et al.; meton. making dumb, causing dumbness, Lu. 11.14.
Λ, λ, Λάμβδα
Λαγχάνω,
f. Λήξομαι, p. εἴληχα, p.2. λέλογχα, a.2. ἔλᾰχον,
to have assigned to one, to obtain, receive, Ac. 1.17. 2 Pe. 1.1; to have fall to one by lot, Lu. 1.9; absol. to cast lots, Jno. 19.24
to make vocal utterance; to babble, to talk; in N.T., absol., to exercise the faculty of speech, Mat. 9.33, et al.; to speak, Mat. 10.20, et al.; to hold converse with, to talk with, Mat. 12.46. Mar. 6.50. Re. 1.12, et al.; to discourse, to make an address, Lu. 11.37. Ac. 11.20; 21.39, et al.; to make an announcement, to make a declaration, Lu. 1.55, et al.; to make mention, Jno. 12.41. Ac. 2.31. He. 4.8. 2 Pe. 3.16; trans., to speak, address, preach, Mat. 9.18. Jno. 3.11. Tit. 2.1, et al.; to give utterance to, to utter, Mar. 2.7. Jno. 3.34, et al.; to tell, recount, Mat. 26.13, et al.; to declare, announce, reveal, Lu. 24.25, et al.; to disclose, 2 Co. 12.4.
Λαλιά, ᾶς, ἡ,
talk; in N.T., matter of discourse, Jno. 4.42; 8.43; language, dialect, Mat. 26.73. Mar. 14.70.
f. λήψομαι, p. εἴληφα, a.2. ἔλᾰβον, a.1. pass. ἐλήφθην,
to take, take up, take in the hand, Mat. 10.38; 13.31, 33, et al.;
to take on one's self, sustain, Mat. 8.17;
to take, seize, seize upon, Mat. 5.40; 21.34. Lu. 5.26. 1 Co. 10.13, et al.;
to catch, Lu 5.5. 2 Co. 12.16;
to assume, put on, Phi. 2.7;
to make a rightful or successful assumption of, Jno. 3.27;
to conceive, Ac. 28.15;
to take by way of provision, Mat. 16.5;
to get, get together, Mat. 16.9;
to receive as payment, Mat. 17.24. He. 7.8;
to take to wife, Mar. 12..19;
to admit, give reception to, Jno. 6.21; 2 Jno. 10;
met. to give mental reception to, Jno. 3.11, et al.;
to be simply recipient of; to receive, Mat. 7.8 Jno. 7.23, 39; 19.30. Ac. 10.43;
in N.T., λαμβάνειω πεῖραν, to make encounter of a matter of difficulty or trail, He. 11.29, 36;
λαμβάνειν ἀρχή, to begin, He. 2.3;
λαμβάνειν συμβούλιον, to take counsel, consult, Mat. 12.14;
λαμβάνειν λήθην, to forget, 2 Pe. 1.9;
λαμβάνειν ὑπόμνησιν, to recollect, recall to mind, 2 Ti. 1.5.;
λαμβάνειν περιτομήν, to receive circumcision, be circumcised, Jno. 7.23;
λαμβάνειν καταλλαγήν, to be reconciled, Ro. 5.11;
λαμβάνειν κρίμα, to receive condemnation or punishment, be punished, Mar. 12.40;
fr. the Heb.πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν, to accept the person of any one, to show partiality towards, Lu. 20.21.
109to be unnoticed; to escape the knowledge or observation of a person, Ac. 26.26. 2 Pe. 3. 5, 8; absol. to be concealed, escape detection, Mar. 7.24. Lu. 8.47; with a participle of another verb, to be unconscious of an action while the subject or object of it, He. 13.2.
Λαξευτός, ή, όν, (λᾶς, a stone, & ξέω, to cut, hew)
cut in stone, hewn out of stone or rock, Lu. 23.53. S.
Λαοδῐκεύς, έως, ὁ,
a Laodicean, an inhabitant of Λαοδίκεια, Laodicea, Col. 4.16. Re. 3.14.
Λαός, οῦ, ὁ,
a body of people; a concourse of people, a multitude, Mat. 27.25. Lu. 8.47, et al.; the common people, Mat. 26.5, et al.; a people, nation, Mat. 2.4. Lu. 2.32. Ti. 2.14, et al.; ὁ λαός, the people of Israel, Lu. 2.10.
to be a servant, to serve, Ac. 27.23; to render religious service and homage, worship, Mat. 4.10. Lu. 1.74; spc. to offer sacrifices, present offerings, He. 8.5; 9.9.
Λάχᾰνον, ου, τό, (λαχαίνω, to dig)
a garden herb, vegetable, Mat. 13.32. Lu. 11.42. Ro. 14.2.
Λεγεών, ῶνος, ὁ, (Lat. legio)
a Roman legion; in N.T., legion used indefinitely for a great number, Mat. 26.53. Mar. 5.9, 15. Lu. 8.30.
to say, Mat. 1.20, et al. freq.; to speak, make an address or speech, Ac. 26.1; to say mentally, in thought, Mat. 3.9. Lu. 3.8; to say in written language, Mar. 15.28. Lu. 1.63. Jno. 19.37, et al.; to say, as distinguished from acting, Mat. 23.3;
to mention, speak of, Mar. 14.71. Lu. 9.31. Jno. 8.27; to tell, declare, narrate, Mat. 21.27. Mar 10.32; to express, He. 5.11;
to put forth, propound, Lu. 5.36; 13.6. Jno. 16.29; to mean, to intend to signify, 1 Co. 1.12; 10.29; to say, declare, affirm, maintain, Mat. 3.9; 5.18. Mar. 12.18 Ac. 17.7; 26.22. 1 Co. 1.10, et al.;
to enjoin, Ac. 15.24; 21.21. Ro. 2.22; to term designate, call, Mat. 19.17. Mar. 12.37. Lu. 20.37; 23.2. 1 Co. 8.5, et al.;
to call by a name, Mat. 2.23, et al.; pass. to be further named, to be surnamed, Mat. 1.16, et al.; to be explained, interpreted, Jno. 4.25; 20.16, 24;
in N.T., σὺ λέγεις, thou sayest, a form of affirmative answer to a question, Mat. 27.11. Mar. 15.2. Jno. 18.37.
trans. to leave, forsake; pass. to be left, deserted; by impl. to be destitute of, deficient in, Ja. 1.4, 5; 2.15; intrans. to fail, be wanting, be deficient, Lu. 18.22, et al.
Λειτουργέω, ῶ, (λειτουργός)
f. ησω, p. λελειτούργηκα,
pr. to perform some public service at one's own expense; in N.T., to officiate as a priest, He. 10.11; to minister in the Christian church, Ac. 13.2; to minister to, assist, succour, Ro. 15.27.
Λειτουργία, ας, ἡ, (fr. same)
pr. a public service discharged by a citizen at his own expense; in N.T., a sacred ministration, Lu. 1.23. Phi. 2.17. He. 8.6; 9.21; a kind office, aid, relief, 2 Co. 9.12. Phi. 2.30.
Λειτουργικός, ή, όν,
ministering; engaged in subordinate service, He. 1.14: (S) from
pr. a person of property who performed a public duty or service to the state at his own expense; in N.T., a minister or servant, Ro. 13.6, et al.; one who ministers relief, Phi. 2.25.
Λέντιον, ίου, τό, (Lat. linteum)
a coarse cloth, with which servants were girded,110a towel, napkin, apron. Jno. 13.4, 5.
Λεπίς, ίδος, ἡ,
a scale, shell, rind, crust, incrustation, Ac. 9.19: whence
Λέπρα, ας, ἡ,
the leprosy, Mat. 8.3. Mar. 1.42. Lu. 5.12, 13.
Λεπρός, οῦ, ὁ, (fr. same)
leprous; a leper, Mat. 8.2; 10.8, et al.
Λεπτόν, οῦ, τό, (λεπτός, thin, fine, small)
a mite, the smallest Jewish coin, equal to half aκοδράντης, and consequently to about three-eighths of a farthing, Mar. 12.42, et al.
Λευΐτης, ου, ὁ,
a Levite, one of the posterity of Λευΐ, Levi, Lu. 10.32. Jno. 1.19. Ac. 4.36: whence
Λευϊτικός, ή, όν,
Levitical, pertaining to the Levites, He. 7.11.
Λευκός, ή, όν,
pr. light, bright; white, Mat. 5.36; 17.2, et al.; whitening, growing white, Jno. 4.35.
Λέων, οντος, ὁ,
a lion, He. 11.33. 1 Pe. 5.8, et al.; met. a lion, cruel adversary, tyrant, 2 Ti. 4.17; a lion, a hero, deliverer, Re. 5.5.
pr. a tub, trough; a wine-press, into which grapes were cast and trodden, Re. 14.19, 20; 19.15; a wine-vat, i.q. ὑπολήνιον, the lower vat into which the juice of the trodden grapes flowed, Mat. 21.33.
Λῆρος, ου, ὁ,
idel talk; an empty tale, Lu. 24.11.
Λῃστής, οῦ, ὁ, (ληίζομαι, ληίς, plunder)
a plunderer, robber, highwayman, Mat. 21.13; 26.55. Mar. 11.17. Lu. 10.30. 2 Co. 11.26, et al.; a bandit, brigand, Mat. 27.38, 44. Mar. 15.27. Jno. 18.40; trop. a robber, rapacious imposter, Jno. 10.1, 8.
adv. much, greatly, exceedingly, Mat. 2.16; 4.8; 8.28, et al.
Λιβᾰνός, οῦ, ὁ,
arbor thurifera, the tree producing frankincense, growing in Arabia and Mount Lebanon; in N.T., frankincense, the transparent gum which distils from incisions in the tree, Mat. 2.11. Re. 18.13: whence
Λιβανωτός, οῦ, ὁ, ἡ,
frankincense, in N.T., a censer, Re. 8.3, 5.
Λιβερτπῖνος, ου, ὁ (Lat. libertinus)
a freed-man, one who having been a slave has obtained his freedom, or whose father was a freedman; in N.T., the λιβερτῖνοι probably denote Jews who had been carried captive to Rome, and subsequently manumitted, Ac. 6.9.
a stone, Mat. 3.9; 4.3, 6, et al.; used figuratively, of Christ Eph. 2.20. 1 Pe. 2.6, et al.; of believers, 1 Pe. 2.5; meton. a tablet of stone, 2 Co. 3.7; a precious stone, Re. 4.3, et al.
Λιθόστρωτον, ου, τό, (neut. of λιθόστρωτος, paved with stone, λίθος & στρώννυμι)
a tessellated pavement, Jno. 19.13.
Λικμάω, ῶ,
f. ήσω
pr. to winnow grain; in N.T., to scatter like chaff, Mat. 21.44. Lu. 20.18.
f. ίσομαι, a.1. ἐλογισάμην, a.1. pass. ἐλογίσθην, f. λογισθήσομαι, p. λελόγισμαι,
pr. to count, calculate; to count, enumerate, Mar. 15.28. Lu. 22.37; to set down as a matter of account, 1 Co. 13.5. 2 Co. 3.5; 12.6; to impute, Ro. 4.3. 2 Co. 5.19. 2 Ti. 4.16, et al.; to account, Ro. 2.26; 8.36; εἰς οὐδὲν λογισθῆναι, to be set at nought, despised, Ac. 19.27; to regard, deem, consider, Ro. 6.11; 14.14. 1 Co. 4.1. 2 Co. 10.2. Phi. 3.13; to infer, conclude, presume, Ro. 2.3; 3.28; 8.18. 2 Co. 10.2, 7, 11. He. 11.19. 1 Pe. 5.12; to think upon, ponder, Phi. 4.8; absol. to reason, Mar. 11.31. 1 Co. 13.11.
Λογικός, ή, όν, (fr. same)
pertaining to speech; pertaining to reason; in N.T., rational, spiritual, pertaining to the mind and soul, Ro. 12.1. 1 Pe. 2.2.
Λόγιον, ίου, τό, (fr. same)
an oracle, a divine communication or revelation, Ac. 7.38. Ro. 3.2, et al.
pr. to bathe the body, as distinguished from washing only the extremities, Jno. 13.10; to bathe, wash, Ac. 9.37; 16.33. He. 10.23. 2 Pe. 2.22; met. to cleanse from sin, Re. 1.5.
Λυκαονιστί,
adv. in the dialect of Λυκαονία, Lycaonia, Ac. 14.11.
Λύκος, ου, ὁ,
a wolf, Mat. 10.16. Lu. 10.3. Jno. 10.12; met. a person of wolf-like character, Mat. 7.15. Ac. 20.29.
Λυμαίνομαι, (λύμν, outrage)
f. οῦμαι,
112to outrage, violently maltreat; in N.T., to make havock of, Ac. 8.3.
Λυπέω, ῶ,
f. ήσω, p. λελύπηκα, a.1. ἐλύπησα,
to occasion grief or sorrow to, to distress, 2 Co. 2.2, 5; 7.8; pass. to be grieved, pained, distressed, sorrowful, Mat. 17.23; 19.22, et al.; to aggrieve, cross, vex, Eph. 4.30; pass. to feel pained, Ro. 14.15: from
a candlestick, lampstand, Mat. 5.15, et al.; met. a candlestick as a figure of a Christian church, Re. 1.12, 13, 20; of a teacher or prophet, Re. 11.4: (L.G.) from
Λύχνος,
a light, lamp, candle, &c. Mat. 5.15. Mar. 4.21, et al.; met. a lamp, as a figure of a distinguished teacher, Jno. 5.35.
f. ύσω, p. λέλῠκα, a.1. ἔλῡσα, p. pass. λέλῠμαι, a.1. pass. ελύθην, (ῠ),
to loosen, unbind, unfasten, Mar. 1.7, et al.; to loose, untie, Mat. 21.2. Jno. 11.44; to disengage, 1 Co. 7.27; to set free, set at liberty, deliver, Lu. 13.16; to break, Ac. 27.41. Re. 5.2, 5; to break up, dismiss, Ac. 13.43; to destroy, demolish, Jno. 2.19. Ep. 2.14; met. to infringe, Mat. 5.19. Jno. 5.18; 7.23; to make void, nullify, Jno. 10.35; in N.T., to declare to be lawful and allowable, or, to admit to privileges, Mat. 16.19, et al.
a magus, sage of the magian religion, magian, Mat. 2.1, 7, 16; a magician, sorcerer, Ac. 13.6, 8.
Μαθητεύω,
f. εύσω, a.1. ἐμαθήτευσα,
intrans. to be the disciple of, follow as a disciple, Mat. 27.57; in N.T., trans. to make a disciple of, to train in discipleship, Mat. 28.19. Ac. 14.21; pass. to be trained, disciplined, instructed, Mat. 13.52: (L.G.) from
113to be slow towards, be long enduring; to exercise patience, be long suffering, clement, or indulgent, to forbear, Mat. 18.26, 29. 1 Co. 13.4. 1 Th. 5.14. 2 Pe. 3.9; to have patience, endure patiently, wait with patient expectation, He. 6.15. Ja. 5.7, 8; to bear long with entreaties for deliverance and avengement, Lu. 18.7: whence
Μακροθυμία, ας, ἡ,
patience; patient enduring of evil, fortitude, Col. 1.11; slowness of avenging injuries, long suffering, forbearance, clemency, Ro. 2.4; 9.22. 2 Co. 6.6; patient expectation, He. 6.12, et al.
softness; languor, indisposition, weakness, infirmity of body, Mat. 4.23, et al.; from
Μαλᾰκός, ή, όν,
soft, soft to the touch, delicate, Mat. 11.8. Lu. 7.25; met. cinædus, an instrument of unnatural lust, effeminate, 1 Co. 6.9.
Μάλιστα, (superlat. of μάλα, very, much)
adv. most, most of all, chiefly, especially, Ac. 20.38; 25.26, et al.
Μᾶλλον, (comparat. of μάλα)
adv. more, to a greater extent, in a higher degree, Mat. 18.13; 27.24. Jno. 5.18. 1 Co. 14.18, et al.; rather, in preference, Mat. 10.6. Eph. 4.28, et al.; used in a periphrasis for the comparative, Ac. 20.35, et al.; as an intensive with a comparative term, Mat. 6.26. Mar. 7.36. 2 Co. 7.13. Phi. 1.23; μᾶλλον δέ, yea rather, Ro. 8.34. Ga. 4.9. Eph. 5.11.
Μάμμη, & μάμμα, ης, ἡ,
a mother; later, a grandmother, 2 Ti. 1.5.
Μαμμωνᾶς, v. Μαμωνᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ, (Aram. ממון)
wealth, riches, Lu. 16.9, 11; personified, like the GreekΠλοῦτος, Mammon, Mat. 6.24. Lu. 16.13.
to learn, be taught, Mat. 9.13; 11.29; 24.32; to learn by practice or experience, acquire a custom or habit, Phi. 4.11. 1 Ti. 5.4, 13; to ascertain, be informed, Ac. 23.27, et al.; to understand, comprehend, Re. 14.3.
trans. to testify, depose, Jno. 3.11, 32. 1 Jno. 1.2. Re. 1.2; 22.20; absol. to give evidence, Jno. 18.23; to bear testimony, testify, Lu. 4.22. Jno. 1.7, 8, et al.; to bear testimony in confirmation, Ac. 14.3; to declare distinctly and formally, Jno. 4.44; pass. to be the subject of testimony, to obtain attestation to character, Ac. 6.3; 10.22. 1 Ti. 5.10. He. 11.2, 4; mid., equivalent toμαρτύρομαι, to make a solemn appeal, Ac. 26.22. 1 Th. 2.12.
Μαρτυρία, ας, ἡ,
judicial evidence, Mar. 14.55, 56, 59. Lu. 22.71; testimony in general, Tit. 1.13. 1 Jno. 5.9; testimony, declaration in a matter of fact or doctrine, Jno. 1.19; 3.11. Ac. 22.18, et al.; attestation to character, Jno. 5.34, 36, et al.; reputation, 1 Ti. 3.7.
Μαρτύριον, ίον, τό,
testimony, evidence, 2 Co. 1.12. Ja. 5.3; testification, Ac. 4.33; in N.T., testimony, mode of solemn declaration or 114testification, Mat. 8.4. Lu. 9.5, et al.; testimony, matter of solemn declaration, 1 Co. 1.6; 2.1. 1 Ti. 2.6; σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, a title of the Mosaic tabernacle, Ac. 7.44. Re. 15.5.
a judicial witness, deponent, Mat. 18.16. He. 10.28, et al.; generally, a witness to a circumstance, Lu. 24.48. Ac. 10.41, et al.; in N.T., a witness, a testifier of a doctrine, Re. 1.5; 3.14; 11.3; a martyr, Ac. 22.20. Re. 2.13.
vanity, folly, 2 Pe. 2.18; fr. the Heb., religious error, Eph. 4.17; false religion, Ro. 8.20. S.
Ματαιόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω,
to make vain; fr. the Heb., pass. to fall into religious error, to be perverted, Ro. 1.21. S.
Μάτην,
adv. in vain, fruitlessly, without profit, Mat. 15.9. Mar. 7.7.
Μάχαιρα, ας, ἡ,
a large knife, poniard; a sword, Mat. 26.47, 51, et al.; the sword of the executioner, Ac. 12.2. Ro. 8.35. He. 11.37; hence, φορεῖν μάχαιραν, to bear the sword, to have the power of life and death, Ro. 13.4; meton. war. Mat. 10.34.
Μάχη, ης, ἡ,
a fight, battle; in N.T., contention, strife, dispute, controversy, 2 Co. 7.5. 2 Ti. 2.23, et al.: from
strong drink; drunkenness, Lu. 21.34; a debauch in drinking, Ro. 13.13. Ga. 5.21.
Μεθίστημι, later also μεθιστάνω, (ᾰ) (μετά & ἵστημι)
f. μεταστήσω, a.1. μετέστησα,
to cause a change of position; to remove, transport, 1 Co. 13.2; to transfer, Col. 1.13; met. to cause to change sides; by impl. to pervert, mislead, Ac. 19.26; to remove from office, dismiss, discard, Lu. 16.4. Ac. 13.22.
Μεθοδεία, ας, ἡ, (μεθοδεύω, to trace, investigate; to handle methodically; to handle cunningly; fr. μέθοδος, μετά & ὁδός)
artifice, wile, Ep. 4.14; 6.11. N.T.
Μεθόριον, ου, τό, (neut. from μεθόριος, interjacent, μετά & ὅρος)
to care for; to bestow careful thought upon, to give painful attention to, be earnest in, 1 Ti. 4.15; to devise, Ac. 4.25; absol. to study beforehand, premeditate, Mar. 13.11.
Μελίσσιος, ιου, ὁ, ἡ, τόν, -ον, (μέλισσα, a bee, μέλι)
of bees, made by bees, Lu. 24.42.
Μέλλω,
f. ήσω, imperf. ἐμελλον, At. ἤμελλον,
to be about to, be on the point of, Mat. 2.13. Jno. 4.47; it serves to express in general a settled futurity, Mat. 11.14. Lu. 9.31. Jno. 11.51, et al.; to intend, Lu. 10.1, et al.; particip. μέλλων, ουσα, ον, future as distinguished from past and present, Mat. 12.32. Lu. 13.9, et al.; to be always, as it were, about to do, to delay, linger, Ac. 22.16.
Μέλος, εος, τό
a member, limb, any part of the body, Mat. 5.29, 30. Ro. 12.4. 1 Co. 6.15; 12.12, et al.
a particle serving to intimate that the term or clause with which it is used, stands distinguished from another, usually in the sequal, and then mostly with δέ correspondent, Mat. 3.11; 9.37. Ac. 1.1; ὁ μὲν,—ὁ δὲ, this—that, the one—the other, Phi. 1.16, 17; one—another, οἱ μὲν—οἱ δὲ, some—others, Mat. 22.5, 6; ὅς μὲν—ὅς δὲ, one—another, pl. some—others, Mat. 13.8; 21.35; ἄλλος μὲν—ἄλλος δὲ, one—another, 1 Co. 15.39; ὧδε μὲν—ἐκεῖ δὲ, here—there, He. 7.8; τοῦτο μὲν—τοῦτο δὲ, partly—partly, He. 10.33, et al. freq.
116a combination of particles serving to take up what has just preceded with either addition or abatedment, like the Latin imo; yea indeed, yea truly, yea rather, Lu. 11.28. Ro. 9.20; 10.18. Phi. 3.8. N.T.
to stay, Mat. 26.38. Ac. 27.31; to continue, 1 Co. 7. 11. 2 Ti. 2.13; to dwell, lodge, sojourn, Jno. 1.39. Ac. 9.43, et al.; to remain, Jno. 9.41; to rest, settle, Jno. 1.32, 33; 3.36; to last, endure, Mat. 11.23. Jno. 6.27. 1 Co. 3.14; to survive, 1 Co. 15.6; to be existent, 1 Co. 13.13; to continue unchanged, Ro. 9.11; to be permanent, Jno. 15.16. 2 Co. 3.11. He. 10.34; 13.14. 1 Pe. 1.23; to perservere, be constant, be stedfast, 1 Ti. 2.15. 2 Ti. 3.14; to abide, to be in close and settled union, Jno. 6.56; 14.10; 15.4, et al.; to indwell, Jno. 5.38. 1 Jno. 2.14; trans. to wait for, Ac. 20.5, 23.
to divide; to divide out, distribute, Mar. 6.41; to assign, bestow, Ro. 12.3. 1 Co. 7.17. 2 Co. 10.13. He. 7.2; mid. to share, Lu. 12.13; pass. to be subdivided, to admit distinctions, 1 Co. 1.13; to be servered by discord, be at variance, Mat. 12.35, et al.; to differ, 1 Co. 7.34.
Μέριμνα, ης, ἡ, (μερίζειν τὸν νοῦν, dividing the mind)
care, Mat. 13.22. Lu. 8.14, et al.; anxious interest, 2 Co. 11.28: whence
to be anxious, or solicitous, Phi. 4.6; to expend careful thought, Mat. 6.27; to concern one's self, Mat. 6.25, et al.; to have the thoughts occupied with, 1 Co. 7.32, 33, 34; to feel an interest in, Phi. 2.20.
a part, portion, division, of a whole, Lu. 11.36; 15.12. Ac. 5.2. Eph. 4.16, et al.; a piece, fragment, Lu. 24.42. Jno. 19.23; a party, faction, Ac. 23.9; allotted portion, lot, destiny, Mat. 24.51. Lu. 12.46; a calling, craft, Ac. 19.27; a partner's portion, partnership, fellowship, Jno. 13.8; pl. μέρη, a local quarter, district, region, Mat. 2.22; 16.13. Ac. 19.1. Eph. 4.9, et al.; side of a ship, Jno. 21.6; ἐν μέρει, in respect, on the score, 2 Co. 3.10; 9.3. Col. 2.16. 1 Pe. 4.16; μέρος τι, partly, in some part, 1 Co. 11.18; ἀνὰ μέρος, alternately, one after another, 1 Co. 14.27; ἀπὸ μέρους, partly, in some part or measure, 2 Co. 1.14; ἐκ μέρους, individually, 1 Co. 12.27; partly, imperfectly, 1 Co. 13.9; κατὰ μέρος, particularly, in detail, He. 9.5.
one that acts between two parties; a mediator, one who interposes to reconcile two adverse parties, 1 Ti. 2.5; an internuncius, one who is the medium of communication between two parties, Ga. 3.19, 20. He. 8.6, et al. (ῑ). L.G.
mid, middle, Mat. 25.6. Ac. 26.13; τὸ μέσον, the middle, the midst, Mat. 14.24; ἀνὰ μέσον, in the midst; fr. the Heb. in, among, Mat. 13.25; between, 1 Co. 6.5; διὰ μέσου, through the midst of, Lu. 4.30; εἰς τὸ μέσον, into, or in the midst, Mar. 3.3. Lu. 6.8; ἐκ μέσου, from the midst, out of the way, Col. 2.14. 2 Th. 2.7; fr. the Heb from, from among, Mat. 13.49; ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, in the midst, Mat. 10.16; in the midst, in public, publicly, Mat. 14.6; ἐν μέσῳ, in the midst of, among, 117Mat. 18.20; κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς, about midnight, Ac. 27.27, et al.
prep., with a genitive, with, together with, Mat. 16.27; 12.41; 26.55; with, on the same side or party with, in aid of, Mat. 12.30; 20.20; with, by means of, Ac. 13.17; with of conflict, Re. 11.7; with, among, Lu. 24.5; with, to, towards, Lu. 1.58, 72;
with an accusative,after, of place, behind, He. 9.3; of time, after, Mat. 17.1; 24.29;
followed by an infin. with the neut. article, after, after that, Mat. 26.32. Lu. 22.20.
to change the external form, transfigure; mid. to change one's form, be transfigured, Mat. 17.2. Mar. 9.2; to undergo a spiritual transformation, Ro. 12.2. 2 Co. 3.18.
to undergo a change in frame of mind and feeling, to repent, Lu. 17.3, 4, et al.; to make a change of principle and practice, to reform, Mat. 3.2, et al.: whence
Μετάνοια, ας, ἡ,
a change of mode of thought and feeling, repentance, Mat. 3.8. Ac. 20.21. 2 Ti. 2.25, et al.; practical reformation, Lu. 15.7, et al.; reversal of the past, He. 12.17.
adv. between, Mat. 23.35. Lu. 11.51; 16.26. Ac. 15.9, ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, sc. χρόνω, in the mean time, mean while, Jno. 4.31; in N.T., ὁ μεταξύ, following, succeeding, Ac. 13.42.
118to turn about; convert into something else, change, Ac. 2.20. Ja. 4.9; by impl. to pervert, Ga. 1.7.
Μετασχηματίζω, (μετά & σχηματίζω, to fashion, σχῆμα)
f. ίσω, a.1. μετεσχημάτισα,
to remodel, transfigure, Phi. 3.21; mid. to transform one's self, 2 Co. 11.13, 14, 15; to make an imaginary transference of circumstances from the parties really concerned in them to others, to transfer in imagination, 1 Co. 4.6.
to transport, Ac. 7.16; to transfer, He. 7.12; to translate out of the world, He. 11.5; met. to transfer to other purposes, to pervert, Jude 4; mid. to transfer one's self, to change over, Ga. 1.6.
to mete, measure, Mat. 7.2. Re. 11.1, 2, et al.; met. to estimate, 2 Co. 10.12: whence
Μετρητής, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. a measurer; also, metretes, Lat. metreta, equivalent to the Attic ἀμφορεύς, i.e. three-fourths of the Attic μέδιμνος, or Hebrewבת, and therefore equal to about nine gallons, Jno. 2.6.
a particle of negation, not; for the particulars of its usage, especially as distinguished from that of οὐ, see the grammars; as a conjunction, least, that not, Mat. 5.29, 30; 18.10; 24.6. Mar. 13.36; μή, οr μήτι, or μήποτε, prefixed to an interrogrative clause is a mark of tone, since it expresses an intimation either of the reality of the matters respecting which the question is asked, Mat. 12.23, et al.; or the contrary, Jno. 4.12, et al.
conj. neither, μήτε—μήτε, v. μὴ—μήτε, v. μηδὲ—μήτε, neither—nor, Mat. 5.34, 35, 36. Ac. 23.8. 2 Th. 2.2; in N.T., also equivalent toμηδέ, not even, not so much as, Mar. 3.20.
little, small, in size, quantity, &c. Mat. 13.32; small, little in age, young, not adult, Mar. 15.40; little, short in time, Jno. 7.33; μικρόν, sc. χρόνον, a little while, a short time, Jno. 13.33; μετὰ μικρόν, after a little while, a little while afterwards, Mat. 26.73; little in number, Lu. 12.32; small, little in dignity, low, humble, Mat. 10.42; 11.11; μικρόν, as an adv., little, a little, Mat. 26.39, et al.
Μίλιον, ίου, τό, (Lat. miliarium)
a Roman mile, which contained mille passuum, 1000 paces, or 8 stadia, i.e. about 1680 English yards, Mat. 5.41. L.G.
a.1. ἐμνήσθην, f. μνησθήσομαι, p. μέμνημαι, with pr. sig.,
to remember, recollect, call to mind, Mat. 26.75. Lu. 1.54, 72; 16.25; in N.T., in a passive sense, to be called to mind, be borne in mind, Ac. 10.31. Re. 16.19, et al.
Μῑσέω, ῶ (μῖσος, hatred)
f. ήσω, p. μεμίσηκα, a.1. ἐμίσησα,
to hate, regard with ill-will, Mat. 5.43, 44; 10.22; to detest, abhor, Jno. 3.20. Ro. 7.15; in N.T., to regard with less affection, love less, esteem less, Mat. 6.24. Lu. 14.26.
Μισθαποδοσία, ας, ἡ,
pr. the discharge of wages; requital; reward, He. 10.35; 11.26; punishment, He. 2.2: from
pr. a memorial, monument; a tomb, sepulchre, Mar. 5.5, et al.
Μνημεῖον, ου, τό, (fr. same)
the same, Mat. 8.28; 23.29, et al.
Μνήμη, ης, ἡ, (fr. same)
remembrance, recollection; mention; μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι, to make mention, 2 Pe. 1.15: whence
Μνημονεύω,
f. εύσω, a.1. ἐμνημόνευσα,
to remember, recollect, call to mind, Mat. 16.9. Lu. 17.32. Ac. 20.31, et al.; to be mindful of, to fix the thoughts upon, He. 11.15; to make mention, mention, speak of, He. 11.22.
Μνημόσῠνον, ου, τό, (fr. same)
a record, memorial, Ac. 10.4; honourable remembrance, Mat. 26.13. Mar. 14.9.
Μνηστεύω,
f. εύσω, a.1. pass. ἐμνηστεύθην,
to ask in marriage; to betroth; pass. to be betrothed, affianced, Mat. 1.18. Lu. 1.27; 2.5.
a modius, a Roman measure for things dry, containing 16 sextarii, and equivalent to about a peck; in N.T., a corn measure, Mat. 5.15. Mar. 4.21. Lu. 11.33.
Μοιχᾰλίς, ίδος, ἡ, (equiv. to μοιχάς, fem. of μοιχός)
an adulteress, Ro. 7.3. Ja. 4.4; by meton. an adulterous mien, lustful significance, 2 Pe. 2.14; from the Heb., spiritually adulterous, faithless, ungodly, Mat. 12.39; 16.4. Mar. 8.38. L.G.
Μοιχάομαι, ῶμαι, (mid. of μοιχάω, to defile a married woman, fr. μοιχός)
f. ήσομαι,
to commit or be guilty of adultery, Mat. 5.32, et al.
trans. to commit adultery with, debauch, Mat. 5.28; absol. and mid. to commit adultery, Mat. 5.27. Jno. 8.4, et al.; to commit spiritual adultery, be guilty of idolatry, Re. 2.22: et al.
pr. aromatic juice which distils from trees; ointment, unguent, usually perfumed, Mat. 26.7, 12. Mar. 14.3, 4, et al.
Μυστήριον, ίου, τό, (μύστης, an initiated person, μυέω)
a matter to the knowledge of which initiation is necessary; a secret which would remain such but for revelation, Mat. 13.11. Ro. 11.25. Col. 1.26, et al.; a concealed power or principle, 2 Th. 2.7; a hidden meaning of a symbol, Re. 1.20; 17.7.
to be foolish, play the fool; in N.T., trans. to make foolish, convict of folly, 1 Co. 1.20; pass. to be convicted of folly, to incur the character of folly, Ro. 1.22; to be rendered insipid, Mat. 5.13. Lu. 14.34.
pr. a dwelling; the dwelling of a deity, a temple, Mat. 26.61. Ac. 7.48, et al.; used figuratively of individuals, Jno. 2.19. 1 Co. 3.16, et al.; spc. the cell of a temple; hence, the Holy Place of the Temple of Jerusalem, Mat. 23.35. Lu. 1.9, et al.; a model of a temple, a shrine, Ac. 19.24.
Νάρδος, ου, ὁ, (Heb. נרד)
spikenard, andropogon nardus of Linn., a species of aromatic plant with grassy leaves and a fibrous root, of which the best and strongest grows in India; in N.T., oil of spikenard, an oil extracted from the plant, which was highly prized and used as an ointment either pure or mixed with other substances, Mar. 14.3. Jno. 12.3.
a young man, youth, Ac. 20.9; 23.17, 18, 22, used of one who is in the prime and vigour of life, Ac. 7.58.
Νεᾱνίσκος, ου, ὁ, (fr. same)
a young man, youth, Mar. 14.51; 16.5, et al.; used of one in the prime of life, Mat. 19.20, 22; νεαωίσκοι, soldiers, Mar. 14.51.
Νεκρός, ά, όν, (νέκυς, a dead body)
dead, without life, Mat. 11.5; 22.31; met. νεκρός τινι, dead to a thing, no longer devoted to, or under the influence of a thing, Ro. 6.11; in the sense of vain, fruitless, powerless, inefficacious, Ja. 2.17, 20, 26; morally or spiritually dead, sinful, vicious, impious, Ro. 6.13. Ep. 5.14; obnoxious to death, mortal, Ro. 8.10; met. and including the idea of future punishment and misery, Ep. 2.1, 5. Col. 2.13; causing death and misery, fatal, having a destructive power, He. 6.1; 9.14, et al.: whence
Νεκρόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐνέκρωσα,
pr. to put to death, kill; in N.T. met. to deaden, mortify, Col. 3.5; pass. to be rendered impotent, effete, Ro. 4.19. He. 11.12: (L.G.) whence
Νέκρωσις, εως, ἡ,
pr. a putting to death; dying, abandonment to death, 2 Co. 4.10; deadness, impotency, Ro. 4.19. L.G.
pr. one who 123sweeps or cleanses a temple; generally, one who has the charge of a temple, ædituus; in N.T., a devotee city, as having specially dedicated a temple to some deity, Ac. 19.35.
Νεωτερικός, ή, όν,
juvenile, natural to youth, youthful, 2 Ti. 2.22. (L.G.) from
pr. not speaking, infans; an infant, babe, child, Mat. 21.16. 1 Cor. 13.11; one below the age of manhood, a minor, Ga. 4.1; met. a babe in knowledge, unlearned, simple, Mat. 11.25. Ro. 2.20.
Νησίον, ου, τό,
a small island, Ac. 27.16: dimin. of
Νῆσος, ου, ἡ, (νέω, to swim)
an island, Ac. 13.6; 27.26, et al.
Νηστεία, ας, ἡ,
fasting, want of food, 2 Co. 6.5; 11.27; a fast religious abstenence from food, Mat. 17.21. Lu. 2.37, et al.; spc. the annual public fast of the Jews, the great day of atonement, occurring in the month Tisri, corresponding to the new moon of October, Ac. 27.9: from
Νηστεύω,
f. εύσω, a.1. ἐνήστευσα,
to fast, Mat. 4.2; 6.16, 17, 18; 9.15, et al.: from
to conquer, overcome, vanquish, subdue, Lu. 11.22. Jno, 16.33; absol. to overcome, prevail, Re. 5.5; to come off superior in a judicial cause, Ro. 3.4: from
to percieve, observe; to mark attentively, Mat. 24.15. Mar. 13.14. 2 Ti. 2.7; to understand, comprehend, Mat. 15.17, et al.; to conceive, Eph. 3.20: whence
Νοήμα, ατος, τό,
the mind, the understanding, intellect, 2 Co. 3.14; 4.4; the heart, soul, affections, feeling, disposition, 2 Co. 11.3; a conception of the mind, thought, purpose, device, 2 Co. 2.11; 10.5.
to own as settled and established; to deem, 1 Co. 7.26. 1 Ti. 6.5; to suppose, presume, Mat. 5.17; 20.10. Lu. 2.44, et al.; pass. to be usual, customary, Ac. 16.13.
Νομικός, ή, όν, (fr. same)
pertaining to law; relating to the Mosaic law, Tit. 3.9; as subst. one skilled in law, a jurist, lawyer, Tit. 3.13; spc. an interpreter and teacher of the Mosaic law, Mat. 22.35, et al.
Νομιμῶς, (fr. same)
adv. lawfully, agreeably to law or custom, rightfully, 1 Ti. 1.8. 2 Ti. 2.5.
a law, Ro. 4.15. 1 Ti. 1.9; the Mosaic law, Mat. 5.14, et al. freq.; the Old Testament Scripture, Jno. 10.34; a legal tie, Ro. 7.2, 3; a law, a rule, standard, Ro. 3.27; a rule of life and conduct, Ga. 6.2. Ja. 1.25.
a bride, Jno. 3.29. Re. 18.23; 21.2, 9; 22.17; opposed toπενθερά, a daughter-in-law, Mat. 10.35. Lu. 12.53: whence
Νυμφίος, ου, ὁ,
a bridegroom, Mat. 9.15; 25.1, 5, 6, 10, et al.
Νυμφών, ῶνος, ὁ,
a bridal chamber, in N.T., υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος, sons of the bridal chamber, the bridegroom's attendant, friends, bridemen, perhaps the same as the Greek παρανύμφιοι, Mat. 9.15. Mar. 2.19. Lu. 5.34. L.G.
adv. now, at the present time, Mar. 10.30. Lu. 6.21, et al. freq.; just now, Jno. 11.8, et al.; forthwith, Jno. 12.31; καὶ νῦν, even now, as matters stand, Jno. 11.22; now, expressive of a marked tone of address, Ac. 7.34; 13.11. Ja. 4.13; 5.1; τό νῦν, the present time, Lu. 1.48, et al.; τανῦν, or τὰ νῦν, now, Ac. 4.29, et al.
125pr. state of being a guest; then, the reception of a guest or stranger, hospitality; in N.T., a lodging, Ac. 28.23. Phile. 22.
Ξενίζω (fr. same)
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐξένισα,
to receive as a guest, entertain, Ac. 10.23; 28.7. He. 13.2; pass. to be entertained as a guest, to lodge or reside with, Ac. 10.6, 18, 32; 21.16; to strike with a feeling of strangeness, to surprie; pass. or mid. to be struck with surprise, be staggered, be amazed, 1 Pe. 4.4, 12; intrans. to be strange; ξενίζοντα, strange matters, novelties, Ac. 17.20.
adj. strange, foreign; alien, Ep. 2.12, 19; strange, unexpected, surprising, 1 Pe. 4.12; novel, He. 13.9; subst. a stranger, Mat. 25.35, et al.; a host, Ro. 16.23.
Ξέστης, ου, ὁ,
(Lat. sextus, v. sextarius) a sextarius, a Roman measure containing about one pint English; in N.T. used for a small vessel, cup, pot, Mar. 7.4, 8.
Ξηραίνω,
f. ανῶ, a.1. ἐξήρᾱνα, p. pass. ἐξήραμμαι, a.1. pass. ἐξηαάνθην,
to dry up, parch, Ja. 1.11; pass. to be parched, Mat. 13.6, et al.; to be ripened as corn, Re. 14.15; to be withered, to wither, Mar. 11.20; of parts of the body, to be withered, Mar. 3.1, 3; to pine, Mar. 9.18: from
Ξηρός, ά, όν,
dry, withered, Lu. 23.31; ἡ ξηρά, sc. γῆ, the dry land, land, Mat. 23.15. He. 11.29; of parts of the body, withered, tabid, Mat. 12.10.
Ξύλῐος, ίνη, ίνον,
wooden, of wood, made of wood, 2 Ti. 2.20. Re. 9.20: from
Ξύλον, ου, τό,
wood, timber, 1 Co. 3.12. Re. 18.12; stocks, Ac. 16.24; a club, Mat. 26.47, 55; a post, cross, gibbet, Ac. 5.30; 10.39; 13.29; a tree, Lu. 23.31. Re. 2.7.
Ξυράω, (ξυρόν, a razor)
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐξύρησα, p. pass. ἐξύρημαι,
to cut off the hair, shear, shave, Ac. 21.24. 1 Co. 11.5, 6.
Ο, ο, Ὄ μῑκρόν
Ὁ, ἡ, τό,
the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article: but, for the principle and facts of its usage, see the Grammars; ὁ μὲν—ὁ δὲ, the one—the other, Ph. 1.16, 17. He. 7.5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some—others, Mat. 13.23; 22.5, 6,; ὁ δὲ, but he, Mat. 4.4; 12.48; οἱ δὲ, but others, Mat. 28.17, et al.; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Ac. 17.28.
a way, road, Mat. 2.12; 7.13, 14; 8.28; 22.9, 10; means of access, approach, entrance, Jno. 14.6. He. 9.8; direction, quarter, region, Mat. 4.15; 10.5; the act of journeying, a journey, way, course, Mat. 10.10. Mar. 2.23. 1 Th. 3.11, et al.; a journey, as regards extent, Ac. 1.12; met. a way, systematic course of pursuit, Lu. 1.79. Ac. 2.28; 16.17; a way, systematic course of action or conduct, Mat. 21.32. Ro. 11.33. 1 Co. 4.17, et al.; a way, system of doctrine, Ac. 18.26; ἡ ὁδός, the way, the Christian faith, Ac. 19.9, 23; 24.22.
to smell, emit an odour; to have an offensive smell, stink, Jno. 11.39.
Ὅθεν,
adv. whence, Mat. 12.44. Ac. 14.26; from the place where, Mat. 25.24, 26; whence, from which circumstance, 1 Jno. 2.18; wherefore, whereupon, Mat. 14.7.
Ὀθόην, ης, ἡ,
pr. fine linen; a linen cloth; a sheet, Ac. 10.11; 11.5: whence the dimin.
Ὀθόνιον, ου, τό,
a linen cloth; in N.T., a swath, bandage for a corpose, Lu.24.12. et al.
2 p. from absol. εἴδω, with the sense of the present, plup. ἤδειν, imper. ἴσθι, subj. εἰδώ, opt. εἰδείην, imf. εἰδέναι, part. εἰδώς, f. εἴσομαι, & εἰδήσω,
to know, Mat. 6.8, et al.; to know how, Mat. 7.11, et al.; fr. Heb. to regard with favour, 1 Thess. 5.12.
belonging to a house, domestic; pl. members of a family, immediate kin, 1 Ti. 5.8; members of a spiritual family, Eph 2.19; members of a spiritual brotherhood, Ga. 6.10.
Οἰκέτης, ου, ὁ,
pr. an inmate of a house; a domestic servant, household slave, Lu. 16.13. Ac. 10.7. Ro. 14.4. 1 Pe. 2.18: from
a house, dwelling, abode, Mat. 2.11; 7.24, 27, et al.; trop. the abode of the soul, the body, 2 Co. 5.1; meton. a household, family, Mat. 10.13; 12.25; meton. goods, property, means, Mat. 23.13. et al.: whence
to build a house; to build, Mat. 7.24, et al.; to repair, embellish, and amplify a building, Mat. 23.29, et al.; met. to contribute to advancement in religious knowledge, to edify, 1 Co. 14.4, 17; to advance a person's spiritual condition, to edify, 1 Co. 8.1, et al; pass.to make spiritual advancement, be edified, Ac. 9.31; to advance in presumption, be emboldened, 1 Co. 8.10.
Οἰκοδομή, ῆς, ἡ,
pr. the act of building; a building, structure, Mat. 24.1, et al.; in N.T., a spiritual structure, as instanced in the Christian body, 1 Co. 3.9. Eph. 2.21; religious advancement, edification, Ro. 14.19. 1 Co. 14.3, et al. L.G.
Οἰκοδομία, ας, ἡ,
pr. a building of a house; met. spiritual advancement, edification, v.r. 1 Ti. 1.4.
to manage a household; to manage the affairs of any one, be steward, Lu. 16.2: whence
Οἰκονομία, ας, ἡ,
pr. the management of a household; a stewardship, Lu. 16.2, 3, 4; in N.T., an apostolic stewardship, a ministerial commission in the publication and 127furtherance of the Gospel, 1 Co. 9.17. Eph. 1.10; 3.2. Co. 1.25; or, on arranged plan, a scheme, Eph. 1.10; a due discharge of a commission, 1 Ti. 1.4.
the manager of a household; a steward, Lu. 12.42; 16.1, 3, 8. 1 Co. 4.2; a manager, trustee, Ga. 4.2; a public steward, treasurer, Ro. 16.23; a spiritual steward, the holder of a commission in the service of the Gospel, 1 Co. 4.1. Tit. 1.7. 1 Pe. 4.10.
a house, dwelling, Mat. 9.6, 7. Mar. 2.1, 11; 3.20, et al.; place of abode, seat, site, Mat. 23.38. Lu. 13.35; met. a spiritual house or structure, 1 Pet. 2.5; meton. a household, family, Lu. 10.5; 11.17; a spiritual household 1 Ti. 3.15. He. 3.6; family, lineage, Lu. 1.27, 69; 2.4; fr. the Heb. a people, nation, Mat. 10.6; 15.24.
scil. γῆ, the habitable earth, world, Mat. 24.14. Ro. 10.18. He. 1.6, et al.; used, however, with various restriction of meaning, according to the context, Lu. 2.1. Ac. 17.6, et al.; meton. the inhabitants of the earth, the whole human race, mankind, Ac. 17.31; 19.27. Re. 3.10.
wine, Mat. 9.17. Mar. 2.22, et al.; meton. the vine and its clusters, Re. 6.6; met. οἶνος, a potion, οἶνος τοῦ θυμοῦ, a furious potion, Re. 14.8, 10; 16.19; 17.2, 18.3.
little, small, in number, &c.; pl. few, Mat. 7.14; 9.37; 20.16. Lu. 13.23; δι᾿ ὀλίγων, sc. λόγων, in a few words, briefly, 1 Pe. 5.12; little in time, short, brief, Ac. 14.28. Re. 12.12; πρὸς ὀλίγον, sc. χρόνον, for a short time, for a little while, Ja. 4.14; little, small, light, &c. in magnitude, amount, &c., Lu. 7.47. Ac. 12.18; 15.2; ἐν ὀλίγῳ, concisely, briefly, Ep. 3.3; almost, Ac. 26.28, 29.
being affected in the same way as another, subject to the same incidents, of like infirmities, obnoxious to the same frailties and evils, Ac. 14.14. Ja. 15.17.
to make like, cause to be like or resemble, assimilate; pass. to be made like, become like, resemble, Mat. 6.8; 13.24; 18.23; to liken, compare, Mat. 7.24, 26; 11.16, et al.; whence
Ὁμοίωμα, ατος, τό,
pr. that which is conformed or assimilated; form, shape, figure, Re. 9.7; likeness, resemblance, similitude, Ro. 1.23; 5.14; 6.5; 8.3. Ph. 2.7.
to speak in accordance, adopt the same terms of language; to engage, promise, Mat. 14.7; to admit, avow frankly, Jno. 1.20. Ac. 24.14; to confess 1 Jno. 1.9; to profess, confess, Jno. 9.22; 12.42. Ac. 23.8, et al.; to avouch, declare openly and solemnly, Mat. 7.23; in N.T., ὁμολογεῖν ἐν, to accord belief, Mat. 10.32. Lu. 12.8; 129to accord approbation, Lu. 12.8; fr. Heb. to accord praise, He. 13.15: whence
a name; the proper name of a person, &c., Mat. 1.23, 25; 10.2; 27.32, et al.; a mere name or reputation, Re. 3.1; in N.T., a name as the representation of a person Mat. 6.9. Lu. 6.22; 11.2; the name of the author of a commission, delegated authroity, or religious profession, Mat. 7.22; 10.22; 12.21; 18.5, 20; 19.29; 21.9; 28.19. Ac. 3.16; 4.7, 12, et al.; εἰς ὄνομα, ἐν ὀνόματι, on the score of being possessor of a certain character, Mat. 10.41, 42. Mar. 9.41: whence
to name, Lu. 6.14; to style, entitle, Lu. 6.13. 1 Co. 5.11; to make mention of, 1 Co. 5.1. Eph. 5.3; to make known, Ro. 15.20; to pronounce in exorcism, Ac. 19.13; in N.T., to profess, 2 Ti. 2.19.
really, in truth, truly, Mar. 11.32. Lu. 23.47, et al.
Ὄξος, εος, τό,
vinegar; a wine of sharp flavour, posca, which was an ordinary beverage, and was often mixed with bitter herbs, &c., and thus given to condemned criminals in order to stupify them, and lessen their suffering, Mat. 27.38, 48. Mar. 15.36. Lu. 23.36. Jno. 19.29, 30: from
autumn; the fruit season; meton. fruits, Re. 18.14.
Ὅπως,
adv. how, in what way or manner, by what means, Mat. 22.15. Lu. 24.20; conj. that, in order that, and ὅπως μή, that not, lest, Mat. 6.2, 4, 5, 16, 18. Ac. 9.2, et al. freq.
f. ὄψομαι, rarely a.1. ὡψάμην, imperf. ἑώρων, p. ἑώρᾱκα, a.2. εἷδον, a.1. pass. ὥφθην, f. ὀφθήσομαι,
to see, behold, Mat. 2.2, et al. freq.; to look, Jno. 19.37; to visit, Jno. 16.22. He. 13.23; to mark, observe, Ac. 8.23. Jas. 2.24; to be admitted to witness, Lu. 17.22. Jno. 3.36. Col. 2.18; with θεόν, to be admitted into the more immediate presence of God, Mat. 5.8. He. 12.14; to attain to a true knowledge of God, 3 Jno. 11; to see to a thing, Mat. 27.4. Ac. 18.15; ὅρα, see, take care, Mat. 8.4. He. 8.5, et al.; pass. to appear, Lu. 1.11. Ac. 2.3, et al.; to reveal one's self, Ac. 26.16; to present one's self, Ac. 7.26.
Ὀργή, ῆς, ἡ,
pr. mental bent, impulse; anger, indignation, wrath, Ep. 4.31. Col. 3.8; μετ᾿ ὀργῆς, indignantly, Mar. 3.5; vengeance, punishment, Mat. 3.7. Lu. 3.7; 31.23. Ro. 13.4, 5, et al.: whence
to provoke to anger, irritate; pass. to be angry, indignant, enraged, Mat. 5.22; 18.34, et al.
Ὀργίλος, η, ον,
prone to anger, irascible, passionate, Tit. 1.7. (ῐ).
Ὀργυιά, ᾶς, ἡ,
the space measured by the arms outstretched; a fathom, Ac. 27.28, bis.: from
Ὀρέγω,
f. ξω,
to extend, stretch out; mid. to stretch one's self out, to reach forward to; met. to desire earnestly, long after, 1 Ti. 3.1. He. 11.16; by impl. to indulge in, be devoted to, 1 Ti. 6.10.
to set bounds to, to bound; to restrict, He. 4.7; to settle, appoint definitively, Ac. 17.26; 131to fix determinately, Ac. 2.23; to decree, destine, Lu. 22.22. to constitute, appoint, Ac. 10.42; 17.31; to characterise with precision, to set forth distinctively, Ro. 1.4; absol. to resolve, Ac. 11.29.
Ὅριον, ου, τό, (fr. same)
a limit, bound, border of a territory or country; pl. τὰ ὅρια, region, territory, district, Mat. 2.16; 4.13; 8.34, et al.
a correlative toτόσος, τοσοῦτος, &c., as great, as much, Mar. 7.36. Jno. 6.11. He. 1.4; 8.6; 10.25; ἐφ᾿ ὅσον χρόνον, for how long a time, while, as long as, Ro. 7.1; so ἐφ᾿ ὅσον, sc. χρόνον, Mat. 9.15; ὅσον χρόνον, how long, Mar. 2.19; neut. ὅσον repeated, ὅσον ὅσον, used to give intensity to other qualifying words, e.g. μικρόν, the very least, a very, very little while, He. 10.37; ἐφ᾿ ὅσον, in as much as, Mat. 25.40, 45; καθ᾿ ὅσον, by how much, so far as, He. 3.3; or, in as much as, as, so, He. 7.20; 9.27; pl. ὅσα, so far as, as much as, Re. 1.2; 18.7; how great, how much, how many, what, Mar. 3.8; 5.19, 20; how many soever, as many as, all who, 2 Cor. 1.20. Ph. 3.15. 1 Ti. 6.1; ὅσος ἅν, v. ἐὰν, whosoever, whatsoever, Mat. 7.12; 18.18.
rel. pron. whoever, whatever; whosoever, whatsoever, Mat. 5.39, 41; 13.12; 18.4; its use in place of the simple relative is also required in various cases, which may be learnt from the grammars; ἕως ὅτου. sc. χρόνου, until, Lu. 13.8; while, Mat. 5.25.
Ὀστράκῐνος, η, ον, (ὄστρᾰκον, an earthen vessel)
132earthen, of earthenware, 2 Co. 4.7. 2 Ti. 2.20. L.G.
before a consonant, οὐκ before a vowel with a lenis, & οὐχ with an aspirate, adv. of negation, not, no. Mat. 5.37; 12.43; 23.37; the peculiariteis of its usage, and as distinct fromμή, may be learnt from the grammars.
Οὐά, (Lat. vah)
interj. expressive of insult and derision, ah! aha! Mar. 15.29.
Οὐσί, (Lat. vœ)
interj. wo! alas! Mat. 11.21; 18.7; 23.13–16, et al.; ἡ οὐαί, subs. a woe, calamity, Re. 9.12; 11.14.
a particle expressing either simple sequence or consequence; then, now then, Mat. 13.18. Jno. 19.29. et al.; then, thereupon, Lu. 15.28. Jno. 6.14, et al.; therefore, consequently, Mat. 5.48. Mar. 10.9, et al.; it also serves to mark the resumption of discourse after an interruption by a parenthesis, 1 Co. 8.4, et al.
heaven, the heavens, the visible heavens and all their phenomena, Mat. 5.18; 16.1; 24.29, et al. freq.; the air, atmosphere, in which the clouds and tempests gather, the birds fly, &c. Mat. 6.26; 16.2, 3, et al.; heaven, the peculiar seat and abode of God, of angels, of glorified spirits, &c., Mat. 5.34, 45, 48; 6.1, 9, 10; 12.50. Jno 3.13, 31; 6.32, 38, 41, 42, 50, 51, 58; in N.T., heaven as a term expressive of the Divine Being, His administration, &c., Mat. 19.14; 21.25. Lu. 20.4, 5. Jno 3.27.
neither, nor, Lu. 20.36; οὔτε—οὔτε v. οὐδὲ—οὔτε, neither—nor, Lu. 20.35; Ga. 1.12; in N.T., also used singly in the sense of οὐδέ, not even, Mar. 5.3. Lu. 12.26. 1 Co. 3.2.
133demons. pron. this, this person or thing, Mat. 3.3, 9, 17; 8.9; 19.2; 24.34, et al. freq.; used by way of contempt, this fellow, Mat. 13.55; 27.47; αὐτὸ τοῦτο, this very thing, this same thing, 2 Co. 2.3; 7.11; εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, and elliptically, αὐτὸ τοῦτο; for this same purpose, on this account, Ep. 6.18, 22. 2 Pe. 1.5; καὶ οὗτος, and moreover, Lu. 7.12; 16.1; 20.30; καὶ τοῦτο, and that too, 1 Co. 6.6, 8; τοῦτο μὲν—τοῦτο δὲ, partly—partly, He. 10.33.
adv. thus, in this way, Mat. 1.18; 2.5; 5.16, et al. freq.; ὅς μὲν οὕτως, ὅς δὲ οὕτως, one so, and another so, one in one way, and another in another, 1 Co. 7.7, 26, 40; 9.14; so, Mat. 7.12; 12.40; 24.27, 37, et al. freq.; thus, under such circumstances, Ac. 20.11; 27.17; in an ordinary way, Jno. 4.6.
a debtor, one who owes another, Mat. 18.24; met. one who is in any way bound, or under obligation to perform any duty, Ro. 1.14; 8.12; 15.27. Ga. 5.3; in N.T., one who fails in duty towards any one, a delinquent, offender, Mat. 6.12; a sinner, Lu. 13.4, cf. v. 2.
Ὀφειλή, ῆς, ἡ, (fr. same)
a debt, Mat. 18.32; met. a duty, due, Ro. 13.7. 1 Co. 7.3.
Ὀφείλημα, ατος, τό,
a debt; a due, Ro. 4.4; in N.T., a delinquency, offence, fault, sin, Mat. 6.12. cf. v. 14: from
to owe, be indebted, Mat. 18.28, 30, 34; to incur a bond, to be bound to make discharge, Mat. 23.16, 18; to be bound by what is due or fitting, Lu. 17.10. Jno. 13.14, et al.; to incur desert, to deserve, Jno. 19.7; to be due or fitting, 1 Co. 7.3, 36; fr. the Aram. to be delinqent, Lu. 11.4.
an eye, Mat. 5.29, 38; 6.23; 7.3–5, et al.; ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρός, an evil eye, an envious eye, envy, Mat. 20.15. Mar. 7.22; met. the intellectual eye, Mat. 13.15. Mar. 8.18. Jno. 12.40. Ac. 26.18.
Ὄφις, εως, ὁ,
a serpent, Mat. 7.10; 10.16; an artificial serpent, Jno. 3.14; used of the devil or Satan, Re. 12.9, 14, 15; 20.2; met. a man of serpentine character, Mat. 23.33.
Ὀφρύς, ύος, ἡ,
a brow, eye-brow; the brow of a mountain, edge of a precipice, Lu. 4.29.
a crowd, a confused multitude of people, Mat. 4.25; 5.1; 7.28; spc. the common people, Jno. 7.49; a multitude, great number, Lu. 5.29; 6.17. Ac. 1.15; by impl. tumult, uproar, Lu. 22.6. Ac. 24.18.
Ὀχύρωμα, ατος, τό, (ὀχυρόω, to fortify, ὀχυρός, firm, strong)
a strong-hold; met. an opposing bulwark of error or vice, 2 Co. 10.4. S.
Ὀψάριον, ίου, τό, (dimin. of ὄψον, cooked provision as distinguished from bread; a dainty dish; fish)
a little fish, Jno. 6.9, 11; 21.9, 10, 13.
Ὀψέ,
adv. late; put for the first watch, at evening, Mar. 11.19; 13.35; ὀψὲ σαββάτων, after the close of the sabbath, Mat. 28.1: whence
Ὄψῐμος, ου, ὁ, ἡ,
late; latter, Ja. 5.7; poetic and later prose for
Ὄψιος, ία, ιον,
late, Mar. 11.11; ἡ ὀψία, sc. ὥρα, evening, two of which were reckoned by the Hebrews; one from the ninth hour, until sunset, Mat. 8.16; 14.15, et al.; and the other, 134from sunset until dark, Mat. 14.23; 16.2, et al.
Ὄψις, εως, ἡ,
a sight; the face, visage, countenance, Jno. 11.44. Re. 1.16; external appearance, Jno. 7.24: from
a pedagogue, child-tender, a person, usually a slave or freedman, to whom the boys of a family were committed, whose duty it was to attend them at their play, lead them to and from the public school, and exercise a constant superintendence over their conduct and safety; in N.T., an ordinary director or minister contrasted with an Apostle, as a pedagogue occupies an inferior position to a parent, 1 Co. 4.15; a term applied to the Mosaic Law as dealing with men as in a state of mere childhood and tutelage, Ga. 3.24, 25.
an infant, babe, Mat. 2.8, et al.; but usually in N.T. as equiv. to παῖς, Mat. 14.21. Mar. 7.28. et al. freq; pl. voc. used by way of endearment, my dear children, 1 Jno. 2.18, et al.; also as a term of familiar address, children, my lads, Jno. 21.5.
a child in relation to parents, of either sex, Jno. 4.51, et al.; a child in respect of age, either male or female, and of all ages from infancy up to manhood, a boy, youth, girl, maiden, Mat. 2.16; 17.18. Lu. 2.43; 8.54; a servant, slave, Mat. 8.6, 8, 13, cf. v.9. Lu. 7.7. cf v.3, 10; an attendant, minister, Mat. 14.2. Lu. 1.69. Ac. 4.25; also Lu. 1.54, or perhaps, a child in respect of fatherly regard.
Παίω,
f. παίσω, p. πέπαικα, a.1. ἔπαισα,
to strike, smite, with the fist, Mat. 26.68. Lu. 22.64; with a sword, Mar. 14.47. Jno. 18.10; to strike as a scorpion, to sting, Re. 9.5.
adv. pr. back; again, back again, Jno. 10.17. Ac. 10.16; 11.10, et al.; again by repetition, Mat. 26.43, et al.; again in continuation, further, Mat. 5.33; 13.44, 45, 47; 18.19; again, on the other hand, 1 Jno. 2.8, et al.
panoply, complete armour, a complete suit of armour both offensive and defensive, as the shield, sword, spear, helment, breastplate, &c., Lu. 11.22. Ep. 6.11, 13.
Πανουργία, ας, ἡ,
knavery, craft, cunning, Lu. 20.23. 1 Co. 3.19, et al.: from
adv. wholly, altogether; at any rate, by all means, 1 Co. 9.22; by impl. surely, assuredly, certainly, Lu. 4.23. Ac. 18.21; 21.22; 28.4; οὐ πάντως, in nowise, not in the least, Ro. 3.9. 1 Co. 5.10; 16.12.
prep., with a genitive,from, indicating source or origin, Mat. 2.4, 7. Mar. 8.11. Lu. 2.1, et al.; οἱ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ, his relatives or kinsmen, Mar. 3.21; τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς πάντα, all her substance, property, &c., Mar. 5.26;
with a dative, with, by, nigh to, in among, &c. Matthew 6.1; 19.26; 21.25; 22.25; παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ, at home, 1 Co. 16.2; in the sight of, in the judgment or estimation of, 1 Co. 3.19. 2 Pe. 2.11; 3.8;
with an accusative, motion by, near to, along, Mat. 4.18; motion towards, to, at, Mat. 15.30. Mar. 2.13; motion terminating in rest, at, by, near, by the side of, Mar. 4.1, 4. Lu. 5.1; 8.5; 136in deviation from, in violation of, inconsistently with, Ac. 18.13. Ro. 1.26; 11.24; above, more than, Lu. 13.2, 4. Ro. 1.25;
after comparatives, Lu. 3.13. 1 Co. 3.11; except, save, 2 Co. 11.24; beyond, past, He. 11.11; in respect of, on the score of, 1 Co. 12.15, 16.
a place one thing by the side of another; a comparing; a parallel case cited in illustration; a comparison, simile, similitude, Mar. 4.30. He. 11.19; a parable, a short relation under which something else is figured, or in which that which is fictitious is employed to represent that which is real, Mat. 13.3, 10, 13, 18, 24, 31, 33, 34, 36, 53; 21.33, 45; 22.1; 24.32, et al.; in N.T., a type, pattern, emblem, He. 9.9; a sentiment, grave and sententious precept, maxim, Lu. 14.7; an obscure and enigmatical saying, any thing expressed in remote and ambiguous terms, Mat. 13.35. Mar. 7.17; a proverb, adage, Lu. 4.23.
to be by the side of; to come approach, arrive, Mat. 2.1; 3.13. Mar. 14.43. Lu. 7.4, et al.; seq. ἐπί, to come upon in order to seize, Lu. 22.52; to come forth in public, make appearance, Mat. 3.1. He. 9.11.
to lead beside; intrans. to pass along or by, Mat. 20.30. Jno. 9.1; to pass on, Mat. 9.9, 27; intrans & mid. to pass away, be in a state of transition, 1 Co. 7.31. 1 Jno. 2.8, 17.
Παραδειγματίζω, (παράδειγμα, an example)
to make an example of; to expose to ignominy and shame, Mat. 1.19. He. 6.6. L.G.
Παράδεισος, ου, ὁ, (of Oriental origin: in Heb. פרדס)
a park, a forest where wild beasts were kept for hunting; a pleasure park, a garden of trees of various kinds; used in the LXX. for the Garden of Eden; in N.T., the celestial paradise, Lu. 23.43. 2 Co. 12.4. Re. 2.7.
to accept, receive; met. to receive, admit, yield assent to, Mar. 4.20. Ac. 16.21; 22.18. 1 Ti. 5.19; in N.T., to receive or embrace with favour, approve, love, He. 12.6.
to give over, hand over, deliver up, Mat. 4.12; 5.25; 10.4, 17, et al.; to commit, intrust, Mat. 11.27; 25.14, et al.; to commit, commend, Ac. 14.26. 15.40; to yield up, Jno. 19.30. 1 Co. 15.24; to abandon, Ac. 7.42. Eph. 4.19; to expose to danger, hazard, Ac. 15.26; to deliver as a matter of injunction, instruction, &c., Mar. 7.13. Lu. 1.2. Ac. 6.14, et al.; absol. to render a yield, to be matured, Mar. 4.29.
delivery, handing over, transmission; in N.T., what is transmitted in the way of teaching, precept, doctrine, 1 Co. 11.2. 2 Th. 2.15; 3.6; tradition, traditionary law, handed down from age to age, Mat. 15.2, 3, 6, et al.
one called or sent for to assist another; an advocate, one who pleads the cause of another, 1 Jno. 2.1; genr. one present to render various beneficial service, and thus the Paraclete, whose influence and operation were to compensate for the departure of Christ himself, Jno. 14.16, 26; 15.26; 16.7.
to follow or accompany closely; to accompany, attend, characterise, Mar. 16.17; to follow with the thoughts, trace, Lu. 1.3; to conform to, 1 Ti. 4.6; 2 Ti. 3.10.
to stoop beside; to stoop down in order to take a view, Lu. 24.12. Jno. 20.5, 11; to bestow a close and attentive look, to look intently, to penetrate, Ja. 1.25. 1 Pe. 1.12.
pr. to take to one's side, to take, receive to one's self, Mat. 1.20. Jno. 14.3; to take with one's self, Mat. 2.13, 14, 20, 21; 4.5, 8; to receive in charge or possession, Col. 4.17. He. 12.28; to receive as a matter of instruction, Mar. 7.4. 1 Co. 11.23; 15.3; 138to receive, admit, acknowledge, Jno. 1.11. 1 Co. 15.2. Col. 2.6; pass. to be carried off, Mat. 24.40, 41. Lu. 17.34–36.
to unloose from proper fixity or consistency of substance; to enervate or paralyse the body or limbs; pass. to be enervated or enfeebled, He. 12.12; pass. part. παραλελυμένος, paralytic, Lu. 5.18, 24, et al.
pr. a stumbling aside, a false step; in N.T., a trespass, fault, offence, transgression, Mat. 6.14, 15; 11.25, 26, Ro. 4.25, et al.; a fall, defalcation in faith, Ro. 11.11, 12. L.G.
to place by the side of, 139near; to set before, Mar. 6.41; 8.6, 7. Lu. 9.16; met. to set or lay before, propound, Mat. 13.24, 31; to inculcate, Ac. 17.3; to deposit, commit to the charge of, intrust, Lu. 12.48; 23.46; to commend, Ac. 14.23.
to be beside; to be present, Lu. 13.1, et al.; to be come, Mat. 26.50. Jno. 7.6; 11.28. Col. 1.6, et al.; to be in possession, He. 13.5. 2 Pe. 1.9, 12; part. παρών, οῦσα, όν, present, 1 Co. 5.3; τὸ παρόν, the present time, the present, He. 12.11.
an insertion beside, later, a marshalling of an army; an array of battle, army, He. 11.34; a camp, He. 13.11, 13. Re. 20.9; a standing camp, fortress, citadel, castle, Ac. 21.34, 37; 22.24; 23.10, 16, 32.
to pass beside, pass along, pass by, Mat. 8.28. Mar. 6.48; to pass, elapse, as time, Mat. 14.15. Ac. 27.9; to pass away, be removed, Mat. 26.39, 42. Mar. 14.35; met. to pass away, disappear, vanish, perish, Mat. 5.18; 24.34, 35; to become vain, be rendered void, Mat. 5.18. Mar. 13.31; to pass by, disregard, neglect, Lu. 11.42; 15.29; to come to the side of, come to, Lu. 12.37; 17.7.
to hold beside; to hold out to, offer, present, Lu. 6.29; to confer, render, Lu. 7.4. Ac. 22.2; 28.2. Col. 4.1; to afford, furnish, Ac. 16.16; 17.31; 19.24. 1 Ti. 6.17; to exhibit, Tit. 2.7; to be the cause of, occasion, Mat. 26.10. Mar. 14.6. Lu. 11.7, et al.
Παρηγορία, ας, ἡ, (παρηγορέω, to exhort; to console)
to let pass beside, let fall beside; to relax; pass. p. part. παρειμένος, hanging down helplessly, unstrung, feeble, He. 12.12.
Παρίστημι, and later also παριστάνω, (παρά & ἵστημι)
f. παραστήσω,
trans. to place beside; to have in readiness, provide, Ac. 23.24; to present, cause to be present, place a the disposal of, Mat. 26.53. Ac. 9.41; to present to God, dedicate, consecrate, devote, Lu. 2.22. Ro. 6.13, 19; to prove, demonstrate, show, Ac. 1.3; 24.13; to commend, recommend, 1 Co. 8.8;
intrans. p. παρέστηκα, part. παρεστώς, plp. παρειστήκειν, a.2. ταρέστην, and mid., to stand by or before, Ac. 27.24. Ro. 14.10; to stand by, to be present, Mar. 14.47, 69, 70; to stand in attendance, attend, Lu. 1.19; 19.24; of time, to be present, have come, Mar. 4.29; to stand by in aid, to aid, assist, support, Ro. 16.2.
141all; in the sing. all, the whole, usually when the subst. has the article, Mat. 6.29; 8.32. Ac. 19.26, et al.; every, only with an anarthrous subst., Mat. 3.10; 4.4; et al.; plu. all, Mat. 1.17, et al. freq.; πάντα, in all respects, Ac. 20.35. 1 Co. 9.25; 10.33; 11.2; by a Hebraism, a negative with πᾶς is sometimes equivalent to οὐδείς or μηδείς, Mat. 24.22. Lu. 1.37. Ac. 10.14. Ro. 3.20. 1 Co. 1.29. Eph. 4.29, et al.
the passover, the paschal lamb, Mat. 26.17. Mar. 14.12; met. used of Christ, the true paschal lamb, 1 Co. 5.7; the feat of the passover, the day on which the paschal lamb was slain and eaten, the 14th of Nisan, Mat. 26.18. Mar. 14.1. He. 11.28; more genr., the whole paschal festival, including the seven days of the feast of unleavened bread, Mat. 26.2. Lu. 2.41. Jno. 2.13, et al.
to be affected by a thing whether good or bad; to suffer, endure evil, Mat. 16.21; 17.12, 15; 27.19; absol. to suffer death, Lu. 22.15; 24.26, et al.
Πατάσσω,
f. άξω, a.1. ἐπάταξα,
to strike, beat upon; to smite, wound, Mat. 26.51. Lu. 22.49, 50; by impl. to kill, slay, Mat. 26.31. Mar. 14.27. Ac. 7.24; to strike gently, Ac. 12.7; fr. the Heb. to smite, inflict evil, afflict with disease, plagues, &c. Ac. 12.23. Re. 11.6; 19.15.
a father, Mat. 2.22; 4.21, 22; spc. used of God, as the Father of man by creation, preservation, &c., Mat. 5.16, 45, 48; and peculiarly as the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, Mat. 7.21. 2 Co. 1.3; the founder of a race, remote progenitor, forefather, ancestor, Mat. 3.9; 23.30, 32; an elder, senior, father in age, 1 Jno. 2.13, 14; a spiritual father, 1 Co. 4.15; father, author, cause, source, Jno. 8.44. He. 12.9. Ja. 1.17; used as an appellation of honour, Mat. 23.9. Ac. 7.2.
142f. πείσω, p. πέπεικα, a.1. ἔπεισα, p. pass. πέπεισμαι, a.1. pass. ἐπείσθην,
to persuade, seek to persuade, endeavour to convince, Ac. 18.4; 19.8, 26; 28.23; to persuade, influence by persuasion, Mat. 27.20. Ac. 13.43; 16.28; to incite instigate, Ac. 14.29; to appease, render tranquil, to quiet, 1 Jno. 3.19; to strive to conciliate, aspire to the favour of, Ga. 1.10; to pacify, conciliate, win over, Mat. 28.14. Ac. 12.20; pass. & mid. to be persuaded of, be confident of, Lu. 20.6. Ro. 8.38.. He. 6.9; to suffer one's self to be persuaded, yield to persuasion, to be induced, Ac. 21.14; to be convinced, to believe, yield belief, Lu. 16.31. Ac. 17.4; to assent, listen to, obey, follow, Ac. 5.36, 37, 40; p.2. πέποιθα, to be assured, by confident, 2 Co. 2.3. Ph. 1.6. He. 13.18; to confide in, trust, reply on, place hope and confidence in, Mat. 27.43. Mar. 10.24. Ro. 2.19.
to hunger, be hungry, Mat. 4.2. Mar. 11.12; to be exposed to hunger, be famished, 1 Co. 4.11. Phi. 4.12; met. to hunger after, desire earnestly, long for, Mat. 5.6.
f. άσω, a.1. ἐπείρᾰσα, p. pass. πεπείρασμαι, a.1. pass. ἐπειράσθην,
to make proof or trial of, put to the proof, whether with good or mischievous intent, Mat. 16.1; 22.35, et al.; absol. to attempt, essay, Ac. 16.7; 24.6; in N.T., to tempt, Mat. 4.1, et al.; to try, subject to trail, 1 Co. 10.13, et al.: whence
Πειρασμός, οῦ, ὁ,
a putting to the proof, proof, trial, 1 Pe. 4.12. He. 3.8; direct temptation to sin, Lu. 4.13; trial, temptation, Mat. 6.13; 26.41; 1 Co. 10.13, et al.; trial, calamity, affliction, Lu. 22.28, et al. S.
to send, to dispatch on any message, embassy, business, &c., Mat. 2.8; 11.2; 14.10; to transmit, Ac. 11.29. Re. 1.11; to dismiss, permit to go, Mar. 5.12; to send in or among, 2 Th. 2.11; to thrust in, or put forth, Re. 14.15, 18.
Πένης, ητος, ὁ, ἡ, (πένομαι, to labour for one's bread)
pr. one who labours for his bread; poor, needy, 2 Co. 9.9.
a mother-in-law, Mat. 8.14; 10.35. Mar. 1.30. Lu. 4.38; 12.53: from
Πενθερός, οῦ, ὁ,
a father-in-law, Jno. 18.13.
Πενθέω, ῶ,
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐπένθησα,
trans. to lament over, 2 Co. 12.21; abol. to lament, be sad, mourn, Mat. 5.4; 9.15. Mar. 16.10, et al.; mid. to bewail one's self, to feel compunction, 1 Co. 5.2: from
Πεντηκοστή, ῆς, ἡ, (fem. of πεντηκοστός, fiftieth)
Pentecost, or the Feast of Weeks; one of the three great Jewish festivals, so called because it was celebrate on the fiftieth 143day reckoning from the second day of the feast of unleavened bread, i.e. from the 16th day of Nisan, Ac. 2.1; 20.16. 1 Co. 16.8.
enclit. particle, serving to add force to the word to which it is subjoined.
Πέρᾱν
adv. across, beyond, over, on the other side, Mat. 4.15, 25; 19.1. Jno. 6.1, 17; ὁ, ἡ, τὸ, πέραν, farther, on the farther side, and τὸ πέραν, the farther side, the other side, Mat. 8.18, 28; 14.22, et al.
prep., with a genitive, pr. of place about, around; about, concerning, respecting, Mat. 2.8; 11.10; 22.31. Jno 8.18. Ro. 8.3, et al. freq.;
with an accusative, of place about, around, round about, Mat. 3.4. Mar. 3.34. Lu. 13.8; οἱ περί τινα, the companions of a person, Lu. 22.49; a person and his companions, Ac. 13.13; simply a person, Jno. 11.19; τὰ περί τινα, the condition, circumstances of any one, Ph. 2.23; of time, about, Mat. 20.3, 5, 6, 9; about, concerning, respecting, touching, Lu. 10.40. 1 Ti. 1.19; 6.21. Tit. 2.7, et al.
to take off, lift off, remove, 2 Co. 3.16; to cast off, Ac. 27.40; met. to cut off hope, Ac. 27.20; met. to take away sin, remove the guilt of sin, make expiation for sin, He. 10.11.
to cast around; to clothe, Mat. 25.36, 38, 43; mid. to clothe one's self, to be clothed, Mat. 6.29, 31. Lu. 23.11. Jno. 19.2. Ac. 12.8. Re. 4.4, et al.; to cast around a city, to draw a line of circumvallation, Lu. 19.43.
to encompass, enclose; to embrace, contain as a writing, Ac. 23.25; met. to encompass, seize on the mind, Lu. 5.9; περιέχει, impers. it is contained, it is among the contents of a writing, 1 Pe. 2.6.
to bind around with a girdle, gird; in N.T., mid. to gird one's self in preparation for bodily motion and exertion, Lu. 12.37; 17.8, et al.; to wear a girdle, Re. 1.13; 15.6.
to place around; intrans. a.2. περιέστην, p. pass. περιεστώς, to stand around, Jno. 11.42. Ac. 25.7; mid. to keep aloof from, avoid, shun, 2 Ti. 2.16. Tit. 3.9.
to lie around, be circumjacent; to environ, He. 12.1; to be hung round, Mar. 9.42. Lu. 17.2; to have around one's self, to wear, Ac. 28.20; to be beset, He. 5.2.
Περικεφαλαία, ας, ἡ, (fem. of περικεφάλαιος, περί & κεφαλή)
to walk, walk about, Mat. 9.5; 11.5; 14.24, 26, 29, et al.; to rove, roam, 1 Pe. 5.8; with μετά, to accompany, follow, have intercourse with, Jno. 6.66. Re. 3.4; to have one's locality, frequent, Jno. 7.1; 11.54; fr. the Heb. to live in any particular manner, follow a course of life or conduct, have one's conversation, behave, Ro. 6.4; 8.1, et al.
superabundance, Ro. 5.17. 2 Co. 8.2; 10.15. Ja. 1.21. S.
Περίσσευμα, ατος, τό,
more than enough, residue over and above, Mar. 8.8; abundance, exuberance, Mat. 12.34. Lu. 6.45; superabundance, affluence, 2 Co. 8.13, 14. (L.G.) from
to be over and above, to be superfluous, Mat. 14.20; Mar. 12.44. Lu. 21.4, et al.; to exit in full quantity, to abound, be abundant, Ro. 5.15. 2 Co. 1.5; to increase, be augmented, Ac. 16.5; to be advanced, be rendered more prominent, Ro. 3.7; of persons, to be abundantly gifted, richly furnished, abound, Lu. 15.17. Ro. 15.13. 1 Co 14.12. 2 Co. 8.7, et al.; 145to be possessed of a full sufficiency, Phi. 4.12, 18; to abound in performance, 1 Co. 15.58; to be a gainer, 1 Co. 8.8; in N.T., trans. to cause to be abundant, 2 Co. 4.15; 9.8. Eph. 1.8; to cause to be abundantly furnished, cause to abound, 1 Th. 3.12; pass. to be gifted with abundance, Mat. 13.12; 25.29: from
circumcision, the act or custom of circumcision, Jno. 7.22, 23. Ac. 7.8; the state of being circumcised, the being circumcised, Ro. 2.25, 26, 27; 4.10; meton. the circumcision, those who are circumcised, Ro. 3.30; 4.9; met. spiritual circumcision of the heart and affections, Ro. 2.29. Col. 2.11; meton. persons spiritually circumcised, Phi. 3.3. S.
to bear or carry about, Mar. 6.55; 2 Co. 4.10; pass. to be borne about hither and thither, to be whirled about, driven to and fro, Ep. 4.14. He. 13.9. Jude 12.
circumjacent; ἠ περίχωρος, sc. γῆ, an adjacent or circumjacent region, country round about, Mat. 14.35. Mar. 1.28; meton. inhabitants of the region round about, Mat. 3.5. L.G.
Περίψημα, ατος, τό, (περιψάω, to wipe on every side)
filth which is wiped off; offscouring; met. 1 Co. 4.13. N.T.
a stone; in N.T., the Greek rendering of the surname Cephas, given to Apostle Simon, and having, therefore, the same sense as πέτρα, Peter, Mat. 4.18; 8.14, et al.
a leather bag or sack for provisions, scrip, wallet, Mat. 10.10. Mar. 6.8, et al.
Πῆχυς, εως, ὁ,
pr. cubitus, the forearm; hence, a cubit, a measure of length, equal to the distance from the elbow to the extremity of the little finger, usually considered as equivalent to a foot and a half, or 17 inches and a half, Jno. 21.8. Re. 21.7; met. of time, a span, Mat. 6.27. Lu. 12.25.
Πιάζω, (a later form for πιέζω, derived from the Doric)
f. άσω, a.1. ἐπίασα,
to press; in N.T., to take or lay hold of, Ac. 3.7; to take, catch fish, &c., Jno. 21.3, 10. Re. 19.20; to take, seize, apprehend, arrest, Jno. 7.30, 32, 44, et al.
to embitter, render bitter, Re. 10.9; pass. to be embittered, be made bitter, Re. 8.11; 10.10; met. pass. to be embittered, to grow angry, harsh, Col. 3.19.
Πικρία, ας, ἡ,
bitterness, Ac. 8.23. He. 12.15; met. bitterness of spirit and language, harshness, Ro. 3.14. Ep. 4.31: from
to fill, Mat. 27.48, et al.; pass. to be filled mentally, be under full influence, Lu. 1.15; 4.28, et al.; to be fulfilled, v.r. Lu. 21.22; of stated time, to be brought to a close, arrive at its close, Lu. 1.23, 57; 2.6, 21, 22.
f. πεσοῦμαι, p. πέπτωκα, a.2. ἔπεσον, & in N.T., a.1. ἔπεσα,
to fall, Mat. 15.27. Lu. 10.18; to fall, fall prostrate, fall down, Mat. 17.6; 18.29. Lu. 17.16; to fall down dead, Lu. 21.24; to fall, fall in ruins, Mat. 7.25, 27. Lu. 11.17; met. to fall, come by change, as a lot, Ac. 1.26; to fall, to fail, become null and void, fall to the ground, Lu. 16.17; to fall, to come into a worse state, Re. 2.5; to come to ruin, Ro. 11.11. He. 4.11; to fall into sin, Ro. 11.22. 1 Co. 10.12; to fall in judgment, be condemned and punished, Re. 14.8, to fall upon, seize, Re. 11.11; to light upon, Re. 7.16; to fall under, incur, Ja. 5.12.
to believe, give credit to, Mar. 1.15; 16.13. Lu. 24.25; intrans. to believe, have a mental persuasion, Mat. 8.13; 9.28. Ja. 2.19; to believe, be of opinion, Ro. 14.2; in N.T., πιστεύειν ἐν, εἰς, ἐπί, to believe in or on, Mat. 18.6; 27.42. Jno. 3.15, 16, 18; absol. to believe, be a believer, profess the religion of Jesus, Ac. 2.44; 4.4, 32; 13.48; trans. to intrust, commit to the charge or power of, Lu. 16.11. Jno. 2.24; pass. to be intrusted with, Ro. 3.2. 1 Co. 9.17.
to lead astray, cause to wander; pass. to go astray, wander about, stray, Mat. 18.12, 13. 1 Pe. 2.25; met. to mislead, deceive, Mat. 24.4, 5, 11, 24; pass. to be deceived, err, mistake, Mat. 22.29; to seduce, delude, Jno. 7.12; pass. to be seduced or wander from the path of virtue, to sin, transgress, Tit. 3.3. He. 5.2. Ja. 5.19, et al.: from
Πλάνη, ης, ἡ,
a wandering; deceit, deception, delusion, imposture, fraud, Mat. 27.64. 1 Th. 2.3; seduction, deceiving, Ep. 4.14. 2 Th 2.11. 1 Jno. 4.6; error, false opinion, 2 Pe. 3.17; wandering from the path of truth and virtue, perverseness, wickedness, sin. Ro. 1.27. Ja. 5.20. 2 Pe. 2.18. Jude 11: whence
a street, broad way, Mat. 6.5; 12.19. Lu. 10.10, et al.
Πλάτος, εος, τό, (fr. same)
breadth, Ep. 3.18. Re. 20.9; 21.16, bis.
Πλατύνω,
f. υνῶ, p. pass. πεπλάτυμαι, a.1. pass. ἐπλατύνθην,
to make broad, widen, enlarge, Mat. 23.5; pass. met., of the heart, from the Heb., to be expanded with kindly and genial feelings, 2 Co. 6.11, 13: from
more in number, Mat. 21.36; 26.53; more in quantity, Mar. 12.43. Lu. 21.3; οἱ πλείονες v. πλείους, the greater part, the majority, Ac. 19.32; 27.12; the more, 1 Co. 9.19. 2 Co. 4.15; neut. πλεῖον, as an adv. more, Lu. 7.42; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, more, of time, longer, further, Ac. 24.4; of space, more widely, Ac. 4.17. 2 Ti. 2.16; 3.9; for the pos. much, of time, longer, Ac. 20.9; more, higher, greater, more excellent, of higher value, Mat. 5.20; 6.25.
to be more than enough; to have in abundance, superabound, 2 Co. 8.15; to abound, be abundant, to increase, be augmented, Ro. 5.20; 6.1; in N.T., trans. to cause to abound or increase, to augment, 1 Th. 3.12.
to have more than another; to take advantage of; to overreach, make gain of, 2 Co. 7.2; 12.17, 18; to wrong, 1 Th. 4.6; 148to get the better, or an advantage of, 2 Co. 2.11: whence
Πλεονέκτης, ου, ὁ,
one who has or claims to have more than his share; a covetous, avaricious person, one who defrauds for the sake of gain, 1 Co. 5.10, 11; 6.10. Ep. 5.5.
Πλεονεξία, ας, ἡ,
some advantage which one possesses over another; an inordinate desire of riches, covetousness, Lu. 12.15, et al.; grasping, over-reaching, extortion, Ro. 1.29. 1 Th. 2.5, et al.; a gift exacted by importunity and conferred with grudging, 2 Co. 9.5; a scheme of extortion, Mar. 7.22.
Πλευρά, ας,
pr. a rib; the side of the body, Jno. 19.34; 20.20, 25, 27. Ac. 12.7.
fullness, amplitude, magnitude; a multitude, a great number, Lu. 1.10; 2.13; 5.6; a multitude, a crowd, throng, Mar. 3.7, 8. Lu. 6.17, et al.: whence
Πληθύνω,
f. υνῶ, a.1. ἐπλήθῡνα, a.1. pass. ἐπληθύνθην,
trans. to multiply, cause to increase, augment, 2 Co. 9.10. He. 6.14; pass. to be multiplied, increase, be accumulated, Mat. 24.12. Ac. 6.7; 7.17, et al.; intrans. to multiply, increase, be augmented, Ac. 6.1.
full, filled, Mat. 14.20; 15.37; full of disease, Lu. 5.12; met. full of, abounding in, wholly occupied with, completely under the influence of, or affected by, Lu. 4.1. Jno. 1.14. Ac. 9.36, et al.; full, complete, perfect, Mar. 4.28.
to bring full measure, to give in full; to carry out fully, to discharge completely, 2 Ti. 4.5; 4.17; pass. of things, to be fully established as a matter of certainty, Lu. 1.1; of persons, to be fully convinced, assured, Ro. 4.21: whence
Πληροφορία, ας, ἡ,
full conviction, firm persuasion, assurance, 1 Th. 1.5. Col. 2.2, et al. N.T.
to fill, make full, fill up, Mat. 13.48; 23.32. Lu. 3.5; to fill up a deficiency, Phi. 4.18, 19; to pervade, Jno. 12.3. Ac. 2.2; to pervade with an influence, to influence fully, possess fully, Jno. 16.6. Ac. 2.28; 5.3. Ro. 1.29. Eph. 5.18, et al.; to complete, perfect, Jno. 3.29. Eph. 3.19, et al.; to bring to an end, Lu. 7.1; to perform fully, discharge, Mat. 3.15. Ac. 12.25; 13.25; 14.26. Ro. 13.8.. Col. 4.17; to consummate, Mat. 5.17; to realise, accomplish, fulfil, Lu. 1.20; 9.31. Ac. 3.18; 13.27; fr. the Heb. to set forth fully, Ro. 15.19. Col. 1.25; pass. of time, to be fulfilled, come to an end, be fully arrived, Mar. 1.15. Lu. 21.24. Jno. 7.8, et al.; of prophecy, to receive fulfilment, Mat. 1.22, et al. freq.: whence
Πλήρωμα, ατος, τό,
that which fills up; full measure, entire contents, Mar. 8.20. 1 Co. 10.26, 28; complement, full extent, full number, Ga. 4.4. Eph. 1.10; that which fills up a deficiency, a supplement, a patch, Mat. 9.16; fulness, abundance, Jno. 1.16. Ro. 15.29; a fulfilling, perfect performance, Ro. 13.10; complete attainment of entire belief, full acceptance, Ro. 11.12; full development, plenitude, Eph. 1.23; 3.19; 4.13. Col. 1.19; 2.9.
Πλησίον, (πέλας, idem)
adv. near, near by, Jno. 4.5; ὁ πλησίον, a neighbour, Mat. 19.19. Ro. 15.2, et al.; a friendly meighbour, Mat. 5.43.
rich, opulent, wealthy; and pl. οἱ πλούσιοι, the rich, Mat. 19.23, 24; 27.57, et al.; met. rich, abounding in, distinguished for, Ep. 2.4. Ja. 2.5. Re. 2.9; 3.17; meton. used of one who is in a state of glory, dignity, happiness, &c. 2 Co. 8.9: whence
Πλουσίως,
adv. richly, largely, abundantly, Col. 3.16, et al.
to be or become rich, Lu. 1.25. 1 Ti. 6.9; trop. Lu. 12.21; met. to abound in, be abundantly furnished with, 1 Ti. 6.18; to be spiritually enriched, 2 Co. 8.9, et al.
Πλουτίζω,
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐπλούτισα,
to make rich, enrich; met. to enrich spiritually, 1 Co. 1.5. 2 Co. 6.10; 9.11: from
wind, air in motion, Jno 3.8; breath, 2 Th. 2.8; the substance spirit, Jno. 3.6; a spirit, spiritual being, Jno. 4.24. Ac. 23.8, 9. He. 1.14; a bodyless spirit, spectre, Lu. 24.37; a foul spirit, διαμόνιον, Mat. 8.16. Lu. 10.20; spirit, as a vital principle, Jno. 6.63. 1 Co. 15.45; the human spirit, the soul, Mat. 26.41; 27.50. Ac. 7.59. 1 Co. 7.34. Ja. 2.26; the spirit as the seat of thought and feeling, the mind, Mar. 8.12. Ac. 19.21, et al.;
spirit, mental frame, 1 Co. 4.21. 1 Pe. 3.4; a characteristic spirit, as influential principle, Lu. 9.55. 1 Co. 2.12. 2 Ti. 1.7; a pervading influence, Ro. 11.8; spirit, frame of mind, as distinguished from outward circumstances and actions, Mat. 5.3; spirit as distinguished from outward show and form, Jno. 4.23; spirit, a spiritual frame, Ro. 8.4. Jude 19; spirit, latent spiritual import, spiritual significance, as distinguished from the mere letter, Ro. 2.29; 7.6. 2 Co. 3.6, 17;
spirit, as a term from a principle superior to a merely natural or carnal course of things, Ro. 8.4. Ga. 4.29; a spiritual dispensation, He. 9.14; the Holy Spirit, Mat. 3.16; 12.31. Jno 1.32, 33, et al.;
a gift of the Holy Spirit, Jno. 7.39. Ac. 19.2. 1 Co. 14.12, et al.; an operation or influence of the Holy Spirit, 1 Co. 12.3, et al.; a spiritual influence, an inspiration, Mat. 22.43. Lu. 2.27. Eph 1.17; a professedly divine communication, or, a professed possessor of a spiritual communication, 1 Co. 12.10. 2 Th. 2.2. 1 Jno. 4.1, 2, 3: whence
Πνευματικός, ή, όν,
spiritual, pertaining to the soul, as distinguished from what concerns the body, Ro. 15.27. 1 Co. 9.11; spiritual, pertaining to the nature of spirits, 1 Co. 15.44; τὰ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας, i.q. τὰ πνεύματα τὰ πονηρά, evil spirits, Ep. 6.12; spiritual, pertaining or relating to the influences of the Holy Spirit, of things, Ro. 1.11; 7.14, et al.; τὰ πνευματικά, spiritual gifts, 1 Co. 12.1; 14.1; suprior in process to the natural course of things, miraculous, 1 Co. 10.3; of persons, gifted with a spiritual frame of mind, spiritually affected, 1 Co. 2.13, 15; endowed with spiritual gifts, inspired, 1 Co.14.37: whence
Πνευματικῶς,
adv. spiritually, through spiritual views and affections, 1 Co. 2.14; spiritually, in a spiritual sense, allegorically, Re. 11.8.
reaching to the feet; as subst., sc.ἐσθής, a long, flowing robe reaching down to the feet, Re. 1.13.
Πόθεν,
adv. whence? whence, used of place, &c. Mat. 15.33; met. of a state of dignity, Re. 2.5; used of origin, Mat. 21.25; of cause, source, author, &c. Mat. 13.27, 54, 56. Lu. 1.43; how? in what way?, Mar. 8.4; 12.37.
to make, form, construct, Mat. 17.4. Mar. 9.5. Jno. 2.15;
of God, to create, Mat. 19.4. Ac. 4.24;
to make, prepare a feast, &c. Mat. 22.2. Mar. 6.21;
met. to make, establish, ratify, a covenant, He. 8.9;
to make, assume, consider, regard, Mat. 12.33;
to make, effect, bring to pass, cause to take place, do, accomplish, Mat. 7.22; 21.21. Mar. 3.8; 6.5; 7.37;
met. to perfect, accomplish, fulfil, put in execution a purpose, promise, &c. Lu. 16.4; 19.48;
to cause, make, Mat. 5.32. Jno. 11.37. Ac. 24.12;
to make gain, gain, acquire, profit, Mat. 25.16. Lu. 19.18;
to get procure, Lu. 12.33;
to make, to cause to be or become any thing, Mat. 21.13; 23.15; to use, treat, Lu. 15.19; to maek, constitute, appoint to some office, Mat. 4.19. Mar 3.14;
to make, declare to be, 1 Jno. 1.10; 5.10;
to do, to perform, execute, practise, act, Mat. 5.46, 47; 6.2, 3;
to commit evil, Mat. 13.41; 27.23;
to be devoted to, follow, practise, Jno. 3.21; 5.29. Ro. 3.12;
to do, execute, fulfil, keep, observe, obey, precepts, &c. Mat. 1.24; 5.19; 7.21, 24, 26;
to bring evil upon, inflict, Ac. 9.13;
to keep, celebrate a festival, Mat. 26.18;
to institute the celebration of a festival, He. 11.28;
ποιεῖν τινα ἔξω, to cause to leave a place, i.q.
ἐξω ἄγειν, to lead or conduct out, Ac. 5.34;
to pass, spend time, continue for a time, Mat. 20.12. Ac. 15.33; 18.23. Ja. 1.10;
to bear, as trees, yield, produce, Mar. 3.8, 10; 7.17, 18, 19;
with a substantive or adjective it forms a periphrasis for the verb corresponding to the noun or adjective,
e.g. δῆλον ποιείν, i.q. δηλοῦν, to make manifest, betray, Mat. 26.73;
ἐκδίκησιν π., i.q. ἐκδικεῖν, to vindicate, avenge, Lu. 18.7, 8;
ἔκθετον π., i.q. ἐκτιθέναι, to expose infants, Ac. 7.19;
ἐνέδραν π., i.e. ἐνεδρεύειν, to lie in wait, Ac. 25.3;
ἐξουσίαν, π., i.e. ἐξουσιάζειν, to exercise power or authority, Re. 13.12;
κρίσιν π., i.q. κρίνειν, to judge, act as judge, Jno. 5.27;
λύτπωσιν π., i.q. λυτροῦν, to deliver, set free, Lu. 1.68;
μονὴν π. i.q. μένειν, to remain, dwell, Jno. 14.23;
πόλεμον π., i.q. πολεμεῖν, to make or wage war, fight, Re. 11.7;
συμβούλιον π., i.q. συμβουλεύσθαι, to consult together, deliberate, Mat. 3.6;
συνωμοσίαν π., i.q. συνομνύναι, & συστροφὴν π., i.q. συστρέφεσθαι, to conspire together, form a conspiracy, Ac. 23.12, 13;
φανερὸν π., i.q. φανεροῦν, to make known, betray, Mat. 12.16;
ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι, i.q. ἀναβάλλεσθαι, to delay, procrastinate, Ac. 25.17;
βέβαιον π., i.q. βεβαιοῦν, to confirm, render firm and sure, 2 Pe. 1.10;
δεήσεις π., i.q. δεῖσθαι, to pray, offer prayer, Lu. 5.33;
ἐκβολὴν π., i.q. ἐκβάλλειν, to cast out, throw overboard, Ac. 27.18;
καθαρισμὸν π., i.e. καθαρίζειν, to cleanse from sin, He. 1.3;
κοινωνίαν π., i.q. κοινωνεῖν, to communicate in liberality, bestow alms, Ro. 15.26;
κοπετὸν π., i.q. κόπτεσθαι, to lament, bewail, Ac. 8.2;
λόγον π., to regard, make account of, Ac. 20.24;
μνείαν π., i.q. μνησθῆναι, to call to mind, Ro. 1.9;
μνήμην π., to remember, retain in memory, 2 Pe. 1.15;
πορείαν π., i.q. πορεύεσθαι, to go, journey, travel, Lu. 13.22;
πρόνοιαν π., i.q. προνοεῖσθαι, to take care of, provide for, Ro. 13.14;
σπουδὴν π., i.e. σπουδάζειν, to act with diligence and earnestness, Jude 3: whence
Ποίημα, ατος, τό,
that which is made or done; a work, workmanship, creation, Ro. 1.20; met. Ep. 2.10.
Ποίησις, εως, ἡ,
a making; an acting, doing, performance; observance of a law, Ja. 1.25.
Ποιητής, οῦ, ὁ,
a maker; the maker 151or author of a song or poem, a poet, Ac. 17.28; a doer; a performer of the enactments of a law, Ro. 2.13, et al.
of various colours, variegated, chequered; various, diverse, manifold, Mat. 4.24, et al. (ῐ.)
Ποιμαίνω,
f. ανῶ, a.1. ἐποίμᾱνα,
to feed, pasture, tend a flock, Lu. 17.7. 1 Co. 9.7; trop. to nourish, promote the interest of, Jude 12; met. to tend, direct, superintend, Mat. 2.6. Jno. 21.16, et al.; to rule, Re. 2.27: from
a city, an enclosed and walled town, Mat. 10.5, 11; 11.1; meton. the inhabitants of a city, Mat. 8.34; 10.15; with a gen. of person, or a personal pron., the city of any one, the city of one's birth or residence, Mat. 9.1. Lu. 2.4, 11; ἡ πόλις, the city, κατ᾿ ἐξοχήν, Jerusalem, Mat. 21.18; 28.11; met. a place of permanent residence, abode, home, He. 11.10, 16; 13.14.
the state of being a citizen; citizenship, the right or privilege of being a citizen, freedom of a city or state, Ac. 22.28; a commonwealth, community, Eph. 2.12.
Πολίτευμα, ατος, τό,
the administration of a commonwealth; in N.T., equivalent to πολιτεία, a community, commonwealth, Phi. 3.20: from
intrans. to be a citizen; trans. to govern a city or state, administer the affairs of a state; pass. to be governed; in N.T., to order one's life and conduct, converse, live, in a certain manner as to habits and principles, Ac. 23.1. Ph 1.27: from
great in magnitude or quantity, much, large, Mat. 13.5. Jno. 3.23; 15.8; pl. many, Mat. 3.7; in time, long, Mat. 25.19. Mar. 6.35. Jno. 5.6; οἱ πολλοί, the many, the mass, Ro. 5.15; 12.5. 1 Co. 10.33; τὸ πολύ, much, 2 Co. 8.15; πολύ, as an adv. much, greatly, Mar. 12.27. Lu. 7.47; of time, ἐπ᾿ πολύ, a long time, Ac. 28.6; μετ᾿ οὐ πολύ, not long after, Ac. 27.14; followed by a compar. much, 2 Co. 8.22; πολλῷ, much, by much, Mat. 6.30. Mar. 10.48; τὰ πολλά, as an adv. most frequently, generally, Ro. 15.22; πολλά, as an adv. much, greatly, vehemently, Mar. 1.45; 3.12; of time, many times, frequently, often Mat. 9.14.
pr. badness, bad condition; in N.T., evil disposition of mind, wickedness, mischief, malignity, Mat. 22.18, et al.; pl. πονηρίαι, wicked deeds, villainies, Mar. 7.23. Ac. 3.26: from
belonging to, or an inhabitant of Πόντος, Ac. 18.2.
Πορεία, ας, ἡ,
a going, progress; a journey, travel, Lu. 13.22; fr. the Heb. way or manner of life, business, occupation, Ja. 1.11: from
Πορεύομαι, (mid. of πορεύω, to convey, transport, fr. πόρος)
f. εύσομαι, a. ἐπορεύθην,
to go, pass from one place to another, Mat. 17.27; 18.12; to go away, depart, Mat. 24.1; 25.41. Jno. 14.2, 3; trop. to go away, depart from life, to die, Lu. 22.22; to go, pass on one's way, journey, travel, Mat. 2.8, 9. Lu 1.39. 2.41; πορεύομαι ὀπίσω, to go after, to become a follower or partisan, Lu. 21.8; or, to pursue after, be devoted to, 2 Pe. 2.10; fr. the Heb. to go or proceed in any way or course of life, live in any manner, Lu. 1.6; 8.14. Ac. 9.31.
Πορθέω, ῶ, (a collateral from of πέρθω)
f. ήσω,
to lay waste, destroy; impl. to harass, ravage, Ac. 9.21. Ga. 1.13, 23.
Πορισμός, οῦ, ὁ, (πορίζομαι, to furnish to one's self, acquire, gain, mid. of πορίζω, to furnish, supply)
a providing, procuring; meton. source of gain, 1 Ti. 6.5, 6. L.G.
Πορνεία, ας, ἡ,
fornication, whoredom, Mat. 15.19. Mar. 7.21. Ac. 15.20, 29; concubinage, Jno. 8.41; adultery, Mat. 5.32; 19.9; incest, 1 Co. 5.1; lewdness, uncleanness, genr., Ro. 1.29; from the Heb. put symbolically for idolatry, Re. 2.21; 14.8: from
purpura, murex, a species of shell fish that yielded the purple dye, highly esteemed by the ancients, its tint being a bright crimson, in N.T., a purple garment, robe of purple, Lu. 16.19. Re. 17.4; 18.12, et al.: (ῠ) whence
interrog. toὅσος & τόσος, how great? how much?, Mat. 6.23. Lu. 16.5, 7. 2 Co. 7.11; πόσῳ adverbially before a comparative, how much? by how much:, Mat. 7.11; 10.25. He. 10.29; of time, how long? Mar. 9.21; of number, pl. how many? Mat. 15.34; 16.9, 10, et al.
borne along or carried away by a flood or torrent, Re. 12.15. N.T.
Ποτᾰπός, ής, όν,
a later form of ποδαπός, of what country;in N.T., equivalent to ποίος, what? of what manner? of what kind or sort?, Lu. 1.29; 7.39; denoting admiration, what? what kind of? how great? Mat. 8.27. Mar. 13.1, et al.
interrog. particle, when? at what time?, Mat. 24.3; 25.37, 38, 39, 44; ἕως πότε, till when? how long?, Mat. 17.17, et al.
Ποτέ,
an enclitic particle of time, once, some time or other, either past for future; formerly, Jno. 9.13; at length, Lu. 22.32; at any time, ever, Ep. 5.29. He. 2.1; intensive after interrogatives, ever, 1 Co. 9.7. He. 1.5, et al.
a vessel for drinking, cup, Mat. 10.42; 23.25, 26; meton. the contents of a cup, liquor contained in a cup, Lu. 22.20. 1 Co. 10.16; fr. the Heb., the cup or potion of what God's administration deals out, Mat. 20.22, 23. Re. 14.10, et al.
Ποτίζω, (fr. same)
f. ίσω, At. ιῶ, p. πεπότικα, α.1. ἐπότισα,
to cause to drink, give drink to, Mat. 10.42, et al.; met. 1 Co. 3.2. Re. 14.8; to water, irrigate, met. 1 Co. 3.6, 7, 8.
to be occupied with or employed in any business, do business; to trade, traffic, Lu. 19.13.
Πραιτώριον, ίον, τό, (Lat. prætorium, fr. prætor)
when used in reference to a camp, the tent of the general or commander-in-cheif; hence, in reference to a province, the palace in which the governor of the province resided, Mat. 27.27. Mar. 15.16. Ac. 23.35, et al.; the camp occupied by the prætorian cohorts at Rome, the prætorian camp, or, the Roman emperor's palace, Phi. 1.13.
a small area or bed in a garden; trop. a company of persons disposed in squares; fr. the Heb. πρασιαὶ προσιαί, by areas, by squares, like beds in a garden, Mar. 6.40.
to do, execute, perform, practise, act, transact, and of evil, to commit, Lu. 22.23; 23.15. Jno 3.20. Ac. 26.9, 20, 26, 31, et al.; to fulfil, obey, observe a law, Ro. 2.25; to do to any one, Ac. 16.28; 5.35; to occupy one's self with, be engaged in, busy one's self about, Ac. 19.19. 1 Th. 4.11; to fare, Ac. 15.29. Ep. 6.21; to exact, require, collect tribute, money lent, &c. Lu. 3.13; 19.23.
impers. verb, it becomes, it is fitting, it is proper, it is right, &c., and part. πρέπον, becoming, suitable, decorous, &c. Mat. 3.15. 1 Co. 11.13. Ep. 5.3. 1 Ti. 2.10, et al.
Πρεσβεία, ας, ἡ,
eldership, seniority; an embassy, legation; ambassadors, legates, Lu. 14.32; 19.14: from
to be elder; to be an ambassador, perform the duties of an ambassador, 2 Co. 5.20. Ep. 6.20.
Πρεσβυτέριον, ίου, τό,
a body of old men, an assembly of elders; the Jewish Sanhedrin, Lu. 22.66. Ac. 22.5; a body of elders in the Christian church, a presbytery, 1 Ti. 4.14; (N.T.) from
elder, senior; older, more advanced in years, Lu. 15.25. Jno. 8.9. Ac. 2.17; an elder in respect of age, person advanced in years, 1 Ti. 5.1, 2; pl. spc. ancients, ancestors, fathers, Mat. 15.2. He. 11.2; as an appellation of dignity, an elder, local dignitary, Lu 7.3; an elder, member of the Jewish Sanhedrin, Mat. 16.21; 21.23; 26.3, 47, 57, 59; an elder or presbyter of the Christian church, Ac. 11.30; 14.23, et al. freq.
Πρεσβύτης, ου, ὁ (fr. same)
an old man, aged person, Lu. 1.18. Tit. 2.2. Phile. 9: (ῡ) whence fem.
prep. with a gen., before, of place, in front of, in advance of, Mat. 11.10. Lu. 1.76. Ac. 5.23; before, of time, Mat. 5.12. Lu. 11.38; before an infin. with the gen. of the article, before, before that, Mat. 6.8. Lu. 2.21; before, above, in preference, Ja. 5.12. 1 Pe. 4.8.
to lead, bring, or conduct forth, produce, Ac. 12.6; 16.30; 25.26; intrans. to go before, to go first, Mat. 2.9; 21.9. Mar. 6.45. 1 Ti. 5.24; part. προάγων, ουσα, ον, preceding, previous, antecedent, 1 Ti. 1.18. He. 7.18; hence, in N.T., trans. to precede, Mat. 14.22, et al.; to be in advance of, Mat. 21.31. (ᾰ.)
to know beforehand, to be previously acquainted with, Ac. 26.5. 2 Pe. 3.17; to determine on beforehand, to fore-ordain, 1 Pe. 1.20; in N.T., fr. the Heb., to foreknow, to appoint as the subjects of future privileges, Ro. 8.29; 11.2: whence
f. ψω, p. pass. προγεγράμμαι, a.2. pass. προεγράφην
to write before or aforetime, Ro. 15.4. Ep. 3.3; to make a subject of public notice; to set forth unreservedly and distinctly, Ga. 3.1; to designate clearly, Jude 4.
to go forwards, advance, proceed, Mat. 26.39. Mar. 14.35. Ac. 12.10; to precede, go before any one, Lu. 22.47; to precede in time, be a forerunner or precursor, Lu. 1.17; to outgo, outstrip in going, Mar. 6.33; to travel in advance of any one, precede, Ac. 20.5, 13. 2 Co. 9.5.
a setting forth or before; οἱ ἄρτοι τῆς προθέσεως, & ἡ πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων, the shewbread, the twelve loaves of bread, corresponding to the twelve tribes, which were set on in two rows upon the golden table in the sanctuary, Mat. 12.4. Mar. 2.26. Lu. 6.4. He 9.2; predetermination, purpose, Ac 11.23; 27.13. Ro. 8.28. 2 Ti 3.10, et al.
to set before; met. to set over, appoint with authority; intrans. a.2. προύστην, p. προέστηκα, part. πρεοστώς, and mid. προΐσταμαι, to preside, govern, superintend, Ro. 12.8. 1 Th. 5.12. 1 Ti. 3.4, 5, 12; 5.17; mid. to undertake resolutely, to practise diligently, to maintain the practice of, Tit. 3.8, 14.
Προκαλέομαι, οῦμαι, (προκαλέω, to call forth, invite to stand forth, fr. πρό & καλέω)
f. έσομαι,
to call out, challenge to fight; to provoke, irritate with feelings of ungenerous rivalry, Ga. 5.26.
to lie or be placed before; met. to be proposed or set before as a duty, example, reward, &c. He. 6.18; 12.1, 2. Jude 7; to be at hand, be present, 2 Co. 8.12.
pr. to cut a passage forward; to advance, make progress; to advance as time, to be far spent, Ro. 13.12; met. to advance in wisdom, age, or stature, Lu. 2.52; seq. ἐν, to make progress or proficiency in Ga. 1.4; with ἐπὶ πλεῖον, to proceed or advance further, 2 Ti. 2.16; 3.9; with ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον, to grow worse and worse, 2 Ti. 3.13.
Πρόκρῐμα, ατος, τό, (προκρίνω, to prejudge, prefer)
to take before another, 1 Co. 11.21; trop. to anticipate, do beforehand, Mar. 14.8; to take by surprise; pass. to be taken unexpectedly, be overtaken, be taken by surprise, Ga. 6.1.
to perceive beforehand, foresee; to provide for, 1 Ti. 5.8; mid. to provide for one's self; by impl. to apply one's self to a thing, practise, strive to exhibit, Ro. 12.17. 2 Co. 8.21.
Πρόνοια, ας, ἡ,
forethought; providence, provident care, Ac. 24.3; provision, Ro. 13.14.
to send on before; to accompany or attend out of respect, escort, accompany for a certain distance on setting out on a journey, Ac. 15.3; 20.38; 21.5, et al.; to furnish with things necessary for a journey, Tit. 3.13. 3 Jno. 6.
prep., with a genitive, from; met. for the benefit of, Ac. 27.34;
with a dative, near, by, at, by the side of, in the vicinity of, Mar. 5.11. Lu. 19.37;
with an accusative, used of the place to which any thing tends, to, unto, towards, Mat. 2.12; 3.5, 13; at, close upon, Mat. 3.10. Mar. 5.22; near to, in the vicinity of, Mar. 6.45; after verbs of speaking, praying, answering to a charge, &c., to, Mat. 3.15; 27.14; of place where, with, in among, by, at, &c., Mat. 26.55. Mar. 11.4. Lu. 1.80; of time, for, during, Lu. 8.13. 1 Co. 7.5; near, towards, Lu. 24.29;
of the end, object, purpose for which an action is exerted, or to which any quality, &c. has reference, to, Jno. 4.35. Ac. 3.10; 27.12; before an infi. with τό, in order to, that, in order that, Mat. 6.1; 13.30; 26.12; so as to, so that, Mat. 5.28; of the relation which any action, state, quality, &c. bears to any person or thing, in relation to, of, concerning, in respect to, with reference to, Mat. 19.8; Lu 12.41; 18.1; 20.19; as it respects, as it concerns, with relation to, Mat. 27.4. Jno. 21.22, 23; according to, in conformity with, Lu. 12.47. 2 Co. 5.10; in comparison with, Ro. 8.18; in attention to Eph. 3.4;
of the actions, dispositions, &c. exhibited with respect to any one, whether friendly, towards, Ga. 6.10. Ep. 6.9; or unfriendly, with, against, Lu. 23.12. Ac. 23.30;
after verbs signifying to converse, dispute, make a covenant, &c., with, Lu. 24.14. Ac. 2.7; 3.25.
to lay upon over and above; mid. to put one's self in free communication with, to confer with, Ga. 1.16; to confer upon, to propound as a matter of consideration, Ga. 2.6.
to receive, accept; to receive, admit, grant access to, Lu. 15.2; to receive, admit, accept, and with οὐ, to reject, He. 11.35; to submit to, He. 10.34; to receive kindly, as a guest, entertain, Ro. 16.2; to receive, admit, as a hope, Ac. 24.15; to look or wait for, expect, await, Mar. 15.43. Lu. 2.25, et al.
Προσδοκάω, ῶ,
f. ήσω,
to look for, be expectant of, Mat. 11.3. Lu. 7.19, 20. Ac. 3.5. 2 Pe. 3.12, 13, 14; to expect, Ac. 28.6; to wait for, Lu. 1.21; 8.40. Ac. 10.24; 27.33; absol. to think, anticipate, Mat. 24.50. Lu. 12.46: whence
Προσδοκία, ας, ἡ,
a looking for, expectation, anticipation, Lu. 21.26; meton. expectation, what is expected or anticipated, Ac. 12.11.
to come or go to any one, approach, Mat. 4.3, 11; 5.1; 8.19, 25, et al. freq.; trop. to come, or go to, approach, draw near, spiritually, He. 7.25; 11.16; 4.16. 1 Pe. 2.4; met. to assent to, accede to, concur in, 1 Ti. 6.3.
Προσευχή, ῆς, ἡ,
prayer, Mat. 17.21; 21.13, 22. Lu. 6.12. Ac. 1.14, et al.; meton. a place where prayer is offered, an oratory, perhaps, Ac. 16.13, 16. S.
Προσεύχομαι,
f. εύξομαι, imperf. προσηυχόμην, a.1. προσηυξάμην,
to have in addition; to hold to, bring near; absol. to apply the mind to a thing, to give heed to, attend to, observe, consider, Ac. 5.35. He. 2.1. 2 Pe. 1.19; to take care of, provide for, Ac. 20.28; when followed byἀπό, μή, v. μήποτε, to beware of, take heed of, guard against, Mat. 6.1; 7.15; to assent to, yield credence to, follow, adhere or be attached to, Ac. 8.6, 10, 11; 16.14; to give one's self up to, be addicted to, engage in, be occupied with, 1 Ti. 1.4; 3.8, et al.
opportune; in N.T., continuing for a limited time, temporary, transient, Mat. 13.21. Mar. 4.17. 2 Co. 4.18. He. 11.25. L.G.
Προσκαλέομαι, οῦμαι, (mid. of προσκαλέω, to call to, summon, invite, fr. πρός & καλέω)
f. έσομαι, p. προσκέκλημαι,
to call to one's self, summon, Mat. 10.1; 15.10, 32; 18.2, et al.; to invite, Ac. 2.39; to call to the performance of a thing, appoint, Ac. 13.2; 16.10.
to persist in adherence to a thing; to be intently engaged in; attend constantly to, Ac. 1.14; 2.42. Ro. 13.6, et al.; to remain 159constantly in a place, Ac. 2.46; to constantly attend upon, continue near to, be at hand, Mar. 3.9. Ac. 8.13; 10.7: whence
Προσκαρτέρησις, εως, ἡ
perseverance, unremitting continuance in a thing, Ep. 6.18. N.T.
pr. to glue to; in N.T., mid., a.1. προσεκολλήθη f. προσκολληθήσομαι, to join one's self to any one, follow as an adherent, Ac. 5.36; to cleave closely to, Mat. 19.5. Mar. 10.7. Ep. 5.31.
a stumbling, Ro. 9.32, 33. 1 Pe. 2.8; met. a stumbling-block, an occasion of sinning, means of inducing to sin, Ro. 14.13. 1 Co. 8.9; met. a moral stumbling, a shock to the moral or religious sense, a moral embarrassment, Ro. 14.20. L.G.
to dash against, to beat upon, Mat. 7.27; to strike the foot against, Mat. 4.6. Lu. 4.11; to stumble, Jno 11.9, 10; met. to stumble at, to take offence at, Ro. 9.32; 14.21, 1 Pe. 2.8.
to do reverence or homage by kissing the hand; in N.T., to do reverence or homage by prostration, Mat. 2.2, 8, 11; 20.20. Lu. 4.7; 24.52; to pay divine homage, worship, adore, Mat. 4.10. Jno. 4.20, 21. He. 1.6, et al.; to bow one's self in adoration, He. 11.21: whence
to take besides; mid. προσλαμβάνομαι, f. λήψομαι, to take to one's self, assume, take as a companion or associate, Ac. 17.5; 18.26; to take, as food, Ac. 27.33, 34, 36; to receive kindly or hospitably, admit to one's society and friendship, treat with kindness, Ac. 28.2. Ro. 14.1, 3; 15.7. Phile. 12, 17; to take or draw to one's self as a preliminary to an address of admonition, Mat. 16.22. Mar. 8.32: whence
to continue, remain, stay in a place, 1 Ti. 1.3; to remain or continue with any one, Mat. 15.32. Mar. 8.2. Ac. 18.18; to adhere to, Ac. 11.23; met. to remain constant in, persevere in, Ac. 13.43. 1 Ti. 5.5.
Προσορμίζω, (πρός & ὁρμίζω, fr. ὅρμος, a station for ships)
f. ίσω,
to bring a ship to its station or to land; mid. to come to the land, Mar. 6.53.
to put to or near; to lay with or by the side of, Ac. 13.36; to add, superadd, adjoin, Mat. 6.27, 33. Lu. 3.20. Ac. 2.41, et al.; fr. the Heb. προστίθεμαι, before an infinitive, and the part. προσθείς before a finite verb, denote continuation or repetition, Lu. 19.11; 20.11, 12. Ac. 12.3.
to bear or bring to, Mat. 4.24; 25.20; to bring to or before magistrates, Lu. 12.11; 23.14; to bring near to, apply to, Jno. 19.29; to offer, tender, proffer, as money, Ac. 8.18; to offer, present, as gifts, oblations, &c., Mat. 2.11; 5.23. He. 5.7; to offer in sacrifice, Mar. 1.44. Lu. 5.14; to offer up any one as a sacrifice to God, He. 9.25, 28, 11.17, et al.; mid. to bear one's self towards, behave or conduct one's self towards, to deal with, treat, any one, He. 12.7.
pr. a bringing to; in N.T., an offering, an act of offering up or sacrificing, He. 10.10; trop. Ro. 15.16; an offering, oblation, a thing offered, Ep. 5.2. He. 10.5, 8; a sacrifice, victim offered, Ac. 21.26; 24.17.
to accept or respect the person of any one, to pay regard to external appearance, condition, circumstances, &c., to show partiality to, Ja. 2.9: (N.T.) from
the face, countenance, visage, Mat. 6.16, 17; 17.2, 6, according to later usage, a person, individual, 2 Co. 1.11; hence, personal presence, 1 Th. 2.17; fr. the Heb. πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, face to face, clearly, perfectly, 1 Co. 13.12; face, surface, external form, figure, appearance, Mat. 16.3. Lu. 12.56; external circumstances, or condition of any one, Mat. 22.16. Mar. 12.14; πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν, to have respect to the external circumstances of any one, Lu. 20.21. Ga. 2.6; ἐν προσώπῳ, in the person, in the name, or by the authority, 2 Co. 2.10; ἀπὸ προσώπου, from the presence of, from, Ac. 3.19, 161from before, Ac. 7.45; εἰς πρόσωπον, in the presence of, before, 2 Co. 8.24; κατὰ πρόσωπον, in the presence of, before, Ac. 3.13; openly, Ga. 2.11; κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχειν, to have before one's face, to have any one present, Ac. 25.16; ἀπὸ προσώπου, from Re. 12.14; πρὸ προσώπου, before, Ac. 13.24.
pr. that which appears in front, that which is put forward to hide the true state of things; a fair show or pretext, Ac. 27.30; a specious cloke, Mat. 23.13. 1 Th. 2.5; an excuse, Jno. 15.22.
to bring before, present; to bring forth or out, produce, Lu. 6.45, bis.
Προφητεία, ας, ἡ,
prophecy, a prediction of future events, Mat. 13.14. 2 Pe. 1.20, 21; prophecy, a gifted faculty of setting forth and enforcing revealed truth, 1 Co. 12.10; 13.2, et al.; prophecy, matter of divine teaching set forth by special gift, 1 Ti. 1.18: from
Προφητεύω,
f. εύσω, a.1. προεφήτευσα,
to exercise the function of a προφήτης; to prophesy, to foretel the future, Mat. 11.13; to divine, Mat. 26.68. Mar. 14.65. Lu. 22.64; to prophesy, to set forth matter of divine teaching by special faculty, 1 Co. 13.9; 14.1, et al.: from
pr. a spokesman for another; spc. a spokesman or interpreter for a deity; a prophet, seer, Tit 1.12; in N.T., a prophet, a divinely commissioned and inspired person, Mat. 14.5. Lu. 7.16, 39. Jno. 9.17, et al.; a prophet in the Christian Church, a person gifted for the exposition of divine truth, 1 Co. 12.28, 29, et al.; a prophet, a foreteller of the future, Mat. 1.22, et al. freq.; οἱ προφῆται, the prophetic scriptures of the Old Testament, Lu. 16.29, et al.: whence
Προφητικός, ή, όν,
prophetic, uttered by prophets, Ro. 16.26. 2 Pe. 1.19. L.G.
Προφῆτις, ιδος, ἡ,
a prophetess, a divinely gifted female teacher, Lu. 2.36. Re. 2.20.
the first place of reclining at table, the most honourable place at table, Mat. 23.6. Mar. 12.39. Lu. 14.7, 8; 20.46. N.T.
Πρῶτον,
adv. first in time, in the first place, Mar. 4.28; 16.9; τὸ πρῶτον, at the first, formerly, Jno. 12.16; 19.39; first in dignity, importance, &c., before all things, Mat. 6.33. Lu. 12.1: pr. neut. of
Πρῶτος, η, ον, (superl. of πρό, as if contr. from πρότατος)
first in time, order, &c. Mat. 10.2; 26.17; first in dignity, importance, &c., chief, principal, most important, Mar. 6.21. Lu. 19.47. Ac. 13.50; 16.12; as an equivalent to the compar. πρότερος, prior, Jno. 1.15, 30; 15.18; Mat. 27.64; adverbially, first, Jno. 1.42; 5.4; 8.7.
firstborn, Mat. 1.25. Lu. 2.7. He. 11.28; in N.T., prior in generation, Col. 1.15; a firstborn head of a spiritual family, Ro. 8.29. He. 1.6; firstborn, as possessed of the peculiar privilege of spiritual generation, He. 12.23.
to cause to stumble; intrans. to stumble, stagger, fall; to make a false step; met. to err, offend, transgress, Ro. 11.11. Ja. 2.10; 3.2, bis; met. to fail of an object, 2 Pe. 1.10.
Πτέρνα, ης, ἡ,
the heel, Jno. 13.18.
Πτερύγιον, ου, τό,
a little wing; the extremity, the extreme point of a thing; a pinnacle, or apex of a building, Mat. 4.5. Lu. 4.9: dimin. of
Πτέρυξ, υγος, ἡ, (πτερόν)
a wing pinion, Mat. 23.37. Lu. 13.34, et al.
Πτηνόν, οῦ, τό, (pr. neut. of πτηνός, ή, όν, winged, fr. πέτομαι, to fly)
a bird, fowl, 1 Co. 15.39.
Πτοέω, ῶ,
f. ήσω, a.1. pass. ἐπτοήθην,
to terrify, affright; pass. to be terrified, be in consternation, Lu. 21.9; 24.37: whence
begging; beggary; poverty, 2 Co. 8.2, 9. Re. 2.9: from
Πτωχεύω,
f. εύσω,
to be a beggar; to be or become poor, be in poverty, 2 Co. 8.9: from
Πτωχός, ή, όν,
reduced to beggary, mendicant; poor, indigent, Mat. 19.21; 26.9, 11, et al.; met. spiritually poor, Re. 3.17; by impl. a person of low condition, Mat. 11.5. Lu. 4.18; 7.22; met. beggarly, sorry, Ga. 4.9; met. lowly, Mat. 5.3. Lu. 6.20.
Πυγμή, ῆς, ἡ, (πύξ)
the fist; πυγμῇ, together with the fore-arm, or, with care, carefully, Mar. 7.3.
Πύθων, ωνος, ὁ
Python, the name of the mythological serpent slain by Apollo, thence named the Pythian; later, equivalent to ἐγγαστρίμαντις, a soothsaying ventriloquist; πνεῦμα πύθωνος, i.q. δαιμόνιον, μαντικόν, a soothsaying demon, Ac. 16.16.
Πυκνός, ή, όν,
dense, thick, frequent, 1 Ti. 5.23; πυκνά, as an adverb,163frequently, often, Lu. 5.33; so the compar. πυκνότερον, very frequently, Ac. 24.26.
a gate, Mat. 7.13, 14. Lu. 7.12. Ac. 12.10, et al.; τύλαι ᾅδου, the gates of hades, the nether world and its powers, the powers of destruction, dissolution, Mat. 16.18: whence
Πυλών, ῶνος, ὁ,
a gateway, vestibule, Mat. 26.71. Lu. 16.20; a gate, Ac. 14.13. Re. 21.12, 13, 15, 21, 25, et al. L.G.
Πυνθάνομαι,
f. πεύσομαι, a.2. ἐπυθόμην,
to ask, inquire, Mat. 2.4. Lu. 15.26, et al.; to investigate, examine judicially, Ac. 23.20; to ascertain by inquiry, understand, Ac. 23.34.
fire, Mat. 3.10; 7.19; 13.40, et al. freq.; πυρός, used by Hebraism with the force of an adjective, fiery, fierce, He. 10.27; fire used figuratively to express various circumstances of severe trial, Lu. 12.49. 1 Co. 3.13. Jude 23: whence
Πυρά, ᾶς, ἡ,
a fire, heap of combustibles, Ac. 28.2, 3.
Πύργος, ου, ὁ,
a tower, Mat. 21.33. Mar. 12.1. Lu. 13.4; genr. a castle, palace, Lu. 14.28.
Πυρέσσω, v. ττω,
f. ξω,
to be feverish, be sick of a fever, Mat. 8.14. Mar. 1.30: from
to set on fire, burn; pass. to be kindled, be on fire, burn, flame, Ep. 6.16. 2 Pe. 3.12. Re. 1.15; met. of anger, to be inflamed, incensed, provoked, 2 Co. 11.29; of lust, to be inflamed, burn, 1 Co. 7.9; to be tried with fire, as metals, Re. 3.18.
adv. ever yet, ever, at any time, Lu. 19.30. Jno. 1.18, et al.
Πωρόω, ῶ, (πῶρος, a stony concreation)
f. ώσω,
to petrify; to harden; in N.T., to harden the feelings, Jno. 12.40; pass. to become callous, unimpressible, Mar. 6.52; 8.17. Ro. 11.7. 2 Co. 3.14: whence
Πώρωσις, εως, ἡ,
a hardening; met. hardness of heart, callousness, insensibility, Mar. 3.5. Ro. 11.25. Ep. 4.18.
an enclitic particle, in any way, by any means: seeεἰπως, μήπως.
Πῶς,
adv. how? in what manner? by what means? Mat. 7.4; 22.12. Jno. 6.52; used in interrogations which imply a negative, Mat. 12.26, 29, 34; 22.45; 23.33. Ac. 8.31; put concisely for how is it that? how does it come to pass that? Mat. 16.11; 22.43. Mar. 4.40. Jno. 7.15; with an indirect interrogation, how, in what manner, Mat. 6.28; 10.19. Mar. 11.18; put forτί, what? Lu. 10.26; put forὡς, as a particle of exclamation, how, how much, how greatly, Mar. 10.23, 24.
Ρ, ρ, Ῥῶ
Ῥαββι, ὁ indec. (later Heb. רבי fr. רב, which was deemed less honourable)
Rabbi, my master, teacher, doctor, Mat. 23.7, 8; 26.25, 49, et al.
Ῥαββονί, v. Ῥαββουνί (later Heb. רבן, Aram. with suffix, רבוני)
Rabboni, my master, the highest title of honour in the Jewish schools, Mar. 10.51. Jno. 20.16.
Ῥαβδίζω,
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐῤῥάβδισα, a.1. pass. ἐῤῥαβδίσθην,
164to beat with rods, Ac. 16.22. 2 Co. 11.25: from
the bearer of a wand of office; a lictor, serjeant, a public servant who bore a bundle of rods before the magistrates as insignia of their office, and carried into execution the sentences they pronounced, Ac. 16.35, 38.
Ῥᾳδιούργημα, ατος, τό, (ῥᾳδιουργέω, to do easily, to act recklessly; ῥᾴδιος, easy, & ἔργον)
pr. any thing done lightly, levity; reckless conduct, crime, Ac. 18.14. L.G.
Ῥαδιουργία, ας, ἡ, (fr. same)
facility of doing any thing; levity in doing; recklessness, profligacy, wickedness, Ac. 13.10.
to rend, shatter; to break or burst in pieces, Mat. 9.17. Mar. 2.22. Lu. 5.37, et al.; to rend, lacerate, Mat. 7.6; to cast or dash upon the ground, convulse, Mar. 9.18. Lu. 9.42; absol. to break forth into exclamation, Ga. 4.27.
that which is spoken; declaration, saying, speech, word, Mat. 12.36; 26.75. Mar. 9.32; 14.72; a command, mandate, direction, Lu. 3.2; 5.5; a promise, Lu. 1.38; 2.29; a prediction, prophecy, 2 Pe. 3.2; a doctrine of God or Christ, Jno. 3.34; 5.47; 6.63, 68. Ac. 5.20; an accusation, charge, crimination, Mat. 5.11; 27.14; fr. the Heb. a thing, Mat. 4.4. Lu. 4.4; a matter, affair, transaction, business, Mat. 18.16. Lu. 1.65. 2 Co. 13.1, et al.
a root of a tree, Mat. 3.10; 13.6; met. ἔχειν ῥίζαν, v. ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, to be rooted in faith, Mat. 13.21. Mar. 4.17. Lu. 8.13; met. cause, source, origin, 1 Ti. 6.10. He. 12.15; by synecd, the trunk, stock of a tree, met. Ro. 11.16, 17, 18; met. offspring, progeny, a descendant, Ro. 15.12. Re. 5.5; 22.16: whence
to root, cause to take root; pass. part. perf. ἐῤἑιζωμένος, firmly rooted, strengthened with roots; met. firm, constant, firmly fixed, Ep. 3.18. Col. 2.7.
to hurl, throw, cast; to throw or cast down, Mat. 27.5. Lu. 4.35; 17.2; to throw or cast out, Ac. 27.19, 29; to lay down, set down, Mat. 15.30; pass. to be dispersed, scattered, Mat. 9.36.
Ῥοιζηδόν, (ῤοῖζος, a whizzing, a rushing noise)
adv. with a noise, with a crash, &c., 2 Pe. 3.10. L.G.
Ῥομφαία, ας, ἡ,
pr. a Thracian broad-sword; a sword, Re. 1.16; 2.12; by meton, war, Re. 6.8; met. a thrill of anguish, Lu. 2.35.
Ῥύμη, ης, ἡ (ῥύω)
pr. a rush or sweep of a body in motion; a street, Ac. 9.11; 12.10; a narrow street, lane, alley, as distinguished fromπλατεῖα, Mat. 6.2. Lu. 14.21.
Ῥύομαι,
f. ῥύσομαι, a.1. ἐῤῥυσάμην,
to drag out of danger, to rescue, save, Mat. 6.13; 27.43; later also pass., a.1. ἐῤῥύσθην, to be rescued, delivered, Lu. 1.74. Ro. 15.31. 2 Th. 3.2. 2 Ti. 4.17.
to strengthen, render firm; pass. perf. ἔῤῥωμαι, to be well, enjoy firm health; imperative ἔῤῥωσο, ἔῤῥωσθε, at the end of letters, like the Lat. vale, farewell, Ac. 15.29; 23.30.
Σ, σ, Σίγμα
Σαβαχθανί, (Aram. שבקתני, fr. שבק, to leave, forsake)
pr. cessation from labour, rest; the Jewish sabbath, both in the sing. and pl., Mat. 12.2, 5, 8; 28.1. Lu. 4.16; a week, sing. and pl., Mat. 28.1. Mar. 16.9, et al.; pl. sabbaths, or times of sacred rest, Col. 2.16.
Σαγήνη, ης, ἡ, (σαγή, fr. σάττω, to load)
a large net, drag, Mat. 13.47. L.G.
Σαδδουκαῖος, ου, ὁ,
a Sadducee, one belonging to the sect of the Sadducees, which, according to the Talmudists, was founded by oneצדוק, Sadoc, about three centuries before the Christian era: they were directly opposed in sentiments to the Pharisees, Mat. 3.7; 16.1, 6, 11, 12; 22.23, 34, et al.
166to make to rock, to shake, Mat. 11.7; 24.29. Lu. 6.48. Ac. 4.31, et al.; to shake down or together, Lu. 6.38; met. to stir up, excite the people, Ac. 17.13; to agitate, disturb mentally, Ac. 2.25. 2 Th. 2.2; pass. impl. to totter, be ready to fall, be near to ruin, met. He. 12.27: from
Σάλος, ου, ὁ,
agitation, tossing, rolling, spc. of the sea, Lu. 21.25.
Σάλπιγξ, ιγγος, ἡ,
a trumpet, Mat. 24.31. 1 Th. 4.16, et al.: from
Σαλπίζω,
f. ίγξω, & later, ίσω, a.1. ἐσάλπιγξα & ἐσάλπισα,
to sound a trumpet, Re. 8.6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, et al.: whence
Σαλπιστής, οῦ, ὀ,
a trumpeter, Re. 18.22. L.G.
Σαμαρείτης, ου, ὀ,
a Samaritan, an inhabitant of the city or region of Σαμάρεια, Samaria, applied by the Jews as a term of reproach and contempt, Mat. 10.5. Jno. 4.9; 8.48, et al.: whence
Σαμαρεῖτις, ιδος,
a Samaritan woman, Jno. 4.9, bis.
Σανδάλιον, ου, τό, (pr. dimin. of σάνδαλον)
a sandal, a sole of wood or hide, covering the bottom of the foot, and bound on with leather thongs, Mar. 6.9. Ac. 12.8.
freshly; pertaining to the body, corporeal, physical, Ro. 15.27. 1 Co. 9.11; carnal, pertaining to the flesh, 1 Pe. 2.11; carnal, subject to the propensity of the flesh, Ro. 7.14; carnal, low in spiritual knowledge and frame, 1 Co. 3.1, 3; carnal, human as opposed to divine, 2 Co. 1.12; 10.4; carnal, earthly, He. 7.16. L.G.
flesh, Lu. 24.39. Jno. 3.6, et al.; the human body, 2 Co. 7.5; flesh, human nature, human frame, Jno. 1.13, 14. 1 Jno. 4.2, et al.; kindred, Ro. 11.14; consanguinity, lineage, Ro. 1.3; 9.3, et al.; flesh, humanity, human beings, Mat. 24.22. Lu. 3.6. Jno. 17.2, et al.;
the circumstances of the body, material circumstances, 1 Co. 5.5; 7.28. Philem. 16, et al.; flesh, mere humanity, human fashion, 1 Co. 1.26. 2 Co. 1.17;
flesh as the seat of passion and frailty, Ro. 8.1, 3, 5, et al.; carnality, Ga. 5.24. 1 Pe. 4.1;
materiality, as opposed to the spiritual, Ga. 3.3. Col. 2.18, 23. He. 9.10.
Σαρόω, ῶ, (i.q. σαίρω)
f. ώσω, p. pass. σεσάρωμαι,
to sweep, cleanse with a broom, Mat. 12.44. Lu. 11.25; 15.8.
an adversary, opponent, enemy, perhaps, Mat. 16.23. Mar. 8.33. Lu. 4.8; elsewhere, Satan, the devil, Mat. 4.10. Mar. 1.13, et al.
Σάτον, ου, τό, (Heb. סאה, Chald. סאתא)
a satum or seah, a Hebrew measure for things dry, containing, as Josephus testifies, (Ant. 1.ix.c.4.§5) an Italian modius and a half, or 24 sextarii, and therefore equivalent to one peck and a half English, Mat. 13.33. Lu. 13.21. N.T.
to stand in awe; to venerate, reverence, worship, adore, Mat. 15.9. Ac. 19.27; et al.; part. σεβόμενος, η, ον, worshipping, devout, pious, a term applied to proselytes to Judaism, Ac. 13.43, et al.
Σειρά, ᾶς, ἡ,
a cord, rope, bank; in N.T., a chain, 2 Pe. 2.4.
Σεισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. a shaking, agitation, concussion; an earthquake, Mat. 24.7; 27.54, et al.; a tempest, Mat. 8.24: from
to indicate by a sign, to signal; to indicate, intimate, Jno. 12.33; to make known, communicate, Ac. 11.28. Re. 1.1; to specify, Ac. 25.27.
Σημεῖον, ου, τό (fr. same)
a sign, a mark, token, by which any thing is known or distinguished, Mat. 16.3; 24.3. 2 Th. 3.17; a token, pledge, assurance, Lu. 2.12; a proof, evidence, convincing token, Mat. 12.38; 16.1. Jno. 2.18; in N.T., a sign, wonder, remarkable event, wonderful appearance, extraordinary phenomenon, 1 Co. 14.22. Re. 12.1, 3; 15.1; a portent, prodigy, Mat. 24.30. Ac. 2.19; a wonderful work, miraculous operation, miracle, Mat. 24.24. Mar. 16.17, 20; meton. a sign, a signal character, Lu. 2.34: whence
Σημειόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω,
to mark, inscribe marks upon; mid. to mark for one's self, note, 2 Th. 3.14.
Σήμερον,
adv. to-day, this day, Mat. 6.11, 30; 16.3; 21.28; now, at present, He. 13.8. 2 Co. 31.15; ἡ σήμερον, sc. ἡμέρα, sometimes expresed, this day, the present day, Ac. 20.26; ἕως v. ἄχρι τῆς σήμερον, until this day, until our times, Mat. 11.23; 27.8, et al. freq.
the jaw-bone; in N.T., the cheek, Mat. 5.39. Lu. 6.29.
Σιγάω, ῶ,
f. ήσω, p. pass. σεσίγημαι,
to be silent, keep silence, Lu. 9.36; 20.26, et al.; trans. to keep in silence, not to reveal, to conceal; pass. to be concealed, not to be revealed, Ro. 16.25: from
Σῑγή, ῆς, ἡ,
silence, Ac. 21.40. Re. 8.1.
Σιδήρεος, οῦς, εα, ᾶ, εον, οῦν,
made of iron, Ac. 12.10. Re. 2.27; 9.9; 12.5; 19.15: from
Σίδηρος, ου, ὁ,
iron, Re. 18.12.
Σιδώνιος, ου, ὁ,
a Sidonian, an inhabitant of Σιδών, Sidon, Ac. 12.20.
Σικάριος, ου, ὁ, (Lat. sicarius, fr. sica, a dagger, poniard)
Σιμικίνθιον, ου, τό, (Lat. semicinctium, fr. semi, half, & cingo, to grid)
an apron, Ac. 19.12.
Σίνᾱπι, εως, τό,
mustard; in N.T., probably the shrub Khardal (Salvadora Persica, L.), the fruit of which possesses the pungency of mustard, Mat. 13.31; 17.20, et al.
Σινδών, όνος, ἡ,
sindon, pr. fine Indian cloth; fine linen; in N.T., a linen garment, an upper garment or wrapper of fine linen, worn in summer by night, and used to envelope dead bodies, Mat. 27.59. Mar. 14.51, 52; 15.46. Lu. 23.53.
Σινιάζω, (σινίον, a sieve)
f. άσω,
to sift; met. to sift by trials and temptation, Lu. 22.31. L.G.
Σιτευτός, ή, όν, (σιτεύω, to feed or fatten, σῖτος)
corn, grain, wheat, Mat. 3.12; 13.25, 29, 30. Mar. 4.28, et. al.; pl. σῖτα, bread, food, Ac. 7.12.
Σιωπάω, ῶ,
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐσιώπησα,
to be silent, keep silence, hold one's peace, Mat. 20.31; 26.63, et al.; σιωπῶν, silent, dumb, Lu. 1.20; met. to be silent, still, hushed, calm, as the sea, Mar. 4.39.
Σκανδαλίζω,
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐσκανδάλισα, a.1. pass. ἐσκανδαλίσθην,
pr. to cause to stumble; met. to offend, vex, Mat. 17.27; to offend, shock, excite feelings of repugnance, Jno. 6.61. 1 Co. 8.13; pass. to be offended, shocked, pained, Mat. 15.12. Ro. 14.21. 2 Co. 11.29; σκανδαλίζεσθαι ἔν τινι, to be affected with scruples or repugnance towards any one as respects his claims or pretensions, Mat. 11.6; 13.57, et al.; met.to cause to stumble morally, to cause to falter, or err, Mat. 5.29; 18.6, et al.; pass. to falter, fall away, Mat. 13.21, et al.: (S.) from
Σκάνδᾰλον, ου, τό, (a later equivalent to σκανδάληθρον)
pr. a trap-spring; also genr. a stumbling-block, any thing against which one stumbles, an impediment; met. a cause of ruin, destruction, misery, &c. R. 9.33; 11.9; a cause or occasion of sinning, Mat. 18.7, ter. Lu. 17.1; scandal, offence, cause of indignation, 1 Co. 1.23. Ga. 5.11.
a vessel, utensil for containing any thing, Mar. 11.16. Lu. 8.16. Ro. 9.21; any utensil, instrument; σκεύη, household stuff, furniture, goods, &c. Mat. 12.29. Mar. 3.27, et al.; the mast of a ship, or, the sail, Ac. 27.17; met. an instrument, means, organ, minister, Ac. 9.15; σκεύη ὀργῆς & σκεύη ἐλέους, vessels of wrath, or of mercy, persons visited by punishment, or the divine favour, Ro. 9.22, 23; the vessel or frame of the human individual, 1 Th. 4.4. 1 Pe. 3.7.
a tent, tabernacle; genr. any temporary dwelling; a tent, booth, Mat. 17.4. He. 11.9; the tabernacle of the covenant, He. 8.5; 9.1, 21; 13.10; allegor. the celestial or true tabernacle, He. 8.2; 9.11; a division or compartment of the tabernacle, He. 9.2, 3, 6; a small portable tent or shrine, Ac. 7.43; trop. a family, lineage, race, Ac. 15.16; a mansion, habitation, abode, dwelling, Lu. 16.9; Re. 13.6.
pr. a pitching of tents or booths; hence, the feast of tabernacles or booths, instituted in memory of the 40 years' wandering of the Israelites in the desert, 169and as a season of gratitude for the ingathering of harvest, celebrated during eight days, commencing on the 15th of Tisri, Jno. 7.2.
a shade, shadow, Mar. 4.32. Ac. 5.15; met. a shadow, a shadowing forth, adumbration, in distinction from ἡ εἰκών, the perfect image or delineation, & τὸ σῶμα, the reality, Col. 2.17. He. 8.5; 10.1; gloom; σκιὰ θανάτου, death-shade, the thickest darkness, Mat. 4.16. Lu. 1.79.
Σκιρτάω, ῶ,
f. ήσω, a.1. ἐσκίρτησα,
to leap, Lu. 1.41, 44; to leap, skip, bound for joy, Lu. 6.23.
to harden; met. to harden morally, to make stubborn, He. 3.8, 15; 4.7; as a negation of ἐλεεῖν, to leave to stubbornness and contumacy, Ro. 9.38; mid. & pass. to put on a stubborn frame, become obdurate, Ac. 19.9. He. 3.13.
to view attentively, watch, reconnoitre; to see, observe, take care, beware, Lu. 1.35. Ga. 6.1; to regard, have respect to, 2 Co. 4.18. Phi. 2.4; to mark, note, Ro. 16.17. Ph. 3.17: from
to disperse, scatter, Jno. 10.12; 16.32; to dissipate, waste, Mat. 12.30. Lu. 11.23; to scatter abroad one's gifts, give liberally, 2 Co. 9.9.
Σκορπίος, ου, ὁ,
a scorpion, scorpio. Afer of Linn., a large insect, sometimes several inches in length, shaped somewhat like a crab, and furnished with a tail terminating in a sting, whence it emits a dangerous poison, Lu. 10.19; 11.12, et al.
darkness, Jno. 6.17; 20.1; privacy, Mat. 10.27. Lu. 12.3; met. moral or spiritual darkness, Jno. 1.5, bis.; 8.12; 12.38, 46, et al.
Σκοτίζω,
f. ίσω,
to darken, shroud in darkness; pass. to be darkened, obscured, Mat. 24.29. Lu. 23.45; met. to be shrounded in moral darkness, to be benighted, Ro. 1.21, et al.: (L.G.) from
He. 12.18, according to ordinary Greek usage, darkness, Mat. 27.45. Ac. 2.20; gloom of punishment and misery, Mat. 8.12. 2 Pe. 2.17; met. moral or spritual darkness, Mat. 4.16. Jno. 3.19. Ep. 5.11; meton. men in a state of moral darkness, Ep. 5.8; 6.12: whence
smaragdus, the emerald, a gem of a pure green colour; but under this name the ancients probably comprised all stones of a fine green colour, Re. 21.19.
myrrh, an aromatic bitter resin, or gum, issuing by incision, and sometimes spontaneously, from the truck and larger branches of a small thorny tree growing in Egypt, Arabia, and Abyssinia, much used by the ancients in unguents, Mat. 2.11. Jno. 19.39.
Σμυρναῖος, ου, ὁ
a Smyrneans, an inhabitant of Σμύρνα, Smyrna, Re. 1.11; 2.8.
to draw, pull; to draw a sword, Mar. 14.47. Ac. 16.27.
Σπεῖρα, ας, ἡ,
any thing twisted or wreathed, a cord, coil, band, &c.; a band of soldiers, company, troop; used for a Roman maniple, or, cohort, Mat. 27.27. Ac. 10.1; the temple guard, Jno. 18.3, 12.
f. σπερῶ, a.1. ἔσπειρα, p.2. ἔσπορα, a. pass. ἐσπάρην,
to sow seed, Mat. 6.26; 13.3, 4, 18, 24, 25, 27, 31, 37, 39; in N.T., used with variety of metaphors.171Mat. 13.19; 25.24. 1 Co. 9.11. 2 Co. 9.6. Ga. 6.7, et al.
Σπεκουλάτωρ, ορος, ὁ, (Lat. speculator )
a sentinel, life-guardman, a kind of soldiers who formed the body-guard of princes, &c., one of whose duties was to put criminals to death, Mar. 6.27.
Σπένδω,
f. σπείσω,
to pour out a libation or drink offering; in N.T., mid. to make a libation of one's self by expending energy and life in the service of the gospel, Phi. 2.17; pass. to be in the act of being sacrificed in the cause of the gospel, 2 Ti. 4.6.
trans. to urge on, impel, quicken; to quicken in idea, to be eager for the arrival of, 2 Pe. 3.12; intrans. to hasten, make haste, Ac. 20.16; 22.18; the part. has the force of an adverb, quickly, hastily, Lu. 2.16; 19.5, 6.
Σπήλαιον, ου, τό, (σπέος)
a cave, cavern, den, Mat. 21.13. et al.
Σπιλάς, άδος, ἡ,
a sharply cleft portion of rock; in N.T., a flaw, stigma, Jude 12.
but usually, and in N.T. only in pl. τὰ σπλάγχνα, ων, the chief intestines, viscera; the entrails, bowels, Ac. 1.18; met. the heart, the affections of the heart, the tender affections, Lu. 1.78. 2 Co. 6.12. Phi. 1.8, et al.; meton. a cherished one, dear as one's self, Phile. 12.
a basket, handbasket for provisions, Mat. 15.37; 16.10. Mar. 8.8, 20. Ac. 9.25.
Στάδιον, ου, τό, pl. στάδια & στάδιοι,
pr. a fixed standard of measure; a stadium, the eighth part of a Roman mile, and nearly equal to a furlong, containing 201.45 yards, Lu. 24.13, et al.; a race-course, a race, 1 Co. 9.24.
a setting; a standing; an effective position, an unimpaired standing or dignity, He. 9.8; a gathered party, a group; 172hence, a tumultuous assemblage, popular outbreak, Mar. 15.7. Ac. 19.40, et al.; seditious movement, Ac. 24.5; discord, dispute, dissension, Ac. 15.2; 23.7, 10.
pr. a weight; a stater, an Attic silver coin, equal in value to the Jewish shekel, or to 4 Attic or 2 Alexandrian drachms, and equivalent to about 3s. in our money, Mat. 17.27.
Σταυρός, οῦ, ὁ,
a stake; a cross, Mat. 27.32, 40, 42. Phi. 2.8; by impl. the punishment of the cross, crucifixion, Ep. 2.16. He. 12.2; meton. the crucifixion of Christ in respect of its import, the doctrine of the cross, 1 Co. 1.17, 18. ga. 5.11; 6.12, 14; met. in the phrases αἴρειν, v. βαστάζειν, v. λαμβάνειν τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, to take up, or bear one's cross, to be ready to encounter any extremity, Mat. 10.38; 16.24, et al.: whence
to fix stakes; later, to crucify, affix to the cross, Mat. 20.19; 23.34; met. to crucify, to mortify, to deaden, to make a sacrifice of, Ga. 5.24; pass. to be cut off from a thing, as by a violent death, to become dead to, Ga. 6.14.
Σταφῠλή, ῆς, ἡ,
a cluster or bunch of grapes, Mat. 7.16. Lu. 6.44. Re. 14.18.
Στάχυς, υος, ὁ,
an ear of corn, Mat. 12.1. Mar. 2.23; 4.28. Lu. 6.1.
pr. to place in set order, to arrange; to equip; to dispatch; to stow; to contract; mid. to contract one's self, to shrink; to withdraw from, avoid, shun, 2 Co. 8.20. 2 Th. 3.6.
Στέμμα, ατος, τό, (στέφω, to encircle)
a crown; a fillet, wreath, Ac. 14.13.
Στεναγμός, οῦ, ὁ
a sighing, groaning, groan, Ac. 7.34; an inward sighing, aspiration, Ro. 8.26: from
to crowd together into a narrow place, straiten; pass. met. to be in straits, to be cooped up, to be crampled from action, 2 Co. 4.8; to be cramped in feelinig, 2 Co. 6.12: whence
Στενοχωρία, ας, ἡ,
pr. narrowness of place, a narrow place; met. straits, distress, anguish, Ro. 2.9; 8.35. 2 Co. 6.4; 12.10.
Στερεός, ά, όν,
stiff, hard; of food, solid, as opposed to what is liquid and light, He. 5.12; firm, stedfast, 2 Ti. 2.19. 1 Pe. 5.9: whence
Στερεόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐστερέωσα,
to render firm; to strengthen, Ac. 3.7, 16; to settle, Ac. 16.5: whence
Στερέωμα, ατος, τό,
pr. what is solid and firm; met. firmness, stedfastness, constancy, Col. 2.5.
Στέφᾰνος, ου, ὁ, (στέφω, to encircle)
that which forms an encirclement; a crown, Mat. 27.39. Re. 4.4, 10; a chaplet, wreath, conferred on a victor in the public games, 1 Co. 9.25; met. a crown, reward, prize, 2 Ti. 4.8. Ja. 1.12; a crown, ornament, honour, glory, Phi. 4.1, et al.: whence
Στεφανόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐστεφάνωσα,
to encompass; to crown; to crown as victor in the games, 2 Ti. 2.5; met. to crown, adorn, decorate, He. 2.7, 9.
Στῆθος, εος, τό, & pl. τὰ στήθη,
the breast, Lu. 18.13; 23.48. Jno. 13.25, et al.
Στήκω, a late equivalent to ἕστηκα,
to stand, Mar. 11.25; met. to stand when under judgment, to be approved, Ro. 14.4; 173to stand firm, be constant, persevere, 1 Co. 16.13, et al.
Στηριγμός, οῦ, ὁ,
pr. a fixing, settling; a state of firmness, fixedness; met. firmness of belief, settled frame of mind, 2 Pe. 3.17: from
to set fast; to set in a certain position or direction, Lu. 9.51; met. to render mentally stedfast, to settle, confirm, Lu. 22.32. Ro. 1.11, et al.; p. pass. ἐστήριγμαι, to stand immoveable, Lu. 16.26; met. to be mentally settled, 2 Pe. 1.12.
Στίγμα, ατος, τό, (στίζω, to prick; to burn in marks, brand)
a mark, brand, Ga. 6.17.
Στιγμή, ῆς, ἡ, (fr. same)
pr. a point; met. a point of time, moment, instant, Lu. 4.5.
a stuffing of leaves, boughs, in N.T.,c.; meton. a bough, branch, Mar. 11.8. N.T.
Στοιχεῖον, ου, τό, (dimin. of στοῖχος, a row, a straight rod or rule, fr. στείχω, to go in a straight line)
an element; an element of the natural universe, 2 Pe. 3.10, 12; an element or rudiment of any intellectual or religious system, Ga. 4.3, 9. Col. 2.8, 20. He. 5.12.
the mouth, Mat. 12.34; 15.11, 17, 18; 21.16, et al.; speech, words, Mat. 18.16. 2 Co. 13.1; command of speech, facility of language, Lu. 21.15; fr. Heb. ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, to make utterance, to speak, Mat. 5.2; 13.35, et al.; also, used of the earth, to rend, yawn, Re. 12.16; στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλεῖν, to speak mouth to mouth, face to face, 2 Jno. 12. 3 Jno. 14; the edge of point of a weapon, Lu. 21.24. He. 11.34.
to perform military duty, serve as a soldier, Lu. 3.14. 1 Co. 9.7. 2 Ti. 2.4; to battle, Ja. 4.1. 1 Pe. 2.11; to be spiritually militant, 2 Co. 10.3. 1 Ti. 1.18.
a leader or commander of an army, general; a Roman prætor, provincial magistrate, Ac. 16.20, 22, 35, 36, 38; στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ, the captain or prefect of the temple, the chief of the Levites who kept guard in and around the temple, Lu. 22.4, 52. Ac. 4.1; 5.24, 26.
an army, host; fr. Heb. στρατιὰ οὐράνιος, v. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, the heavenly host, the host of heaven, the hosts of angels, Lu. 2.13; the stars, &c., Ac. 7.42: whence
to twist; to turn, Mat. 5.39; to make a change of substance, to change, Re. 11.6; absol. to change or turn one's course of dealing, Ac. 7.42; mid. to turn one's self about, Mat. 16.23. Lu. 7.9, et al.; to turn back, Ac. 7.39; to change one's direction, to turn elsewhere, Ac. 13.46; to change one's course of principle and conduct, to be converted, Mat. 18.3.
any small bird, spc. a sparrow, Mat. 10.29, 31. Lu. 12.6, 7.
Στρώννυμι, v. στρωννύω, (by metath. for στορέννυμι)
f. στρώσω, a.1. ἔστρωσα, p. pass. ἔστρωμαι,
to spread, to strew, Mat. 21.8. Mar. 11.8; to spread a couch, Ac. 9.34; used of a supper chamber, pass. to have the couches spread, to be prepared, furnished, Mar. 14.15. Lu. 22.12.
to put on a gloomy and downcast look, Mar. 10.22; of the sky, to lower, Mat. 16.3. S.
Στῦλος, ου, ὁ,
a pillar, column, Re. 10.1; used of persons of authority, influence, &c., a support or pillar of the church, Ga. 2.9. Re. 3.12; a support of true doctine, 1 Ti. 3.15.
Στωϊκός, ή, όν,
stoic, belonging to the sect of the Stoics, founded by Zeno, and deriving their name frm the portico, στοά, where he tought, Ac. 17.18.
to shut up together, to hem in; to enclose, Lu. 5.6; met. to band under a sweeping sentence, Ro. 11.32. Ga. 3.22; pass. to be banded under a bar of disability, Ga. 3.23.
pr. a coheir, Ro. 8.17; a fellow participant, Ep. 3.6. He. 11.9. 1 Pe. 3.7. N.T.
Συγκοινωνέω, ῶ,
f. ήσω,
to be a joint partaker, participate with a person; in N.T., to mix one's self up in a thing, to involve one's self, be an accomplice in, Ep. 5.11. Re. 18.4; to sympathise actively in, to relieve, Phi. 4.14: from
to combine, compound; to compare, to estimate by comparing with something else, or, to match, 2 Co. 10.12, bis; to explain, illustrate, or, to suit, 1 Co. 2.13.
imperf. συνέχεον & συνέχυνον, pass. p. συγκέχὺμαι, a.1. συνεχύθην,
to pour together, mingle by pouring together; hence, to confound, perplex, amaze, Ac. 2.6; to confound in dispute, Ac. 9.22; to throw into confusion, fill with uproar, Ac. 19.33; 21.27, 31.
to seek, ask, or inquire with another; to deliberate, debate, Mar. 1.27; 9.10; to hold discourse with, argue, reason, Mar. 8.11; 12.28. Ac. 6.9; to question, dispute, cavil, Mar. 9.14, 16, et al.: whence
a fig-tree, ficus carica of Linn., Mat. 21.19, et al.
Συκομοραία, v. συκομορέα, ας, ἡ, (σῦκον & μόρον, a mulberry)
equivalent to συκόμορος, the fig-mulberry, ficus sycamorus of Linn., a tree whose leaves resemble those of the mulberry and its fruit that of the fig-tree, Lu. 19.4. N.T.
f. λήψομαι, a.2. συνέλαβον, p. συνείληφα, a.1. pass. συνελήφθην,
to catch up; to seize, apprehend, Mat. 26.55. Ac. 1.16, et al.; to catch, as prey, Lu. 5.9; to conceive, become pregnant, Lu. 1.24, 31, 36; 2.21; met. Ja. 1.15; mid. to help, aid, assist, Lu. 5.7. Phi. 4.3.
pr. to throw together; absol. to meet and join, Ac. 20.14; to meet in war, to encounter, engage with, Lu. 14.31; to encounter in discourse or dispute, Ac. 17.18; to consult together, Ac. 4.15; mid. to contribute, be of service to, to aid, Ac. 18.27; συμβάλλειν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, to revolve in mind, ponder upon, Lu. 2.19.
pr. to cause to come together; to unite, knit together, Ep. 4.16. Col. 2.2, 19; to infer, conclude, Ac. 16.10; by impl. to prove, demonstrate, Ac. 9.22; in N.T., to teach, instruct, 1 Co. 2.16.
to throttle, choke; trop. to choke the growth or increase of seed or plants, Mat. 13.22. Mar. 4.7, 19. Lu. 8.14; to press upon, crowd, throng, Lu. 8.42. (ῑ)
to bring together, collect, Ac. 19.19; absol. to conduce to, to be for the benefit of any one, be profitable, advantageous, expedient, 1 Co. 6.12. 2 Co. 8.10; particip. neut. τὸ συμφέρον, good, benefit, profit, advantage, Ac. 20.20. 1 Co. 7.35; impers. συμφέρει, it is profitable, advantageous, expedient, Mat. 5.29, 30; 19.10. et al.
to sound together, to be in unison, be in accord; trop. to agree with, accord with in purport, Ac. 15.15; to harmonise with, be congruous, suit with, Lu. 5.36; to agree with, make an agreement, Mat. 18.19; 20.2, 13. Ac. 5.9: whence
prep. governing a dat., with, together with, Mat. 25.27; 26.35; 27.38; attendant on, 1 Co. 15.10; besides, Lu. 24.21; with, with the assistance of, 1 Co. 5.4; with, in the same manner as, Ga. 3.9; εἶναι σύν τινι, 178to be with any one, to be in company with, accompany, Lu. 2.13; 8.38; to be on the side of, be a partisan of any one, Ac. 4.13; 14.4; οἱ σύν τινι, those with any one, the companions of any one, Mar. 2.26. Ac. 22.9; the colleagues, associates of any one, Ac. 5.17, 21.
f. άξω, a.2. συνήγᾰγον, p. pass. συνῆγμαι, a.1. pass. συνήχθην, f. pass. συναχθήσομαι,
to bring together, collect, gather, as grain, fruits, &c., Mat. 3.12; 6.26; 13.30, 47; to collect an assembly, convoke; pass. to convene, come together, meet, Mat. 2.4; 13.2; 18.20; 22.10; in N.T., to receive with kindness and hospitality, to entertain, Mat. 25.35, 38, 43, et al.: (ᾰ) whence
a collecting, gathering; a Christian assembly or congregation, Ja. 2.2; the congregation of a synagogue, Ac. 9.2, et al.; a synagogue, place of Jewish worship, Lu. 7.5, et al.
pr. to contend on the side of any one; in N.T., to co-operate vigorously with a person, Phi. 4.3; to make effort in the cause of, in support of a thing, Phi. 1.27. L.G.
to lead or conduct away with; to seduce; pass. to be led away, carried astray, Ga. 2.13. 2 Pe. 3.17; mid. to conform one's self willingly to certain circumstance, Ro. 12.16.
to snatch up, clutch, to seize and carry off suddenly, Ac. 6.12; to seize with force and violence, Lu. 8.29; pass. of a ship, to be caught and swept on by the wind, Ac. 27.15.
in N.T., to glorify together with, to exalt to a state of dignity and happiness in company with, to make to partake in the glorification of another, Ro. 8.17.
pr. a sitting together, assembley, &c.; in N.T., the Sanhedrin, the supreme council of the Jewish nation, Mat. 5.22; 26.59; meton. the Sanhedrin as including the members and place of meeting, Lu. 22.66. Ac. 4.15, et al.; genr. a judicial council, tribunal, Mat. 10.17. Mar. 13.9.
Συνείδησις, εως, ἡ, (συνειδέναι)
consciousness, He. 10.2; a present idea, persisting notion, impression of reality, 1 Co. 8.7. 1 Pe. 2.19; conscience, as an inward moral impression of one's actions and principles, Jno. 8.9. Ac. 23.1; 24.16. Ro. 9.1. 2 Co. 1.12, et al.; conscience, as the inward faculty of moral judgement, Ro. 2.15; 13.5. 1 Co. 8.7, 10, 12; 10.25, 27, 28, 29. 2 Co. 4.2; 5.11, et al.; conscience, as the inward moral and spiritual frame, Tit. 1.15, He. 9.14.
Συνεῖδον,
a. 2. συνοράω, part. συνιδών,
to see under one range of view; to take a deliberate glance of a state of matters, Ac. 12.12; 14.6.
to work together with, to co-operate, &c., 1 Co. 16.16. 2 Co. 6.1; to assist, afford aid to, Mar. 16.20; to be a motive principle, Ja. 2.22; absol. to conspire actively to a result, Ro. 8.28: from
to come together; to assemble, Mar. 3.20; 6.33; 14.53; to cohabit matrimonially, Mat. 1.13. 1 Co. 7.5; to go or come with any one, to accompany, Lu. 23.55. Ac. 9.39; 180to company with, associate with, Ac. 1.21, et al.
pr. a sending together, a junction, as of streams; met. understanding, intelligence, discernment, sagaciousness, Lu. 2.47. 1 Co. 1.19, et al.; meton. the understanding, intellect, mind, Mar. 12.33.
to approve with another; to accord with in principle, Ro. 1.32; to stamp approval, Lu. 11.48. Ac. 8.1; 22.20; to be willing, agreeable, 1 Co. 7.12, 13.
Συνευωχέομαι, οῦμαι, (σύν & εὐωχέομαι, to feast, banquent)
pr. to hold together; to confine, shut up close; τὰ ὦτα, to stop the ears, Ac. 7.57; to confine, straiten, as a besieged city, Lu. 19.43; to hold, hold fast, have the custody of any one, Lu. 22.63; to hem in, urge, press upon Lu. 8.45; to exercise a constraining influence on, 2 Co. 5.14; pass. to be seized with, be affected with, as fear, disease, &c., Mat. 4.24. Lu. 4.38, et al.; to be in a state of mental constriction, to be hard pressed by urgency of circumstances, Lu. 12.50. Ac. 18.5. Phi. 1.23.
Συνήδομαι, (σύν & ἥδομαι, to be pleased, delighted)
f. ησθήσομαι,
to be pleased along with others; to congratulate; to delight in, approve cordially, Ro. 7.22.
f. συνήσω, & ήσομαι, a.1. συνηκα, a.2. subj. συνῶ, and in N.T., pr. 3 pl. συνιοῦσι, part. συνιῶν & συνιών,
pr. to send together; met. to understand, comprehend thoroughly, Mat. 13.51. Lu. 2.50; 18.34; 24.45; to perceive clearly, Mat. 16.12; 17.13. Ac. 7.25. Ro. 15.21. Eph. 5.17; absol. to be well judging, sensible, 2 Co. 10.12; to be spiritually intelligent, Mat. 13.13, 14, 15. Ac. 28.26, 27, et al.; to be religiously wise, Ro. 3.11.
to place together; to recommend to favourable attention, Ro. 16.1. 2 Co. 3.1; 10.18, et al.; to place in a striking point of view, to evince, Ro. 3.5; 5.8. Ga. 2.18; intrans., p. συνέστηκα, part. συνεστώς, to stand beside, Lu. 9.32; to have been permanently framed, Col. 1.17; to possess consistence, 2 Pe. 3.5.
a perf. with the sense of a present, part. συνειδώς, to share in the knowledge of a thing; to be privy to, Ac. 5.2; 181to be conscious; οὐδεν σύνοιδα, to have a clear conscience, 1 Co. 4.4.
pr. to bring to an end altogether; to finish, end, Mat. 7.28; to consummate, Ro. 9.28; to ratify a covenant, He. 8.8; pass. to be terminated, Lu. 4.2. Ac. 21.27; to be fully realised, Mar. 13.4.
to keep safe and sound, Mat. 9.17. Lu. 5.38; to observe strictly, or, to secure from hard, protect, Mar. 6.20; to preserve in memory, keep carefully in mind, Lu. 2.19. L.G.
to place together; mid., a.2. συνεθέμην, p. συντέθειμαι, to agree together, come to a mutual understanding, Jno. 9.22. Ac. 23.20; to bargain, to pledge one's self, Lu. 22.5; to second a statement, Ac. 24.9.
f. ψω, p. pass. συντέτριμμαι, f. pass. συντρῐβήσομαι,
to rub together; to shiver, Mar. 14.3. Re. 2.27; to break, break in pieces, Mar. 5.4. Jno. 19.36; to break down, crush, bruise, Mat. 12.20; met. to break the power of any one, deprive of strength, debilitate, Lu. 9.39. Ro. 16.20; pass. to be broken in heart, be contrite, Lu. 4.18: (ῑ) whence
Σύντριμμα, ατος, τό,
a breaking, bruising; in N.T., destruction, ruin, Ro. 3.16.
Σύντροφος, ου, ὁ, (συντρέφω, to nurse, bring up together, σύν & τρέφω)
nursed with another; one brought up or educated with another, Ac. 13.1.
a Syrophenician woman, Phenicia being included in Syria, Mar. 7.26.
Σύρτις, εως, ἡ
a shoal, sand-bank a place dangerous on account of 182shoals, two of which were particularly famous on the northern coast of Africa, one lying near Carthage, and the other, the syrtis major, lying between Cyrene and Leptis, which is probably referred to in Ac. 27.17: from
f. ώσω, p. pass. συνεσταύρωμαι, a.1. συνεσταυρώθην,
to crucify with another, Mat. 27.44. Mar. 15.32. Jno. 19.32; pass. met. to be crucified with another in a spiritual resemblance, Ro. 6.6. Ga. 2.20. N.T.
to draw together, contract, straiten; to enwrap; hence, i.q. περιστέλλω, to lay out, prepare for burial, Ac. 5.6; pass. to be shortened, or, to be environed with trials, 1 Co. 7.29.
f. ξω, a.1. ἔσφαξα, a.2. pass. ἐσφάγην, p. pass. ἔσφαγμαι,
to slaughter, kill, slay; pr. used of animals killed in sacrifice, &c., Re. 5.6, 9, 12; 13.8; of persons, &c., 1 Jno. 3.12. Re. 6.4, 9; 18.24; to wound mortally, Re. 13.3.
Σφόδρα, (pr. neut. pl. of σφοδρός, vehement, violent, strong)
adv. much, greatly, exceedingly, Mat. 2.10; 17.6, et al.
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐσφράγισα, p. pass. ἐσφράγισμαι, a.1. pass. ἐσφραγίσθην,
to seal, stamp with a seal, Mat. 27.66; to seal up, to close up, conceal, Re. 10.4; 22.10; to set a mark upon, distinguish by a mark Re. 7.3, 8; to seal, to mark distinctively as invested with a certain character, Jno. 6.24; mid. to set one's own mark upon, seal as one's own, to impress with a mark of acceptance, 2 Co. 1.22; to obtain a quittance of, to deliver over safely to any one, Ro. 15.28; absol. to set to one's seal, to make a solemn declaration, Jno. 3.33: from
Σφρᾱγίς, ῖδος, ἡ,
a seal, a signet ring, Re. 7.2; an inscription on a seal, motto, 2 Ti. 2.19; a seal, the impression of a seal, Re. 5.1, et al.; a seal, a distinctive mark, Re. 9.4; a seal, a token, proof, 1 Co. 9.2; a token of guarantee, Ro. 4.11.
to split, Mat. 27.51; to rend, tear asunder, Mat. 27.51. Lu. 5.36, et al.; mid. to open or unfold with a chasm, Mar. 1.10; pass. met. to be divided into parties or factions, Ac. 14.4; 23.7: whence
Σχισμα, ατος, τό,
a rent, Mat. 9.16. Mar. 2.21; met. a division into parties, schism, Jno. 7.43; 9.16, et al.
Σχοινίον, ου, τό, (σχοῖνος, a rush)
pr. a cord made of rushes; genr. a rope, cord, Jno. 2.15. Acc. 27.32.
Σχολάζω,
f. άσω,
to be unemployed, to be at leisure; to be at leisure for a thing, to devote one's self entirely to a thing, 1 Co. 7.5; to be unoccupied, empty, Mat. 12.44: from
Σχολή, ῆς, ἡ,
freedom from occupation; later, ease, leisure; a school, Ac. 19.9.
f. σώσω, p. σέσωκα, a.1. ἔσωσα, a.1. pass. ἐσώθην, p. pass. σέσωσμαι,
to save, rescue; to preserve safe and unharmed, Mat. 8.25; 10.22; 24.22; 27.40, 42, 49. 1 Ti. 2.15; σώζειν εἰς, to bring safely to, 2 Ti. 4.18; to cure, heal, restore to health, Mat. 9.21, 22. Mar. 5.23, 28, 34; 6.56, et al.; to save, preserve from being lost, Mat. 16.25. Mar. 3.4; 8.35; σώζειν ἀπό, to deliver from, set free from, Mat. 1.21. Jno. 12.27. Ac. 2.40; in N.T., to rescue from unbelief, convert, Ro. 11.14. 1 Co. 1.21; 7.16; to bring within the pale of Christian privilege, Tit. 3.5. 1 Pe. 3.21; to save from final ruin, 1 Ti. 1.15; pass. to be brought within the Gospel pale, Ac. 2.47. Eph. 2.5, 8; to be in the way of salvation, 1 Co. 15.2. 2 Co. 2.15.
the body of an animal; a living body, Mat. 5.29, 30; 6.22, 23, 25. Ja. 3.3; a person, individual, 1 Co. 6.16; a dead body, corpse, carcass, Mat. 14.12; 27.52, 58. He. 13.11; the human body considered as the seat and occasion of moral imperfection, as inducing to sin through its appetites and passions, Ro. 7.24; 8.13; genr. a body, a material substance, 1 Co. 15.37, 38, 40; the substance, reality, as opp. to ἡ σκιὰ, Col. 2.17; in N.T., met. the aggregate body of believers, the body of the church, Ro. 12.5. Col. 1.18, et al.: whence
Σωματικός, ή, όν,
bodily, of or belonging to the body, 1 Ti. 4.8; corporeal, material, Lu. 3.22: whence
a saviour, preserver, deliverer, Lu. 1.47; 2.11. Ac. 5.31, et al.: whence
Σωτηρία, ας, ἡ,
a saving, preservation, Ac. 27.34. He. 11.7; deliverance, Lu. 1.69, 71. Ac. 7.25; salvation, spiritual and eternal, Lu. 1.77; 19.9. Ac. 4.12. Re. 7.10; a being placed in a condition of salvation by an embracing of the Gospel, Ro. 10.1, 10. 2 Ti. 3.15; means or opportunity of salvation, Ac. 13.26. Ro. 11.11. He. 2.3, et al.; ἡ σωτηρία, the promised deliverance by the Messiah, Jno. 4.22.
to be of a sound mind, be in one's right mind, be sane, Mar. 5.15; to be calm, 2 Co. 5.13; to be sober-minded, sedate, staid, Tit. 2.6. 1 Pe. 4.7; to be of a modest, humble mind, Ro. 12.3.
Σωφρονίζω, (fr. same)
f. ίσω,
pr. to render any one σώφρων, to restore to a right mind; to make sober minded, to steady by exhortation and guidance, Tit. 2.4: whence
Σωφρονισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
a rendering sound-minded; calm vigour of mind, Tit. 1.7.
a tavern, inn; Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι, the Three Taverns, the name of a small place on the Apprian road, according to Antoninus, 33 Roman miles from Rome, Ac. 28.15.
pr. enduring severe effort and hardship; hence, wretched, miserable, afflicted, Ro. 7.24. Re. 3.17.
Ταλαντιαῖος, αία, αῖον,
of a talent weight, weighing a talent, Re. 16.21: from
Τάλαντον, ου, τό, (ταλάω, to sustain)
the scale of a balance; a talent, which as a weight was among the Jews equivalent to 3000 shekels, i.e. as usually estimated, 114lbs. 15dwts. Troy, while the Attic talent, on the usual estimate, was only equal to 56lbs. 11oz. troy; and as a denomination of money, it was equal among the former to 342£. 3s. 9d., or if reckoned of gold, 5,475£., and among the latter to 198£. 15s., or 225£., or 243£. 15s. sterling, according to various estimates, Mat. 18.24; 25.15, 16, 20, 24, 25, 28.
Ταλιθά, (Aram. טליתא)
talitha, i.q. κοράσιον, a damsel, maiden, Mar. 5.41.
Ταμεῖον, ου, τό, equivalent to ταμιεῖον, (ταμιεύω, to be ταμίας, manager, storekeeper)
a storehouse, granary, barn, Lu. 12.24; a chamber, closet, place of retirement and privacy, Mat. 6.6; 24.26. Lu. 12.3.
to bring low, depress, level, Lu. 3.5; met. to humble, abase, Phi. 2.8; mid. to descend to, or live in, a humble condition, 2 Co. 11.7; Phi. 4.12; to humble, depress the pride of any one, Mat. 18.4; mid. to humble one's self, exhibit humility and contrition, Ja. 4.10; to humble with respect to hopes and expectations, to depress with disappointment, 2 Co. 12.21: whence
f. ξω, a.1. ἐτάραξα, p. pass. τετάραγμαι, a.1. pass. ἐταράχθην,
to agitate, trouble, as water, Jno. 5.4, 7; met. to agitate, trouble the mind; with fear, to terrify, put in consternation, Mat. 2.3; 14.26; with grief, &c., to disquiet, affect with grief, anxiety, &c., Jno. 12.27; 13.21; with doubt, &c., to unsettle, perplex, Ac. 15.24. Ga. 1.7, et al.; whence
to arrange; to set, appoint, in a certain station, Lu. 7.8. Ro. 13.1; to set, devote, to a pursuit, 1 Co. 16.15; to dispose, frame, for an object, Ac. 13.48; to arrange, appoint, place or time, Mat. 28.16. Ac. 28.23; to allot, assign, Ac. 22.10; to settle, decide. Ac. 15.2.
Ταῦρος, ου, ὁ,
a bull, beeve, Mat. 22.4, et al.
Ταὐτά,
by crasis for τὰ αὐτά, the same things, 1 Th. 2.14; κατὰ ταὐτά, after the same manner, thus, so Lu. 6.23, 26; 17.30.
a combinatory enclitic particle serving either as a lightly appending link, Ac. 1.15; and, Ac. 2.3; or as an inclusive prefix, Lu. 12.45; both, Lu. 24.20. Ac. 26.16, et al.
a child, a son or daughter, Mat. 2.18. Lu. 1.7, et al.; pl. descendants, posterity, Mat. 3.9. Ac. 2.39; child, son, as a term of endearment, Mat. 9.2. Mar. 2.5; 10.24; pl. children, inhabitants, people, of a city, Mat. 23.37. Lu. 19.44; fr. the Heb., met. a child or son in virtue of discipleship, 1 Co. 4.17. 1 Ti. 1.2. 2 Ti. 1.2. Tit. 1.4. Phile. 10. 3 Jno. 4; a child in virtue of gracious acceptance, Jno. 1.12; 11.52. Ro. 8.16, 21. 1 Jno. 3.1; a child in virtue of spiritual conformity, Jno. 8.39. Phi. 2.15. 1 Jno. 3.10; a child of, one characterised by, some condition or quality, Mat. 11.19. Eph. 2.3; 5.8. 1 Pe. 1.14. 2 Pe. 2.14.
brought to completion; fully accomplished, 186fully developed, Ja. 1.4; fully realised, thorough, 1 Jno. 4.18; complete, entire, as opposed to what is partial and limited, 1 Co.. 13.10; full grown, of ripe age, 1 Co. 14.20. Eph. 4.13. He. 5.14; fully accomplished in Christian enlightenment, 1 Co. 2.6. Phi. 3.15. Col. 1.28; perfect in some point of character, without shortcoming in respect of a certain standard, Mat. 5.48; 19.21. Col. 4.12. Ja. 1.4; 3.2; perfect, consummate, Ro. 12.2. Ja. 1.17, 25; comp. of higher excellence and efficiency, He. 9.11: whence
Τελειότης, τητος, ἡ,
completeness, perfectness, Col. 3.14; ripeness of knowledge or practice, He. 6.1. L.G.
Τελειόω, ῶ,
f. ώσω, p. τετελείωκα, a.1. ἐτελείωσα,
to execute fully, discharge, Jno. 4.34; 5.36; 17.4; to reach the end of, run through, finish, Lu. 2.43. Ac. 20.24; to consummate, place in a condition of finality, He. 7.19; to perfect a person, advance a person to final completeness of character, He. 2.10; 5.9; 7.28; to perfect a person, advance a person to a completeness of its kink, which needs no further provision He. 9.9; 10.1, 14; pass. to receive fulfilment, Jno. 19.28; to be brought to the goal, to reach the end of one's course, Lu. 13.32. Phi. 3.12. He. 11.40; 12.23; to be fully developed, 2 Co. 12.9. Ja. 2.22. 1 Jno. 2.5 4.12, 17; to be completely organised, to be closely embodied, Jno. 17.23.
Τελείως,
adv. perfectly, 1 Pe. 1.13.
Τελείωσις, εως, ἡ,
a completing; a fulfilment, accomplishment of predictions, promises, &c. Lu. 1.45; finality of function, completeness of operation and effect, He. 7.11.
Τελειωτής, οῦ, ὁ,
a finisher, one who completes and perfects a thing; one who brings through to final attainment, He. 12.2; cf ch. 2.10.
to finish, complete, conclude, an operation, Mat. 11.1; 13.53; 19.1, et al.; to finish a circuit, Mat. 10.23; to fulfil, to carry out into full operation, Ro. 2.27; Ga. 5.16. Ja. 2.8; to pay dues, Mat. 17.24, et al.; pass. to be fulfilled, realised, Lu. 12.50; 18.31, et al; of time, to be ended, Re. 15.8; 20.3, 5, 7: from
a tetrarch; pr. one of a sovereign body of four; in N.T., according to later usage, a provincial sovereign under the Roman emperor, Mat. 14.1. Lu. 3.19; 9.7. Ac. 13.1.
Τεφρόω, ῶ, (τέφρά, ashes)
f. ώσω,
to reduce to ashes, to consume, destroy, 2 Pe. 2.6.
to estimate in respect of worth; to hold in estimation, respect, honour, reverence, Mat. 15.4, 5, 8; 19.19. Mar. 7.10, et al.; to honour with reverent service, Jno. 5.23, quater; 8.49; to treat with honour, manifest consideration towards, Ac. 28.10; to treat graciouosly, visit with marks of favour, Jno. 12.26; mid. to price, Mat. 27.9: from
indefinite pron., a certain one, some one, Mat. 12.47, et al.; pl. some, certain, several, Lu. 8.2. Ac. 9.19. 2 Pe. 3.16, et al.; one, a person, Mat. 12.29. Lu. 14.8. Jno. 6.50, et al.; combined with the name of an individual, one, Mar. 15.21, et al.; as it were, in a manner, a kind of, He. 10.27. Ja. 1.18; any whatever, Mat. 8.28. Lu. 11.36. Ro. 8.39, et al.; τις, somebody of consequence, Ac. 5.36; τι, something of consequence, Ga. 2.6; 6.3; τι, any thing at all, any thing worth account, 1 Co. 3.7; 10.19; τι, at all, Phi. 3.15. Phile. 18.
interrogative pron. strictly of direct inquiry, who? what! Mat. 3.7; 5.13; 19.27; equivalent toπότερος, whether? which of two things? Mat. 9.5. Phi. 1.22: neut. τί, why? wherefore? Mat. 8.26; 9.11, 14; τί ὅτι, why is it that? Mar. 2.16. Jno. 14.22; neut. τί, what? as an emphatic interrogative, Ac. 26.8; τί, how very! v.r. Mat. 7.14; in indirect question, Mat. 10.11; 12.3, et al.
Τίτλος, ου, ὁ, (Lat. titulus)
an inscribed scroll, superscription, Jno. 19.19, 20.
a lengthened and more demonstrative form of τοῖος, such, such like, of this kind or sort, Mat. 18.5; 19.14; such, so great, Mat. 9.8. Mar. 6.2; ὁ τοιοῦτος, such a fellow, Ac. 22.22; also, the one alluded to, 1 Co. 1.5. 2 Co. 2.6, 7; 12.2, 3, 5.
to assume resolution to do a thing, Mar. 15.43. Ro. 5.7. Phi. 1.14; to dare, Ac. 5.13; 7.32; to presume, Mat. 22.46. Mar. 12.34. Lu 20.40. Jno 21.12. Ro. 15.18. 2 Co. 10.12. Ju. 9; to have the face, 1 Co. 6.1; absol. to assume a bold bearing, 2 Co. 10.2; 11.21.
Τολμηρότερος, α, ον, (compar. of τολμηρός, bold, fr. τολμάω)
bolder 189neut. τολμηρότερον, as an adv. more boldly, with more confidence, more freely, Ro. 15.15.
a place, locality, Mat. 12.43. Lu. 6.17, et al.; a limited spot or ground, Mat. 24.15; 27.33. Jno. 4.20. Ac. 6.13, et al.; a precise spot or situation, Mat. 28.6. Mar. 16.6. Lu. 14.9, et al.; a dwelling place, abode, mansion, dwelling, seat, Jno. 14.2, 3. Ac. 4.31. a place of ordinary deposit, Mat. 26.52; a place, passage in a book, Lu. 4.17; place occupied, room, space, Lu. 2.7; 14.9, 22; place, opportunity, Ac. 25.16. He. 12.17; place, condition, position, 1 Co. 14.16.
a lengthened and more demonstrative form ofτόσος, so great, so much, Mat. 8.10; 15.33; so long, of time, Jno. 14.9; pl. so many, Mat. 15.33, et al.
Τότε,
adv. of time, then, at that time, Mat. 2.17; 3.5; 11.20; then, thereupon, Mat. 12.29; 13.26; 25.31; ἀπὸ τότε, from that time, Mat. 4.17; 16.21; ὁ τότε, which then was, 2 Pe. 3.6.
a table, an eating-table, Mat. 15.27. Mar. 7.28. He. 9.2; by impl. a meal, feast, Ro. 11.9. 1 Co. 10.21; a table or counter of a money-changer, Mat. 21.12; a bank, Lu. 19.23; by impl., pl. money matters, Ac. 6.2: whence
Τραπεζίτης, ου, ὁ,
a money-charger, broker, banker, who exchanges or loans money for a premium, Mat. 25.27. (ῑ.)
Τραῦμα, ατος, τό, (τιτρώσκω)
a wound, Lu. 10.34: whence
Τραυματίζω,
f. ίσω, a.1. ἐτραυμάτισα,
to wound, Lu. 20.12. Ac. 19.16.
Τραχηλίζω,
f. ίσω, p. pass. τετραχήλισμαι,
pr. to gripe the neck; to bend the neck back so as to make bare or expose the throat, as in slaughtering animals, &c.; met. to lay bare the view, He. 4.13: from
the neck, Mat. 18.6, et al.; ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον, to put a yoke upon the neck of any one, met. to bind to a burdensome observance, Ac. 15.10; ὑποτιθέναι τὸν τράχηλον, to lay down one's neck under the axe of the executioner, to imperil one's life, Ro. 16.4.
Τρᾱχύς, εῖα, ύ,
rough, rugged, uneven, Lu. 3.5; εἰς τραχεῖς τόπους, on a rocky shore, Ac. 27.29.
to thicken; to nourish; to feed, support, cherish, provide for, Mat. 6.26; 25.37, et al.; to bring up, rear, educate, Lu. 4.16; to gorge, to pamper, Ja. 5.5.
to run, Mat. 27.48; 28.8, et al.; to run a race, 1 Co. 9.24; met. 1 Co. 9.24, 26. He. 12.1; in N.T., to run a certain course of conduct, Ga. 5.7; to run a course of exertion, Ro. 9.16. Ga. 2.2. Phi. 2.16; to run, to progress freely, to advance rapidly, 2 Th. 3.1.
third, Mat. 20.3; 27.64; ἐκ τρίτου, the third time, for the third time, Mat. 26.44; τὸ τρίτον, sc. μέρος, the third part, Re. 8.7, 12; τρίτον & τὸ τρίτον, as an adv., the third time, for the third time, Mar. 14.41. Lu. 20.12, et al.
a turn; mode, manner, way, Jude 7; ὅν τρόπον, & καθ᾿ ὅν τρόπον, in which manner, as, even as, Mat. 23.37. Ac. 15.11, et al.; κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον, in no way, by no means, 2 Th. 2.3; ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ, & παντὶ τρόπῳ, in every way, by every means, Phi. 1.18. 2 Th. 3.16; turn of mind or action, habit, disposition, He. 13.5.
to hit an object; to attain to, to obtain, acquire, enjoy, Lu. 20.35. Ac. 24.3, et al.; intrans. to happen, fall out, change; part. τυχών, οῦσα, όν, common, ordinary, Ac. 19.11; 28.2; neut. τυχόν, as an adv., it may be, perchance, perhaps, 1 Co. 16.6; εἰ τύχοι, if it so 191happen, as the case may be, 1 Co. 14.10; 15.37; to be in a certain condition, Lu. 10.30.
Τυμπανίζω, (τύμπανον, a drum)
f. ίσω, a.1. pass. ἐτυμπανίσθην,
pr. to beat a drum; to drum upon; in N.T., to bastinade, beat to death with rods and clubs, He. 11.35.
pr. a blow; an impress; a print, mark, of a wound inflicted, Jno. 20.25; a delineation; an image, statue, Ac. 7.43; a formula, scheme, Ro. 6.17; form, purport, Ac. 23.25; a figure, counterpart, 1 Co. 10.6; an anticipative figure, type, Ro. 5.14. 1 Co. 10.11; a model, pattern, Ac. 7.44. He. 8.5; a moral pattern, Phi. 3.17. 1 Th. 1.7. 2 Th. 3.9. 1 Ti. 4.12. 1 Pe. 5.3.
Τύπτω,
f. ψω, a.1. ἔτυψα,
to beat, strike, smite, Mat. 24.49; 27.30, et al.; to beat the breast, as expressive of grief, or strong emotion, Lu. 18.13; 23.48; in N.T., met. to wound or shock the conscience of any one, 1 Co. 8.12; fr. the Heb. to smite with evil, punish, Ac. 23.3.
Τυρβάζω, (τύρβη, tumult)
f. άσω,
to stir up, render turbid; to throw into a state of perturbation, disquiet; mid. to trouble one's self, be troubled, be disquieted, Lu. 10.41.
Τύριος, ου, ὁ, ἡ,
a Tyrian, an inhabitant of Τύρος, Tyre, Ac. 12.20.
an overbearing, wantonly violent person, Ro. 1.30. 1 Ti. 1.13.
Ὑγιαίνω,
f. ανῶ,
to be hale, sound, in health, Lu. 5.31; 7.10; to be safe and sound, Lu. 15.27; met. to be healthful or sound in faith, doctrine, &c., Tit. 1.13; 2.2; part. ὑγιαίνων, ουσα, ον, sound, pure, uncorrupted, 1 Ti. 1.10, et al.: from
Ὑγιής, έος, οὺς, ὁ, ἡ, τό, -ές,
hale, sound, in health, Mat. 12.13; 15.31, et al.; met. of doctrine, sound, pure, wholesome, Tit. 2.8.
Ὑγρός, ά, όν, (ὕω, to wet)
pr. wet, moist, humid; used of a tree, full of sap, fresh, green, Lu. 23.31.
a son, Mat. 1.21, 25; 7.9; 13.55, et al. freq.;
a legitimate son, He. 12.8;
a son artificially constituted, Ac. 7.21. He. 11.24; a descendant, Mat. 1.1, 20; Mar. 12.35, et al.: in N.T., the young of an animal, Mat. 21.5;
a spiritual son in respect of conversion or discipleship, 1 Pe. 5.13; fr. Heb. a disciple, perhaps Mat. 12.27;
a son as implying connexion in respect of membership, service, resemblance, manifestation, destiny, &c.,
Mat. 8.12; 9.15; 13.38; 23.15. Mar. 2.19; 3.17. Lu. 5.34; 10.6; 16.8; 20.34, 36. Jno 17.12. Ac. 2.25; 4.36; 13.10. Eph. 2.2; 5.6. Col. 3.6. 1 Th. 5.5. 2 Th. 2.3;
υἱὸς θεοῦ, κ.τ.λ., son of God in respect of divinity, Mat. 4.3, 6, 14.33. Ro. 1.4, et al.;
also, in respect of privilege and character, Mat. 5.9, 45. Lu. 6.35. Ro. 8.14, 19; 9.26. Ga. 3.26;
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, κ.τ.λ., a title of the Messiah, Mat. 26.63. Mar. 3.11; 14.61. Jno. 1.34, 50; 20.31, et al.;
υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, a son of man, a man, Mar. 3.28. Eph. 3.5. He. 22.6;
ὁ υἰὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, a title of the Messiah, Mat. 8.20, et al. freq.; as also ὁ υἱὸς Δαβίδ, Mat. 12.23, et al.
Ὕλη, ης, ἡ,
wood, a forest; in N.T., firewood, a mass of fuel, Ja. 3.5.
to lead or bring under; to lead or bring from under; to draw on or away; in N.T., intrans. to go away, depart. Mat. 8.4, 13; 9.6; ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, get behind me! away! begone! Mat. 4.10; 16.23; to go, Mat. 5.41. Lu. 12.58, et al.; to depart life, Mat. 26.24.
to give ear, hearken; to listen, Ac. 12.13; to obey, Mat. 8.27. Mar. 1.27, et al.; in N.T., to render submissive acceptance, Ac. 6.7. Ro. 6.17. 2 Th. 1.8. He. 5.9; absol. to be submissive, Phi. 2.12.
to begin; to come into existence; to exist; to be subsist, Ac. 19.40; 28.18; to be in possession, to belong, Ac. 3.6; 4.37; part. neut. pl. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, goods, possessions, property, Mat. 19.21. Lu. 8.3; to be, Lu. 7.25; 8.41, et al.
prep. with a genitive, above, over; met. in behalf of, Mat. 5.44. Mar. 9.40. Jno. 17.19, et al.; instead of beneficially, Philem. 13; in maintenance of, Ro. 15.8; for the furtherance of, Jno. 11.4. 2 Co. 1.6, 8, et al.; for the fulfilment of, Phi. 2.13; equivalent to περί, about, concerning, with the further signification of interest or concern in the subject, Ac. 5.41. Ro. 9.27. 2 Co. 5.12; 8.23. 2 Th. 2.1, et al.;
with an acc., over, beyond; met. beyond, more than, Mat. 10.37. 2 Co. 1.8, et al., used after comparative terms, Lu. 16.8. 1932 Co. 12.13. He. 4.12;
in N.T. as an adv., in a higher degree, in fuller measure, 2 Co. 11.23.
to raise or lift up above or over; mid. to lift up one's self; met. to be over-elated, 2 Co. 12.7; to bear one's self arrogantly, to rear a haughty front, 2 Th. 2.4.
Ὑπέρακμος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (ὑπέρ & ἀκμή, a point, prime)
to hold above; intrans. to stand out above, to overtop; met. to surpass, excel, Phi. 2.3; 4.7; τὸ ὑπερέχον, excellence, preeminence, Phi. 3.8; to be higher, superior, Ro. 13.1. 1 Pe. 2.13.
pr. an under-rower, a rower, one of a ship's crew; a minister, attendant, servant; an attendant on a magistrate, a lictor, apparitor, officer, Mat. 5.25; an attendant or officer of the Sanhedrin, Mat. 26.58; an attendant, or servant of a synagogue, Lu. 4.20; a minister, attendant, assistant in any work, Lu. 1.2. Jno. 18.36, et al.
prep., with a genitive, pr. under: hence used to express influence, causation, agency; by, Mat. 1.22, et al. freq.; by the agency of, at the hands of, 2 Co. 11.24. He. 12.3;
with an accusative, under, with the idea of motion associated, Mat. 5.15, et al.; under, Jno. 1.49. 1 Co. 10.1; under subjection to, Ro. 6.14. 1 Ti. 6.1, et al.; of time, at about, Ac. 5.21.
to take up, by placing one's self underneath what is taken up; to catch away, withdraw, Ac. 1.9; to take up discourse by continuation; hence, to answer, Lu. 10.30; to take up a notion, to think, suppose, Lu. 7.43. Ac. 2.15.
intrans. to remain or stay behind, when others have departed, Lu. 2.43; trans. to bear up under, endure, suffer patiently, 1 Co. 13.7. He. 10.32; absol. to continue firm, hold out, remain constant, persevere, Mat. 10.22; 24.13, et al.
Ὑπόστᾰσις, εως, ἡ (ὑφίσταμαι, to stand under, ὑπό & ἵστημι)
pr. a being set under; a substructure, basis, bottom; subsistence, essence, He. 1.3; an assumption of a character, 2 Co. 11.17; a pledged assumption, vouching, 2 Co. 9.4; a professed engagement, profession, He. 3.14; an assured impression, a realising, He. 11.1.
pr. to let down, to stow away; to draw back, withdraw, Ga. 2.12; mid. to shrink back, quail, recoil, He. 10.38; to keep back, suppress, conceal, Ac. 20.20, 27: whence
to place or arrange under; to subordinate, 1 Co. 15.27; to bring under influence, Ro. 8.20; pass. to be subordinated, 1 Co. 14.32, et al.; to be brought under a state of influence, Ro. 8.20; mid. to submit one's self, render obedience, be submissive, Lu. 2.51; 10.17, et al.
to place under; to lay down the neck beneath the sword of the executioner, to set on imminent risk, Ro. 16.4; mid. to suggest, recommend to attention, 1 Ti. 4.6.
Ὑπωπιάζω, (ὑπώπιον, the part of the face below the eyes, fr. ὑπό & ὤψ)
pr. to strike one upon the 196parts beneath the eye; to beat black and blue; hence, to discipline by hardship, coerce, 1 Co. 9.27; met. to weary by continual importunities, pester, Lu. 18.5.
Ὕς, ὑός, ὁ, ἡ,
a hog, swine, boar or sow, 2 Pe. 2.22.
Ὕσσωπος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (Heb. אזוב)
hyssop, hyssopus officinalis of Linn., a low shrubby plant growing in the south of Europe and the East; a bunch of hyssop, He. 9.19; a hyssop stalk, Jno. 19.29. L. G.
to be behind in place or time, to be in the rear; to fall short of, be inferior to, 2 Co. 11.5; 12.11; to fail of, fail to attain, He. 4.1; to be in want of, lack, Lu. 22.35; to be wanting, Mar. 10.21; absol. to be defective, in default, Mat. 19.20. 1 Co. 12.24; to run short, Jno. 2.3; mid. to come short of a privilege or standard, to miss, Ro. 3.23; absol. to come short, below standard, 1 Co. 1.7; to come short of sufficiency, to be in need, want, Lu. 15.14. 2 Co. 11.8. Phi. 4.12. He. 11.37; to be a loser, suffer detriment, 1 Co. 8.8; in N.T., ὑστερεῖν ἀπό, to be backwards with respect to, to slight, He. 12.15: whence
Ὕστέρημα, ατος, τό,
a shortcoming, defect; personal shortcoming, 1 Co. 16.17. Phi. 2.30. Col. 1.24. 1 Th. 3.10; want, need, poverty, penury, Lu. 21.4. 2 Co. 8.13, 14, et al. S.
Ὑστέρησις, εως, ἡ,
want, need, Mar. 12.44. Phi. 4.11. N.T.
Ὕστερον
adv. after, afterwards, Mat. 4.2; 22.27, et al.: pr. neut. of
to have lofy thoughts, be proud, overweening, haughty, Ro. 11.20. 1 Ti. 6.17. N.T.
Ὕψιστος, η, ον,
highest, loftiest, most elevated; τὰ ὕψιστα, fr. the Heb. the highest heaven, Mat. 21.9. Mar. 11.10; met. ὀ ὕψιστος, the Most High, Mar. 5.7, et al.; superlat. formed from
to cause to appear, bring to light; absol. to shine, Jno. 1.5; 5.35. 2 Pe. 1.19. 1 Jno. 2.8. Re. 1.16; 8.12; 21.23; mid. or pass. to be seen, appear, be visible, Mat. 1.20; 2.7, 13, 19; 6.5, 16, 18; τὰ φαινόμενα, things visible, things obvious to the senses, He. 11.3; φαίνομαι, to appear, seem, be in appearance, Mat. 23.27. Lu. 24.11; to appear in thought, seem in idea, be a notion, Mar. 14.64. et al.:whence
Φανερός, ά, όν,
apparent, conspicuous, manifest, clear, known, well-known, Mar. 4.22; 6.14. Ga. 5.10, et al.; ἐν φανερῷ, openly, Mat. 6.4, 6; also, in outward guise, externally, Ro. 2.28: whence
a Pharisee, a follower of the sect of the Pharisees, a numerous and powerful sect of the Jews, distinguished for their ceremonial observances, and apparent sanctity of life, and for being rigid interpreters of the Mosaic law; but who not unfrequently violated its spirit by their tranditional interpretations and precepts, to which they ascribed nearly an equal authority with the O.T. Scriptures, Mat. 5.31, 20; 12.2; 23.14, et al.
to spare, be thrifty of; to spare, be tender of, Ro. 8.32; to spare, in respect of hard dealing, Ac. 20.29. Ro. 11.21. 1 Co. 7.28. 2 Co. 1.23; 13.2. 2 Pe. 2.4, 5; absol. to forbear, abstain, 2 Co. 12.6: whence
f. οἴσω, a.1. ἤνεγκα, a.2. ἤνεγκον, a.1. pass. ἠνέχθην,
to bear, carry, Mar. 2.3, et al.; to bring, Mat. 14.11, 18, et al.; to conduct, Mat. 17.17. Jno. 21.18, et al.; to bear, endure, Ro. 9.22. He. 12.20; 13.13; to uphold, maintain, conserve, He. 1.3; to bear, bring forth, produce, Mar. 4.8. Jno. 12.24; 15.2, et al.; to bring forward, advance, allege, Jno. 18.29. Ac. 25.7. 2 Pe. 2.11; to offer, ascribe, Re. 21.24, 26; absol, used of a gate, to lead, Ac. 12.10; pass. to be brought within reach, offered, 1 Pe. 1.13; to be brought in, to enter, He. 9.16; to be under a moving influence, to be moved, be instinct, 2 Pe. 1.21; mid. to rush, sweep, Ac. 2.2; to proceed, come forth, have utterance, 2 Pe. 1.17, 18, 21; to proceed, make progress, He. 6.1; used of a ship, to drive before the wind, Ac. 27.15, 17.
absol. to flee, take to flight, Mat. 2.13; 8.33, et al.; to shrink, stand fearfully aloof, 1 Co. 10.14; to make escape, Mat. 23.33; trans. to shun, 1 Co. 6.18. 1 Ti. 6.11. 2 Ti. 2.22; to escape, He. 11.34.
to be beforehand with; to outstrip, precede, 1 Th. 4.15; absol. to advance, make progress, 2 Co. 10.14. Phi. 3.16; to come up with, come upon, be close at hand, Mat. 12.28. 1 Th. 2.16; 198to attain an object of pursuit, Ro. 9.31.
pr. to manifest some act or token of kindness or affection; to kiss, Mat. 26.48. Mar. 14.44. Lu. 22.47; to love, regard with affection, have affection for, Mat. 10.37. Jno. 5.20; to like, be fond of, delight in a thing, Mat. 23.6. Re. 22.15; to cherish inordinately, set store by, Jno. 12.25; followed by an infin., to be wont, Mat. 6.5.
loved, dear; as subst. a friend, Lu. 7.6; 11.5, 6, 8, et al.; a congenial associate, Mat. 11.19. Lu. 7.34. Ja. 4.4; 199used as a word of courteous compellation, Lu. 14.10
Φιλοσοφία, ας, ἡ
pr. a love of science; systematic philosophy; in N.T., the philosophy of the Jewish gnosis, Col. 2.8: from
Φιλοτιμέομαι, οῦμαι, (φιλότιμος, studious of honour or distinction, fr. φίλος & τιμή)
f. ήσομαι,
pr. to be ambitious of honour; by impl. to exert one's self to accomplish a thing, use one's utmost efforts, endeavour earnestly, Ro. 15.20. 2 Co. 5.9. 1 Th. 4.11.
Φιλοφρόνως,
adv. with kindly feeling or manner, courteously, Ac. 28.7: from
f. ώσω, a.1. ἐφίμωσα, p. pass. πεφίμωμαι, a.1. ἐφιμώθην,
to muzzle, 1 Co. 9.9. 1 Ti. 5.18; met. & by impl. to silence, put to silence; pass. to be silent, speechless, Mat. 22.12, 34. Mar. 1.25, et al.; trop. pass. to be hushed, as winds and waves, Mar. 4.39.
Φλογίζω,
f. ίσω,
to set a flame, kindle, inflame, Ja. 3.6, bis.: from
Φλόξ, φλογός, ἡ, (φλέγω, to burn, blaze)
a flame, Lu. 16.24. Ac. 7.30, et al.
Φλυᾱρέω, ῶ
f. ήσω,
to talk folly; in N.T., trans. to prate about or against any one, 3 Jno. 10: from
Φλύᾱρος, ου, ὁ, ἡ, (φλύω, to boil over, bubble; met. to babble)
to terrify, frighten; mid. a.1. ἐφοβήθην, f. φοβνθήσομαι, to fear, dread, Mat. 10.26; 14.5, et. al.; to fear reverentially, to reverence, Mar. 6.20. Lu. 1.50. Ac. 10.2. Eph. 5.33. Re. 11.18, et al.; to be afraid to do a thing, Mat. 2.22. Mar. 9.32, et al.; to be reluctant, to scruple, Mat. 1.20; to fear, be apprehensive, Ac. 27.17. 2 Co. 11.3; 12.20; to be fearfully anxious, He. 4.1. absol. to be fearful, afraid, alarmed, Mat. 14.27; 17.6, 7. Mar. 16.8, et al.; to be fearfully impressed, Ro. 11.20: whence
Φόβητρον, ου, τό,
something which inspires terror; terrific prodigy or portent, Lu. 21.11.
Φόβος, ου, ὁ, (φέβομαι, to be affrighted, to flee)
fear, terror, affright, Mat. 14.26. Lu. 1.12; astonishment, amazement, Mat. 28.8. Mar. 4.41; trembling solicitude, 1 Co. 2.3. 2 Co. 7.15; meton. a terror, an object or cause of terror, Ro. 13.3; reverential fear, awe, Ac. 9.31. Ro. 3.18; respect, deference, Ro. 13.7. 1 Pe. 2.18.
Φοίνιξ, ῑκος, ὁ,
the palm-tree, the date-palm, phœnix dactylifera of Linn., Jno. 12.13. Re. 7.9.
a forum, market-place; Φόρον Ἀππίονυ Forum Appii, the name of a small town on the Appian way, according to Antoninus, 43 Roman miles from Rome, or about 40 English miles, Ac. 28.15.
to load, lade, burden; met. Mat. 11.28. Lu. 11.46.
Φορτίον, ου, τό,
a load, burden, 200as of a ship, freight, cargo, v.r. Ac. 27.10; met. a burden of imposed precepts, &c., Mat. 11.30; 23.4. Lu. 11.46, bis; of faults, sins, &c., Ga. 6.5: from
to think, to mind; to be of opinion, Ac. 28.22. Phi. 1.7; to take thought, be considerate, Phi. 4.10; to entertain sentiments or inclinationns of a specific kind, to be minded, Ro. 12.16; 15.5. 1 Co. 13.11. 2 Co. 13.11. Ga. 5.10. Phi. 2.2, 3.16; 4.2; to be in a certain frame of mind, Ro. 12.3. Phi. 2.5; to ween, entertain conceit, 1 Co. 4.6; to heed, pay regard to, Ro. 16.4; to incline to, be set upon, mind, Mat. 16.23. Mar. 8.33. Ro. 8.5. Phi. 3.15, 19. Col. 3.2.: whence
Φρόνημα, ατος, τό,
frame of thought, will, mind, Ro. 8.6, 7, 27.
Φρόνησις, εως, ἡ,
a thoughtful frame, sense, rightmindedness, Lu. 1.17; intelligence, Ep. 1.8.
to keep watch; trans. to guard, watch, with a military guard, 2 Co. 11.32; to keep in a condition of restraint, Ga. 3.23; to keep in a state of settlement or security, Phi. 4.7. 1 Pe. 1.5.
Φρυάσσω,
f. ξω, a.1. ἐφρύαξα, in classical usage φρυάσσομαι,
pr. to snort, neigh, stamp, &c. as a high-spirited horse; hence, to be noicy, fierce, insolent, and tumultuous, to rage, tumultuate, Ac. 4.25. S.
a keeping watch, ward, guard, Lu. 2.8; a place of watch, haunt, Re. 18.2; a watch, guard, body of guards, Ac. 12.10; ward, custody, imprisonment, 2 Co. 6.5; 11.23. He. 11.36; durance, 1 Pe. 3.19; a place of custody, prison, Mat. 14.10; 25.39, 44; a watch or division of the night, which in the time of our Saviour was divided into four watches of three hours each, called ἐψώ, μεσονύκτιον, ἀλεκτοροφωνιά, & πρωΐα, v. προτΐ, Mat. 14.25; 24.43. Mar. 6.48. Lu. 12.38, bis: whence
Φυλακίζω,
f. ίσω,
to deliver into custody, put in prison, imprison, Ac. 22.19. S.
the station of a guard or watch; a preservation, safeguard; hence, a phylactery or amulet, worn about the person; from which circumstances the word is used in the N.T. as a term for the Jewish Tephillian or prayer-fillets, which took their rise from the injunction, 201Deut. 6.8; 11.18. Mat. 23.5.
Φύλαξ, ᾰκος, ὁ
a watchman, guard, sentinel, Ac. 5.23; 12.6, 19: from
to be on watch, keep watch, Lu. 2.8; to have in keeping, Ac. 22.20; to have in custody, Ac. 28.16; to keep under restraint, confine, Lu. 8.29. Ac. 12.4; 23.35; to guard, defend, Lu. 11.21; to keep safe, preserve, Jno. 12.25; 17.12. 2 Th. 3.3. 2 Pe. 2.5. Jude 24; to keep in abstinence, debar, Ac. 21.25. 1 Jno. 5.21; to observe a matter of injunction or duty, Mat. 19.20. Mar. 10.20. Lu. 11.28; 18.21. Ac. 7.53; 16.4; 21.24, et al.; mid. to be on one's guard, beware, Lu. 12.15. 2 Ti. 4.15, 2 Pe. 3.17.
a tribe, Mat. 19.28; 24.30. Lu. 2.36; a people, nation, Re. 1.7; 5.9, et al.
Φύλλον, ου, τό,
a leaf, Mat. 21.19, et al.
Φύρᾱμα, ατος, τό, (φυράω, to mix, mingle by kneading, &c.)
that which is mingled and reduced to a uniform consistence by kneading, beating, treading, &c.; a mass of potter's clay, Ro. 9.21; of dough, 1 Co. 5.6. Ga. 5.9; met. Ro. 11.16. 1 Co. 5.7.
used in N.T. as an equivalent to φυσάω, to inflate, puff up; met. to inflate with pride and vanity, 1 Co. 8.1; pass. to be inflated with pride, to be proud, vain, arrogant, 1 Co. 4.6, 19; 5.2; 8.1; 13.4, et al.
to sound, utter a sound; of the cock, to crow, Mat. 26.34, 74, 75; to call, or cry out, exclaim, Lu. 8.8, 54; 16.24; 23.46; to call to, Mat. 27.47. Mar. 3.31, et al.; to call, entitle, Jno. 13.13; to call, summon, Mat. 20.32, et al.; to invite to a feast, Lu. 14.12: from
to light, give light to, illuminate, shine upon, Lu. 11.36. Re. 18.1; met. to enlighten spiritually, Jno. 1.9. Ep. 1.18; 3.9; He. 6.4; 10.32; to reveal, to bring to light, make known, 1 Co. 4.5. 2 Ti. 1.10: whence
Φωτισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
illumination; a shining forth, effulgence, 2 Co. 4.4, 6. S.
to rejoice, be glad, be joyful, be full of joy, Mat. 2.10; 5.12; 18.13. Mar. 14.11. Ro. 12.12. 2 Co. 2.3; imperat. χαῖρε, χαίρετε, a term of salutation, hail, Mat. 26.49; λέγω χαίρέιν, to greet, 2 Jno. 10.11; infin. χαίρειν, an epistolary formula, health, Ac. 15.23.
Χάλαζα, ας, ἡ,
hail, Re. 8.7; 11.19; 16.21, bis: from
Χαλάω, ῶ,
f. άσω, a.1. ἐχάλᾰσα,
to slacken; to let down, lower, Mar. 2.4. Lu. 5.4, et al.
pr. a coppersmith; hence genr. a worker in metals, smith, 2 Ti. 4.14.
Χαλκηδών, όνος, ὁ,
chalcedony, the name of a gem, generally of a whitish, blush or grey colour, susceptible of a high and beautiful polish, and of which there are serveral varieties, as the onyx, modern carnelian, &c. Re. 21.19.
orichalcum, fine bronze, a factitious metal of which there were several varieties, the white being of the highest repute or, deep-tinted frankinsense, Re. 1.15; 2.18. N.T.
f. ίσομαι, a.1. ἐχαρισάμην, pass. f. χαρισθήσομαι, a.1. ἐχαρίσθην,
to gratify; to bestow in kindness, grant as a free favour, Lu. 7.21. Ro. 8.32; to grant the deliverance of a person in favour to the desire of others, Ac. 3.14; 27.24. Philem. 22; to sacrifice a person to the demands of enemies, Ac. 25.11; to remit, forgive, Lu. 7.42. 2 Co. 2.7, 10.
Χάριν,
used as a particle governing the genitive case,203on account of, Lu. 7.47. Eph. 3.1, 14. 1 Jno. 3.12; for the sake of, in order to, Ga. 3.19. Tit. 1.5, 11. Jude 16; on the score of, 1 Ti. 5.14: pr. the accus. of
to favour, visit with favour, to make an object of favour, to gift; pass. to be visited with free favour, be an object of gracious vistation, Lu. 1.28. L.G.
Χάρτης, ου, ὁ,
paper, 2 Jno. 12.
Χάσμα, ατες, τό, (χαινω, to gape, yawn)
a chasm, gulf, Lu. 16.26.
Χεῖλος, εος, τό,
a lip, & pl. τὰ χείλη, the lips, Mat. 15.8. Ro. 3.13, et al.; trop. χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, the sea-shore, He. 11.12; meton. language, dialect, 1 Co. 14.21.
a hand, Mat. 3.12; 4.6; 8.15, et al. freq.; fr. the Heb. χεὶρ Κυρίου, a special operation of God, Ac. 11.21; 13.3; ἐν χειρί, by agency, Ac. 7.35. Ga. 3.19.
204pr. a chiliarch, commander of a thousand men; hence genr. a commander, military chief, Mar. 6.21. Re. 6.15; 19.18; spc. a legionary tribune, Ac. 21.31, 32, 33, 37, et al.; the prefect of the temple, Jno. 18.12.
Χιλιάς, άδος, ἡ,
the number one thousand, a thousand, Lu. 14.31. Ac. 4.4. et al.: from
a tunic, vest, the inner garment which fitted close to the body, having armholes, and sometimes sleeves, and reaching below the knees, Mat. 5.40; 10.10; pl. χιτῶνες, clothes, garments in general, Mar. 14.63.
Χιών, όνος, ἡ,
snow, Mat. 28.3. Mar. 9.3. Re. 1.14.
Χλαμύς, ύδος, ἡ,
chlamys, a species of cloak; a Roman military commander's cloak, paludamentum, Mat. 27.28, 31.
a chœnix, an Attic measure for things dry, being the 48th part of a medimnus, consequently equal to the 8th part of the Roman modius, & nearly equivalent to about one quart, being considered a sufficient daily allowance for the sustenance of one man, Re. 6.6, bis
Χοῖρος, ου, ὁ, ἡ,
pr. a young swine; a swine, hog or sow, Mat. 8.30, 31, 32, et al.
Χολάω, ῶ, (χολή, considered as the seat or cause of anger and of melancholy))
pr. to be melancholy; used later as an equivalent to χολοῦμαι, to be angry, incensed, Jno. 7.23.
pr. to feed or fill with grass, herbage, &c., to fatten; used of animals of prey, to satiate, gorge, Re. 19.21; of persons, to satisfy with food, Mat. 14.20; 15.33, 37; met. to satisfy the desire of any one, Mat. 5.6, et al.: whence
Χόρτασμα, ατος, τό,
pasture, provender for cattle; food, provision, sustenance, for men, Ac. 7.11. L.G.
to use, to make use of, employ, Ac. 27.17. 1 Co. 7.31, et al.; to avail one's self of, 1 Co. 7.21; 9.12, 15; to use, to treat, behave towards, Ac. 27.3. 2 Co. 13.10: whence
use; need, necessity, requisiteness, Ep. 4.29. He. 7.11; personal need, an individual want, Ac. 20.34. Ro. 12.13. Phi. 2.25, 4.16, 19; χρείαν ἔχω, to need, require, want, Mat. 6.8; 14.16. Mar. 2.25. Jno 2.25; ἐστὶ χρεία, there is need, Lu. 10.42; τὰ πρὸς χρείαν, necessary things, Ac. 28.10, et al.; a necessary business affair, Ac. 6.3.
to have dealings, transact business; to negotiate; to give answer on deliberation; in N.T., pass. to be divinely instructed, receive a revelation or warning from God, Mat. 2.12, 22. Lu. 2.26. Ac. 10.22. He. 8.5; 11.7; 12.25; intrans. to receive an appellation, be styled, Ac. 11.26. Ro. 7.3: whence
Χρηματισμός, οῦ, ὁ,
in N.T., a response from God, a divine communication, oracle, Ro. 11.4.
pr. any thing which is applied by smearing; ointment, unguent; in N.T., an anointing, unction, in the reception of spiritual privileges, 1 Jno. 2.20, 27, bis.
Χριστιανός, οῦ, ὁ,
a Christian, follower of Christ, Ac. 11.26; 26.28. 1 Pe. 4.16: from
pr. anointed; ὁ Χριστός, the Christ, The Anointed One, i.q. Μεσσίας, the Messiah, Mat. 1.16, 17. Jno. 1.20, 25, 42, et al. freq.; meton. Christ, the word or doctrine of Christ, 2 Co. 1.19, 21. Ep. 4.20; Christ, a truly Christian frame of doctrine and affection, Ro. 8.10. Ga. 4.19; Christ, the Church of Christ, 1 Co. 12.12; Christ, the distinctive privileges of the Gospel of Christ, Ga. 3.27. Ph. 3.8. He. 3.14: from
time, whether in respect of duration or a definite point of its lapse, Mat. 2.7; 29.19, et al. freq.; an epoch, era, marked duration, Ac. 1.7. 1 Th. 5.1.
to gild, overlay with gold, adorn or deck with gold, Re. 17.4; 18.16.
Χρώς, χρωτός, ὁ,
the skin; the body, Ac. 19.12.
Χωλός, ή, όν,
crippled in the feet, limping, halting, lame, Mat. 11.5; 15.30, 31, et al.; met. limping, weak, spiritually, He. 12.13; maimed, deprived of a foot, for ἀναπηρός, Mar. 9.45.
space, room; a country, region, tract, province, Mar. 5.10. Lu. 2.8; a district, territory, environs, Mat. 8.28; meton. the inhabitants of a country, region, &c., Mar. 1.5. Ac. 12.20; the country, as opposed to the city or town, Lu. 21.21; a field, farm, Lu. 12.16. Jno. 4.35.
to make room either by motion or capacity; to move, pass, Mat. 15.17; to proceed, go on, 2 Pe. 3.9; to progress, make way, Jno. 8.37; trans. to hold as contents, contain, afford room for, Mar. 2.2. Jno. 2.6; 21.25; met. to give mental admittance to, to yield accordance, Mat. 19.11, 12; to admit to approbation and esteem, to regard cordially, 2 Co. 7.2.
to move by a touch, to twitch; to touch, strike the strings or chords of an instrument; absol. to play on a stringed instument; to sing to music; in N.T., to sing praises, Ro. 15.9. 1 Co. 14.15. Ep. 5.19. Ja. 5.13. whence
Ψαλμός, οῦ, ὁ,
impulse, touch, of the chords of a stringed instrument; in N.T., a sacred song, psalm, 1 Co. 14.26. Ep. 5.19, et al.
a false prophet, one who falsely claims to speak by divine inspiration, whether as a foreteller of future events, or a teacher of doctrines, Mat. 7.15; 24.24, et al.
to deceive; mid. to speak falsely or deceitfully, utter falsehood, lie, Mat. 5.11. Ro. 9.1, et al.; trans. to deceive, or attempt to deceive, by a lie. Ac. 5.3.
a small stone, pebble; a pebble variously employed, especially in a ballot; hence a vote, suffrage, Ac. 26.10; a pebble or stone, probably given as a token, Re. 2.17.
Ψιθυρισμος, οῦ, ὁ, (ψιθυρίζω, to whisper)
a whispering; a calumnious whispering, detraction, 2 Co. 12.20. L.G.
Ψιθυριστής, οῦ, ὁ, (fr. same)
a whisperer; a calumnious whisperer, detractor, Ro. 1.30.
Ψῑχίον, ίον, τό, (dimin. of ψίξ, a fragment, morsel)
a small morsel, crumb, bit, Mat. 15.27. Mar. 7.28. Lu. 16.21. N.T.
breath; the principle of animal life; the life, Mat. 2.20; 6.25. Mar. 3.4. Lu. 21.19. Jno. 10.11, et al.; an animate being, 1 Co. 15.45; a human individual, soul, Ac. 2.41; 3.23; 7.14; 27.37. Ro. 13.1. 1 Pe. 3.20; the immaterial soul, Mat. 10.28. 1 Pe. 1.9; 2.11, 25; 4.19, et al,; the soul as a seat of religious and moral sentiment, Mat. 11.29. Ac. 14.2, 22; 15.24. Eph. 6.6, et al.; the soul as a seat of feeling, Mat. 12.18; 26.38, et.al.; the soul, the inner self, Lu. 12.19: whence
Ψυχικός, ή, όν,
pertaining to the life or the soul; in N.T., animal as distinguished from spriritual subsistence, 1 Co. 15.44, 46; occupied with mere animal things, animal, sensual, 1 Co. 2.14. Ja. 3.15. Jude 19.
thus; here, in this place, Mat. 12.6, 41; ὦδε ἤ ὦδε, here or there, Mat. 24.23; τὰ ὦδε, the state of things here, Col. 4.9; met. herein, in this thing, Re. 13.10, 18; hither, to this place, Mat. 8.29; 14.18, et al.
the throe of a woman in travail, a birth-pang, 1 Th. 5.3; pl. met. birth-throes, preliminary troubles to the development of a catastrophe, Mat. 24.8 Mar. 13.9; fr. the Heb. a stringent band, a snare, noose, Ac. 2.24: whence
a limited portion of time marked out by part of a settled routine or train of circumstance; a season of the year; time of day, Mat. 14.15. Mar. 6.35; 11.11 an hour, Mat. 20.3. Jno. 11.9, et al.; in N.T. an eventful season, 1 Jno. 2.18, bis. Re. 3.10; 14.7; due time, Jno. 16.21 Ro. 13.11; a destined period, hour, Mat. 26.24. Mar. 14.35. Jno. 2.4; 7.30, et al.; a short period, Mat. 26.40. Jno 5.35. 2 Co 7.8. Ga. 2.5. 1 Th. 2.17. Philem. 15; a point of time, time, Mat. 8.13; 24.42. Lu. 2.38, et al.: whence
Ὡραῖος, α, ον,
timely, seasonable; in prime, blooming; in N.T., beautiful, Mat. 23.27. Ac. 3.2, 10. Ro. 10.15.
adv. as, correlatively, Mar. 4.26. Jno. 7.46. Ro. 5.15, et al.; as, like as, Mat. 10.16. Eph. 5.8, et al.; according as, Ga. 6.10, et al.; as, as it were, Re. 8.8, et al.; as, Lu. 16.1. Ac. 3.12, et al.; before numerals, about, Mar. 5.13, et al.; conj., that, Ac. 10.28, et al.; how, Ro. 11.2, et al.; when, Mat. 28.9. Phi. 2.23; as an exclamatory particle, how, Ro. 10.15; equivalent toὥστε, accordingly, He. 3.11; also, on condition that, provided that, Ac. 26.24; ὡς εἰπεῖν, so to speak, He. 7.9
Ὡσαννά, (Heb. ﬣושיעה־נא)
hosanna! save now, succour now, Mat. 21.9, 15, et al.
conj. so that, so as that, so as to, Mat. 8.24. Mar. 2.12. Ac. 14.1. Ga. 2.13; as an illative particle, therefore, consequently, Mat. 12.12; 23.31, et al.; in N.T. as a particle of design, in order that, in order to, Lu. 9.52.
Containing Additional Words and Form To Be Found In One Or Another Of The Greek Texts In Current Use, Especially Those Of Lachmann, Tischendorf, Tregelles, Westcott and Hort, and The Revisers of 1881.
p. pass. part. ἠθροισμένος, (ἀθρόος, in crowds, masses) to collect together, assemble; pass. to be assembled, convene, Lu. 24.33.
Ἀκατάπαστος, ον,
so some editors in 2 Pe. 2.14. Possibly fr. πατέομαι, p. pass. πέπασμαι, to taste, eat; whence ἀκατάπαστος insatiable. In prof. writ. κατάπαστος signifies besprinkled, soiled; fr. καταπάσσω. N.T.
Ἅλα, τό,
read by Tdf. in Mat. 5.13; Mar. 9.30; Lu. 14.34; see ἅλας. N.T.
of or belonging to a king, kingly, royal, regal; of a man, the officer or minister of a prince, a courtier, Jn. 4.46, 49; subject to a king, Ac. 12.20; befitting a king, royal, Ac. 12.21; met principal, chief, Ja. 2.4.
Βιβλιδάριον, ου, τό, (fr βιβλίδιον)
a little book, Re. 10.8
Βοανεργές
(Heb. בְּנֵי רֶגֶשׁ) Boanerges (sons of thunder), Mar. 3.17. N.T.
to cast by the side of or besides, to insert, to interpose, to bring back into line; to assign to soldiers a place, to draw up in line, to encamp; to cast up (a bank) about (a city), Lu. 19.43.
1*Both the Authorized and the Revised Versions of Heb. ix. 15-16 give countenance to the assumption that our Saviour made his last will and testament, and by his death gave it validity. But in that case would not his resurrection three days later, have rendered it null and void? The subject under discussion in Hebrews ix. is not two testaments or wills, but two covenants or agreements; and the death referred to seems to be not the death of a "testator," or mediator but the death of the sacrifice which was offered after the custom of ancient times when a solemn covenant was made, and whose blood sprinkled on the ground and over the covenanting parties, sealed the covenant, which was of no force until the sacrifice was slain. The first covenant was sealed with the blood of calves and goats; the second covenant with the blood of the Son of God. Heb. ix. 15-26; xiii. 20; Exod. xxiv. 4-8; Gen. xv. 8-18; Mark xiv. 24. He was not only the mediator of the new covenant, but also the sacrifice which sealed it, all types combining in Him. For an extended discussion of this subject, consulting Macknight on The Epistles, and Granville Penn's Notes on The New Covenant. Heb. ix. 15-16.
TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES:
The first and most obvious change from the original printed publication
is that the dual column layout has been abandoned and replaced with a single column
layout. This was done with the aim of making scrolling through the content easier.
Since no table of contents was provided in the printed publication,
a small hyperlinked table has been added to allow for direct access to each
letter of the Greek alphabet in both the Main Lexicon and the Supplement to the Lexicon
sections.
The Main Lexicon term entries have a light blue background while the Supplement
term entries have a light yellow background. This is to assist visually in determining
which section a hyperlink has moved the reading into or out of.
The automatic numbering of each lexical entry within an alphabetic section
has been inserted to facilitate cross-referencing terms and hyperlinked roots throughout
this ebook document. NOTE: For those readers who might be familiar with the
Strong Concordance cross-reference numbering system used in that publication
(and many others), the numbering used here is NOT related in any way.
NOTE 2: For web browsers or reading systems that do not support this function,
no real functionality is lost.
In the original publication, many hundreds of hard and soft "breathing" marks
seem to have been truncated during the printing process for words beginning with vowels.
The transcriber has painstakingly researched each missing entry and restored the
missing diacritical mark.
Due to the volume of this restoration, a listing of each is not provided here.
All hyperlinks contained within the ebook were producted by the transcriber and he takes
full responibility for any missing or misdirected links. All linkage is within in single document
file and no external links are contained herein.
Feedback on content, layout, or hyperlinks may be directed to sbridgeford02@hotmail.com
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON NEW TESTAMENT ***
This file should be named 40935-h.htm or 40935-h.zip
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/9/3/40935/
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright
royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™
concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
away—you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™
electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting
free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™
works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily
comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when
you share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country outside the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
at www.gutenberg.org. If you
are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws
of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works
posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg™ License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format
other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ web site
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
provided that
You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method
you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has
agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation."
You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
works.
You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™
trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in
accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™
Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™'s
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future
generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
For additional contact information:
Dr. Gregory B. Newby
Chief Executive and Director
gbnewby@pglaf.org
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works.
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be
freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of
volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
facility: www.gutenberg.org
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg™,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.